close
1.

図書

図書
N. Achiwa ... [et al.] ; Herausgeber, H.P.J. Wijn
出版情報: Berlin ; Tokyo : Springer, c1991  xviii, 393 p. ; 28 cm
シリーズ名: Landolt-Börnstein Zahlenwerte und Funktionen aus Naturwissenschaften und Technik, Neue Serie / Gesamtherausgabe, K.-H. Hellwege ; Gruppe 3 . Kristall- und Festkörperphysik ; Bd. 19 . Magnetische Eigenschaften von Metallen ; Teilbd. d1
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introductory material
Magnetic properties of rare earth elements, alloys and compounds / H. Drulis ; M. Drulis2:
Rare earth elements / 2.1:
Introduction / 2.1.1:
Tables / 2.1.2:
Figures / 2.1.3:
Rare earth metals: General / 2.1.3.1:
Cerium / 2.1.3.2:
Praseodymium / 2.1.3.3:
Neodymium / 2.1.3.4:
Samarium / 2.1.3.5:
Europium / 2.1.3.6:
Gadolinium / 2.1.3.7:
Terbium / 2.1.3.8:
Dysprosium / 2.1.3.9:
Holmium / 2.1.3.10:
Erbium / 2.1.3.11:
Thulium / 2.1.3.12:
Ytterbium / 2.1.3.13:
Lutetium / 2.1.3.14:
Scandium / 2.1.3.15:
References for 2.1 / 2.1.4:
Alloys between rare earth elements / S. Kawano ; N. Achiwa2.2:
Alloys between light rare earth elements / 2.2.1:
General remarks / 2.2.2.1:
Ce-La / 2.2.2.2:
Nd-La / 2.2.2.3:
Pr-Nd / 2.2.2.4:
Alloys between heavy and light rare earth elements / 2.2.3:
Gd - light rare earth alloys / 2.2.3.1:
Tb - light rare earth alloys / 2.2.3.3:
Dy - light rare earth alloys / 2.2.3.4:
Ho - light rare earth alloys / 2.2.3.5:
Er - light rare earth alloys / 2.2.3.6:
Yb-Eu / 2.2.3.7:
Sm-type structure alloys / 2.2.3.8:
Y - light rare earth alloys / 2.2.3.9:
La-rich heavy rare earth alloys / 2.2.3.10:
Alloys between heavy rare earth elements / 2.2.4:
Gd-Y, Sc, Lu, Tb, Dy, Ho, Er or Tm / 2.2.4.1:
Gd-Y or Sc alloys / 2.2.4.2.1:
Gd-Lu / 2.2.4.2.2:
Gd-Tb / 2.2.4.2.3:
Gd-Dy / 2.2.4.2.4:
Gd-Ho / 2.2.4.2.5:
Gd-Er / 2.2.4.2.6:
Tb-Y, Sc, Dy, Ho, Er, Tm, Yb or Lu / 2.2.4.3:
Tb-Y, Lu or Sc / 2.2.4.3.1:
Tb-Dy / 2.2.4.3.2:
Tb-Ho / 2.2.4.3.3:
Tb-Er / 2.2.4.3.4:
Tb-Tm / 2.2.4.3.5:
Tb-Yb / 2.2.4.3.6:
Dy-Y, Ho or Er / 2.2.4.4:
Dy-Y / 2.2.4.4.1:
Dy-Ho / 2.2.4.4.2:
Dy-Er / 2.2.4.4.3:
Ho-Y, Sc or Er / 2.2.4.5:
Ho-Y or Sc / 2.2.4.5.1:
Ho-Er / 2.2.4.5.2:
Er-Y, Tm or Lu / 2.2.4.6:
Er-Y or Lu / 2.2.4.6.1:
Er-Tm / 2.2.4.6.2:
Tm-Y or Lu / 2.2.4.7:
Y, Sc or Lu-rich heavy rare earth alloys / 2.2.4.8:
References for 2.2 / 2.2.5:
Rare earth hydrides / R.R. Arons2.3:
Survey / 2.3.1:
Crystallographic and thermal properties, phase diagrams / 2.3.3:
Magnetic properties / 2.3.4:
Crystal field properties / 2.3.5:
Electrical properties / 2.3.6:
Electron spin resonance / 2.3.7:
Nuclear spin resonance / 2.3.8:
Spectroscopic properties / 2.3.9:
Acoustic sound velocities / 2.3.10:
References for 2.3 / 2.3.11:
Introductory material
Magnetic properties of rare earth elements, alloys and compounds / H. Drulis ; M. Drulis2:
Rare earth elements / 2.1:
2.

図書

図書
Maxim Ryadnov
出版情報: Cambridge : RSC Publishing, c2009  ix, 238 p. ; 24 cm
シリーズ名: RSC nanoscience & nanotechnology ; no.7
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introductory Notes / Chapter 1:
Inspiring Hierarchical / 1.1:
Encoding Instructive / 1.2:
Starting Lowest / 1.3:
Picturing Biological / 1.4:
References
Recycling Hereditary / Chapter 2:
Coding Dual / 2.1:
Deoxyribonucleic / 2.1.1:
Building up in Two / 2.1.1.1:
Keeping in Shape / 2.1.1.2:
Priming Topological / 2.1.2:
Resequencing Basic / 2.1.2.1:
Choosing the Fittest / 2.1.2.1.1:
Evolving Diverse / 2.1.2.1.2:
Primary Motifs / 2.1.2.2:
Gluing Universal / 2.1.2.2.1:
Alienating Axial / 2.1.2.2.2:
Fixing Spatial / 2.2:
Hinting Geometric: Secondary Motifs / 2.2.1:
Crossing Double / 2.2.1.1:
Reporting Visible / 2.2.1.1.1:
Translating Symmetrical / 2.2.1.1.2:
Extending Cohesive / 2.2.1.2:
Sharing Mutual / 2.2.1.2.1:
Multiplying Traversal / 2.2.1.2.2:
Tiling Square / 2.2.1.2.3:
Scaffolding Algorithmic / 2.3:
Pursuing Autonomous / 2.3.1:
Lengthening to Shorten / 2.3.1.1:
Gathering to Limit / 2.3.1.2:
Assigning Arbitrary / 2.3.2:
Synchronising Local / 2.3.2.1:
Prescribing General / 2.3.2.2:
Adding up to Third / 2.3.3:
Wrapping to Shut / 2.3.3.1:
Framing to Classify / 2.3.3.2:
Outlook / 2.4:
Recaging Within / Chapter 3:
Enclosing to Deliver / 3.1:
Transporting Foreign / 3.1.1:
Fitting Flat and Straight / 3.1.1.1:
Spiralling Along / 3.1.1.2:
Packing Out and In / 3.1.2:
Spooling Around / 3.1.2.1:
Tunnelling Through
Escaping Walled / 3.1.3:
Capturing On and Off / 3.1.3.1:
Storing Exchangeable / 3.1.3.2:
Reacting Nano / 3.2:
Clustering Spherical / 3.2.1:
Contriving Consistent / 3.2.1.1:
Scaling Hosting / 3.2.1.2:
Following Linear / 3.2.2:
Channelling Inner
Converting Outer
Repairing from Inside / 3.3:
Uninviting Levy / 3.3.1:
Necessitating Exterior / 3.3.2:
Antagonising Dressing / 3.3.2.1:
Renting Occasional / 3.3.2.1.2:
Phasing West / 3.3.2.2:
Facing Concentric / 3.3.2.2.1:
Encircling Between / 3.3.2.2.2:
Singling Out Unique / 3.3.2.2.3:
Sharing the Balance / 3.3.3:
Driving Symmetrical / 3.3.3.1:
Sealing Annular / 3.3.3.2:
Reassembling Multiple / 3.4:
Keeping All in Touch / 4.1:
Unravelling the Essential / 4.1.1:
Winding Three in One / 4.1.1.1:
Aligning Stagger / 4.1.1.2:
Tapering Polar / 4.1.1.3:
Branching and Stretching / 4.1.1.4:
Replicating Apparent / 4.1.2:
Scraping Refusal / 4.1.2.1:
Tempting Compatible / 4.1.2.2:
Likening Synthetic / 4.1.2.3:
Recovering Intelligent / 4.1.2.4:
Restoring Available / 4.2:
Prompting Longitudinal / 4.2.1:
Invoking Granted / 4.2.1.1:
Reposing Modular / 4.3:
Displacing Coil / 4.3.1:
Settling Lateral / 4.3.2:
Bundling Exclusive / 4.3.2.1:
Permitting Distinctive / 4.3.2.2:
Inviting Captive / 4.3.2.3:
Clearing Limiting / 4.3.3:
Equilibrating Transitional / 4.3.3.1:
Extracting Minimal / 4.3.3.2:
Gambling Beyond / 4.4:
Guiding Proliferative / 4.4.1:
Feeding Proximate / 4.4.1.1:
Rooting Renewal / 4.4.1.2:
Accepting Inescapable / 4.4.2:
Patterning Positional / 4.4.2.1:
Relating Interfacial / 4.4.2.2:
Grafting Integral / 4.4.2.3:
Concluding Remarks / 4.5:
Learning Fluent / 5.1:
Parsing Semantic / 5.2:
Drawing Pragmatic / 5.3:
Revealing Contributory / Chapter 6:
Subject Index
Introductory Notes / Chapter 1:
Inspiring Hierarchical / 1.1:
Encoding Instructive / 1.2:
3.

電子ブック

EB
Mike Allerhand
出版情報: SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 2011
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction to R / 1:
Why Command Lines and Scripts? / 1.1:
The R Console / 1.1.1:
Variables / 1.1.2:
Functions / 1.1.3:
Finding Functions and Getting Help / 1.2:
Libraries / 1.2.1:
Packages / 1.2.2:
Finding Functions / 1.2.3:
Getting Help / 1.2.4:
R Projects / 1.3:
Saving Your Session / 1.3.1:
Scripts / 1.3.2:
Data Structures / 2:
Vectors, Matrices, and Arrays / 2.1:
Data Frames and Lists / 2.1.2:
Creating Data / 2.1.3:
Sampling Data / 2.1.4:
Reading Data / 2.1.5:
Operations on Vectors and Matrices / 2.2:
Arithmetic Functions / 2.2.1:
Descriptive Functions / 2.2.2:
Operators and Expressions / 2.2.3:
Factors / 2.3:
Making Factors / 2.3.1:
Operations on Factors / 2.3.2:
Re-ordering and Re-labelling / 2.3.3:
Indexing / 2.4:
Indexing by Name / 2.4.1:
Indexing by Number / 2.4.2:
Inserting and Deleting Rows or Columns / 2.4.3:
Indexing with Factors / 2.4.4:
Conditional Indexing / 2.4.5:
Sorting / 2.4.6:
Reshaping / 2.5:
Stacking and Unstacking? / 2.5.1:
Reshaping: Wide and Long / 2.5.2:
Merging / 2.5.3:
Missing Values / 2.6:
Recoding Missing Values / 2.6.1:
Operations with Missing Values / 2.6.2:
Counting and Sorting Missing Values / 2.6.3:
Handling Missing Values / 2.6.4:
Mapping Functions / 2.7:
Repeated Evaluation / 2.7.1:
Applying Functions / 2.7.2:
Writing Functions / 2.8:
Anonymous Functions / 2.8.1:
Optional Arguments / 2.8.2:
Tables and Graphs / 3:
Tables / 3.1:
Frequency Tables / 3.1.1:
Tables of Cell Means and Other Summaries / 3.1.2:
Saving Tables / 3.1.3:
Graphs / 3.2:
Base Graphics / 3.2.1:
Lattice Graphics / 3.2.2:
Multiple Plot Layout / 3.2.3:
Saving Graphics / 3.2.4:
Hypothesis Tests / 4:
Probability Distributions / 4.1:
How to Run a t test / 4.2:
Linear Models / 5:
Model Formulas / 5.1:
Formula and Data Frame / 5.1.1:
Updating Model Fits / 5.1.2:
General Linear Models / 5.2:
Regression Diagnostics / 5.2.1:
Testing the Regression Coefficients / 5.2.2:
Prediction / 5.2.3:
Stepwise Regression / 5.2.4:
Extracting Information from the Fit Object / 5.2.5:
Residualizing / 5.2.6:
ANOVA / 5.3:
ANOVA Tables / 5.3.1:
Comparisons / 5.3.2:
Learning R / 5.4:
Index
Introduction to R / 1:
Why Command Lines and Scripts? / 1.1:
The R Console / 1.1.1:
4.

図書

図書
T.C. Chiang ... [et al.] ; Herausgeber, A. Goldmann, E.-E. Koch
出版情報: Berlin ; Tokyo : Springer, c1989  2 v. ; 28 cm
シリーズ名: Landolt-Börnstein Zahlenwerte und Funktionen aus Naturwissenschaften und Technik, Neue Serie / Gesamtherausgabe, K.-H. Hellwege ; Gruppe 3 . Kristall- und Festkörperphysik ; Bd. 23
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introductory material
Introduction / A. Goldmann1:
Historical remarks / 1.1:
Arrangement of data / 1.2:
Definition of quantities / 1.3:
Frequently used symbols / 1.4:
List of abbreviations, subscripts and superscripts / 1.5:
References to other volumes of Landolt-Bornstein / 1.6:
References for 1 / 1.7:
Data / 2:
Band structure and core levels of tetrahedrally-bonded semiconductors / T.C. Chiang ; F.J. Himpsel2.1:
C (diamond phase) / 2.1.1:
Si / 2.1.3:
Ge / 2.1.4:
alpha-Sn (grey tin) / 2.1.5:
SiC / 2.1.6:
BN / 2.1.7:
BP / 2.1.8:
BAs / 2.1.9:
AlN / 2.1.10:
AlP / 2.1.11:
AlAs / 2.1.12:
AlSb / 2.1.13:
GaP / 2.1.14:
GaAs / 2.1.15:
GaSb / 2.1.16:
InN / 2.1.17:
InP / 2.1.18:
InAs / 2.1.19:
InSb / 2.1.20:
ZnO / 2.1.21:
ZnS / 2.1.22:
ZnSe / 2.1.23:
ZnTe / 2.1.24:
CdO / 2.1.25:
CdS / 2.1.26:
CdSe / 2.1.27:
CdTe / 2.1.28:
References for 2.1 / 2.1.29:
Alkali halides / R.C. Leckey2.2:
Lithium halides / 2.2.1:
Sodium halides / 2.2.3:
Potassium halides / 2.2.4:
Rubidium halides / 2.2.5:
Cesium halides / 2.2.6:
References for 2.2 / 2.2.7:
Condensed molecules / H.J. Freund2.3:
Introduction and general remarks / 2.3.0:
Carbonmonoxide (CO) / 2.3.1:
Nitric oxide (NO) / 2.3.3:
References for 2.3 / 2.3.5:
sp-metals / K.H. Frank ; U. Karlsson2.4:
Li (Z = 3) / 2.4.1:
Be (Z = 4) / 2.4.3:
Na (Z = 11) / 2.4.4:
Mg (Z = 12) / 2.4.5:
Al (Z = 13) / 2.4.6:
K (Z = 19) / 2.4.7:
Ca (Z = 20) / 2.4.8:
Rb (Z = 37) / 2.4.9:
Sr (Z = 38) / 2.4.10:
Cs (Z = 55) / 2.4.11:
Ba (Z = 56) / 2.4.12:
References for 2.4 / 2.4.13:
Lanthanides / W.D. Schneider2.5:
La (Z = 57) / 2.5.1:
Ce (Z = 58) / 2.5.3:
Pr (Z = 59) / 2.5.4:
Nd (Z = 60) / 2.5.5:
Sm (Z = 62) / 2.5.6:
Eu (Z = 63) / 2.5.7:
Gd (Z = 64) / 2.5.8:
Tb (Z = 65) / 2.5.9:
Dy (Z = 66) / 2.5.10:
Ho (Z = 67) / 2.5.11:
Er (Z = 68) / 2.5.12:
Yb (Z = 70) / 2.5.14:
Lu (Z = 71) / 2.5.15:
References for 2.5 / 2.5.16:
List of abbreviations
See Vol.23A / 2.1- 2.5:
Transition metal compounds / T. Ishii2.6:
Tables and figures / 2.6.1:
References for 2.6 / 2.6.3:
Photoelectron spectra of layered compounds / R. Manzke ; M. Skibowski2.7:
Introduction - overview / 2.7.0:
IVB-VIA compounds / 2.7.1:
Titanium dichalcogenides / 2.7.1.1:
Zirconium dichalcogenides / 2.7.1.2:
Hafnium dichalcogenides / 2.7.1.3:
VB-VIA compounds / 2.7.2:
Vanadium dichalcogenides / 2.7.2.1:
Niobium dichalcogenides / 2.7.2.2:
Tantalum dichalcogenides / 2.7.2.3:
VIB-VIA compounds / 2.7.3:
Molybdenum dichalcogenides / 2.7.3.1:
Tungsten dichalcogenides / 2.7.3.2:
IIIA-VIA compounds / 2.7.4:
GaS / 2.7.4.1:
GaSe / 2.7.4.2:
GaTe / 2.7.4.3:
InSe / 2.7.4.4:
IVA-VIA compounds / 2.7.5:
GeS / 2.7.5.1:
GeSe / 2.7.5.2:
GeTe / 2.7.5.3:
SnS / 2.7.5.4:
SnSe / 2.7.5.5:
SnTe / 2.7.5.6:
VA-VIA compounds / 2.7.5.7:
IIB-, IVA-, VA-Iodides / 2.7.6.1:
References for 2.7 / 2.7.7.1:
Actinides and some of their alloys and compounds / J.R. Naegele2.8:
Ac (Z = 89) / 2.8.1:
Th (Z = 90) / 2.8.3:
Pa (Z = 91) / 2.8.4:
U (Z = 92) / 2.8.5:
Np (Z = 93) / 2.8.6:
Pu (Z = 94) / 2.8.7:
Am (Z = 95) / 2.8.8:
Cm (Z = 96) / 2.8.9:
Bk (Z = 97) / 2.8.10:
Cf (Z = 98) / 2.8.11:
Es (Z = 99) / 2.8.12:
References for 2.8 / 2.8.13:
Introductory material
Introduction / A. Goldmann1:
Historical remarks / 1.1:
5.

電子ブック

EB
Johann; Engel, Thomas Gasteiger, Thomas Engel, Johann Gasteiger
出版情報: Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2003
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Foreword
Preface
Addresses of the Authors
Introduction / 1:
The Domain of Chemistry / 1.1:
A Chemists Fundamental Questions / 1.2:
The Scope of Chemoinformatics / 1.3:
Learning in Chemoinformatics / 1.4:
Major Tasks / 1.5:
Representation of the Objects / 1.5.1:
Data / 1.5.2:
Learning / 1.5.3:
History of Chemoinformatics / 1.6:
Structure Databases 10 / 1.6.1:
Quantitative Structure--Activity Relationships / 1.6.2:
Molecular Modeling / 1.6.3:
Structure Elucidation / 1.6.4:
Chemical Reactions and Synthesis Design / 1.6.5:
The Scope of this Book / 1.7:
Teaching Chemoinformatics / 1.8:
Representation of Chemical Compounds / 2:
Chemical Nomenclature / 2.1:
Development of Chemical Nomenclature / 2.2.1:
Representation of Chemical Elements / 2.2.2:
Characterization of Elements / 2.2.2.1:
Representation of the Empirical Formulas of (Inorganic) Compounds / 2.2.3:
Present-Day Representation / 2.2.3.1:
Representation of the Empirical Formulas of Organic Compounds / 2.2.4:
Systematic Nomenclature of Inorganic and Organic Compounds / 2.2.4.1:
Line Notations / 2.3:
Wiswesser Line Notation / 2.3.1:
Applications / 2.3.1.1:
ROSDAL / 2.3.2:
The SMILES Coding / 2.3.2.1:
Sybyl Line Notation / 2.3.3.1:
Coding the Constitution / 2.3.4.1:
Graph Theory / 2.4.1:
Basics of Graph Theory / 2.4.1.1:
Matrix Representations / 2.4.2:
Adjacency Matrix / 2.4.2.1:
Distance Matrix / 2.4.2.2:
Atom Connectivity Matrix / 2.4.2.3:
Incidence Matrix / 2.4.2.4:
Bond Matrix / 2.4.2.5:
Connection Table / 2.4.3:
Input and Output of Chemical Structures / 2.4.4:
Standard Structure Exchange Formats / 2.4.5:
Tutorial: Molfiles and SDfiles / 2.4.6:
Structure of a Molfile / 2.4.6.1:
Structure of an SDfile / 2.4.6.2:
Libraries and Toolkits / 2.4.6.3:
Processing Constitutional Information / 2.5:
Ring Perception / 2.5.1:
Minimum Number of Cycles / 2.5.1.1:
All Cycles / 2.5.1.2:
Smallest Fundamental Basis / 2.5.1.3:
Unambiguous and Unique Representations / 2.5.2:
Structure Isomers and Isomorphism / 2.5.2.1:
Canonicalization / 2.5.2.2:
The Morgan Algorithm / 2.5.3:
Tutorial: Morgan Algorithm / 2.5.3.1:
Beyond a Connection Table / 2.6:
Deficiencies in Representing Molecular Structures by a Connection Table / 2.6.1:
Representation of Molecular Structures by Electron Systems / 2.6.2:
General Concepts / 2.6.2.1:
Simple Single and Double Bonds / 2.6.2.2:
Conjugation and Aromaticity / 2.6.2.3:
Orthogonality of ûSystems / 2.6.2.4:
Non-bonding Orbitals / 2.6.2.5:
Charged Species and Radicals / 2.6.2.6:
Ionized States / 2.6.2.7:
Electron-Deficient Compounds / 2.6.2.8:
Organometallic Compounds / 2.6.2.9:
Generation of RAMSES from a VB Representation / 2.6.3:
Special Notations of Chemical Structures / 2.7:
Markush Structures / 2.7.1:
Fragment Coding / 2.7.2:
Fingerprints / 2.7.2.1:
Hashed Fingerprints / 2.7.3.1:
Hash Codes / 2.7.4:
Representation of Stereochemistry / 2.7.4.1:
Representation of Configuration Isomers and Molecular Chirality / 2.8.1:
Detection and Specification of Chirality / 2.8.2.1:
Ordered Lists / 2.8.3:
Rotational Lists / 2.8.4:
Permutation Descriptors / 2.8.5:
Stereochemistry in Molfile and SMILES / 2.8.6:
Stere / 2.8.6.1:
Foreword
Preface
Addresses of the Authors
6.

電子ブック

EB
Hans-Joachim Hubschmann
出版情報: Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , Weinheim : John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2008
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction / 1:
Fundamentals / 2:
Sample Preparation / 2.1:
Solid Phase Extraction / 2.1.1:
Solid Phase Microextraction / 2.1.1.1:
Supercritical Fluid Extraction / 2.1.2:
Pressurized Fluid Extraction / 2.1.3:
Online Liquid Chromatography Clean-up / 2.1.4:
Headspace Techniques / 2.1.5:
Static Headspace Technique / 2.1.5.1:
Dynamic Headspace Technique (Purge and Trap) / 2.1.5.2:
Headspace versus Purge and Trap / 2.1.5.3:
Adsorptive Enrichment and Thermodesorption / 2.1.6:
Sample Collection / 2.1.6.1:
Calibration / 2.1.6.2:
Desorption / 2.1.6.3:
Pyrolysis and Thermal Extraction / 2.1.7:
Foil Pyrolysis / 2.1.7.1:
Curie Point Pyrolysis / 2.1.7.2:
Thermal Extraction / 2.1.7.3:
Gas Chromatography / 2.2:
Fast Gas Chromatography / 2.2.1:
Fast Chromatography / 2.2.1.1:
Ultra Fast Chromatography / 2.2.1.2:
Two Dimensional Gas Chromatography / 2.2.2:
Heart Cutting / 2.2.2.1:
Comprehensive GC x GC / 2.2.2.2:
Modulation / 2.2.2.3:
Detection / 2.2.2.4:
Data Handling / 2.2.2.5:
Moving Capillary Stream Switching / 2.2.2.6:
GC/MS Sample Inlet Systems / 2.2.3:
Carrier Gas Regulation / 2.2.3.1:
The Microseal Septum / 2.2.3.2:
Hot Sample Injection / 2.2.3.3:
Cold Injection Systems / 2.2.3.4:
Injection Volumes / 2.2.3.5:
On-column Injection / 2.2.3.6:
Cryofocusing / 2.2.3.7:
Capillary Columns / 2.2.4:
Sample Capacity / 2.2.4.1:
Internal Diameter / 2.2.4.2:
Film Thickness / 2.2.4.3:
Column Length / 2.2.4.4:
Adjusting the Carrier Gas Flow / 2.2.4.5:
Properties of Stationary Phases / 2.2.4.6:
Chromatography Parameters / 2.2.5:
The Chromatogram and its Meaning / 2.2.5.1:
Capacity Factor k' / 2.2.5.2:
Chromatographic Resolution / 2.2.5.3:
Factors Affecting the Resolution / 2.2.5.4:
Maximum Sample Capacity / 2.2.5.5:
Peak Symmetry / 2.2.5.6:
Optimisation of Flow / 2.2.5.7:
Classical Detectors for GC/MS Systems / 2.2.6:
FID / 2.2.6.1:
NPD / 2.2.6.2:
ECD / 2.2.6.3:
PID / 2.2.6.4:
ELCD / 2.2.6.5:
FPD / 2.2.6.6:
PDD / 2.2.6.7:
Connection of Classical Detectors Parallel to the Mass Spectrometer / 2.2.6.8:
Mass Spectrometry / 2.3:
Resolving Power and Resolution in Mass Spectrometry / 2.3.1:
High Resolution / 2.3.1.1:
Unit Mass Resolution / 2.3.1.2:
High and Low Resolution in the Case of Dioxin Analysis / 2.3.1.3:
Time-of-Flight Analyser / 2.3.2:
Isotope Ratio Monitoring GC/MS / 2.3.3:
Ionisation Procedures / 2.3.4:
Electron Impact Ionisation / 2.3.4.1:
Chemical Ionisation / 2.3.4.2:
Measuring Techniques in GC/MS / 2.3.5:
Detection of the Complete Spectrum (Full Scan) / 2.3.5.1:
Recording Individual Masses (SIM/MID) / 2.3.5.2:
High Resolution Accurate Mass MID Data Acquisition / 2.3.5.3:
MS/MS - Tandem Mass Spectrometry / 2.3.6:
Mass Calibration / 2.3.7:
Special Aspects of GC/MS Coupling / 2.4:
Vacuum Systems / 2.4.1:
GC/MS Interface Solutions / 2.4.2:
Open Split Coupling / 2.4.2.1:
Direct Coupling / 2.4.2.2:
Separator Techniques / 2.4.2.3:
References for Chapter 2
Evaluation of GC/MS Analyses / 3:
Display of Chromatograms / 3.1:
Total Ion Current Chromatograms / 3.1.1:
Mass Chromatograms / 3.1.2:
Substance Identification / 3.2:
Extraction of Mass Spectra / 3.2.1:
The Retention Index / 3.2.2:
Libraries of Mass Spectra / 3.2.3:
Universal Mass Spectral Libraries / 3.2.3.1:
Application Libraries of Mass Spectra / 3.2.3.2:
Library Search Procedures / 3.2.4:
The INCOS/NIST Search Procedure / 3.2.4.1:
The PBM Search Procedure / 3.2.4.2:
The SISCOM Procedure / 3.2.4.3:
Interpretation of Mass Spectra / 3.2.5:
Isotope Patterns / 3.2.5.1:
Fragmentation and Rearrangement Reactions / 3.2.5.2:
DMOX Derivatives for Location of Double Bond Positions / 3.2.5.3:
Mass Spectroscopic Features of Selected Substance Classes / 3.2.6:
Volatile Halogenated Hydrocarbons / 3.2.6.1:
Benzene/Toluene/Ethylbenzene/Xylenes (BTEX, Alkylaromatics) / 3.2.6.2:
Polyaromatic Hydrocarbons (PAH) / 3.2.6.3:
Phenols / 3.2.6.4:
Pesticides / 3.2.6.5:
Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs) / 3.2.6.6:
Polychlorinated Dioxins/Furans (PCDDs/PCDFs) / 3.2.6.7:
Drugs / 3.2.6.8:
Explosives / 3.2.6.9:
Chemical Warfare Agents / 3.2.6.10:
Brominated Flame Retardants (BFR) / 3.2.6.11:
Quantitation / 3.3:
Decision Limit / 3.3.1:
Limit of Detection / 3.3.2:
Limit of Quantitation / 3.3.3:
Sensitivity / 3.3.4:
The Calibration Function / 3.3.5:
Quantitation and Standardisation / 3.3.6:
External Standardization / 3.3.6.1:
Internal Standardisation / 3.3.6.2:
The Standard Addition Procedure / 3.3.6.3:
Frequently Occurring Impurities / 3.4:
References for Chapter 3
Applications / 4:
Air Analysis According to EPA Method TO-14 / 4.1:
BTEX Using Headspace GC/MS / 4.2:
Simultaneous Determination of Volatile Halogenated Hydrocarbons and BTEX / 4.3:
Static Headspace Analysis of Volatile Priority Pollutants / 4.4:
MAGIC 60 - Analysis of Volatile Organic Compounds / 4.5:
irm-GC/MS of Volatile Organic Compounds Using Purge and Trap Extraction / 4.6:
Vinyl Chloride in Drinking Water / 4.7:
Chloral Hydrate in Surface Water / 4.8:
Field Analysis of Soil Air / 4.9:
Residual Monomers and Polymerisation Additives / 4.10:
Geosmin and Methylisoborneol in Drinking Water / 4.11:
Substituted Phenols in Drinking Water / 4.12:
GC/MS/MS Target Compound Analysis of Pesticide Residues in Difficult Matrices / 4.13:
Multi-component Pesticide Analysis by MS/MS / 4.14:
Multi-method for the Determination of 239 Pesticides / 4.15:
Nitrophenol Herbicides in Water / 4.16:
Dinitrophenol Herbicides in Water / 4.17:
Hydroxybenzonitrile Herbicides in Drinking Water / 4.18:
Routine Analysis of 24 PAHs in Water and Soil / 4.19:
Fast GC Quantification of 16 EC Priority PAH Components / 4.20:
Analysis of Water Contaminants by On-line SPE-GC/MS / 4.21:
Determination of Polar Aromatic Amines by SPME / 4.22:
Congener Specific Isotope Analysis of Technical PCB Mixtures / 4.23:
Polychlorinated Biphenyls in Indoor Air / 4.24:
Confirmation Analysis of Dioxins and Dioxin-like PCBs / 4.25:
Fast GC Analysis for PCBs / 4.26:
Analysis of Brominated Flame Retardants PBDE / 4.27:
Trace Analysis of BFRs in Waste Water Using SPME-GC/MS/MS / 4.28:
Analysis of Military Waste / 4.29:
Detection of Drugs in Hair / 4.30:
Detection of Morphine Derivatives / 4.31:
Detection of Cannabis Consumption / 4.32:
Analysis of Steroid Hormones Using MS/MS / 4.33:
Determination of Prostaglandins Using MS/MS / 4.34:
Detection of Clenbuterol by CI / 4.35:
General Unknown Toxicological-chemical Analysis / 4.36:
Clofibric Acid in Aquatic Systems / 4.37:
Polycyclic Musks in Waste Water / 4.38:
Identification and Quantification of Trichothecene Mycotoxins / 4.39:
Highly Sensitive Screening and Quantification of Environmental Components Using Chemical Ionisation with Water / 4.40:
Characterization of Natural Waxes by Pyrolysis-GC/MS / 4.41:
Quantitative Determination of Acrylate Copolymer Layers / 4.42:
References for Chapter 4
Glossary / 5:
Subject Index
Introduction / 1:
Fundamentals / 2:
Sample Preparation / 2.1:
7.

図書

図書
editor, G. Chiarotti ; contributors, G. Chiarotti, ... [et al.]
出版情報: Berlin ; Tokyo : Springer, c1993  xi, 362 p. ; 28 cm
シリーズ名: Landolt-Börnstein Zahlenwerte und Funktionen aus Naturwissenschaften und Technik, Neue Serie / Gesamtherausgabe, K.-H. Hellwege ; Group 3 . Solid state physics ; v. 24 . Physics of solid surfaces ; subvolume a
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introductory material
General introduction (G. CHIAROTTI) / 1:
Motivations for a Landolt-Bornstein volume on surface physics / 1.1:
Outline of the volume / 1.2:
How to consult the volume / 1.3:
List of frequently used symbols and abbreviations / 1.4:
Conversion tables / 1.5:
Crystal structures and bulk lattice parameters of materials quoted in the volume / 1.6:
References for 1 / 1.7:
The structure of surfaces / 2:
The structure of ideal surfaces (J.F. NICHOLAS) / 2.1:
Introduction / 2.1.1:
Definitions / 2.1.1.1:
Description of a half-crystal defined by an (hkl) plane / 2.1.1.2:
Symmetry / 2.1.1.3:
Symmetry of a half-crystal / 2.1.1.3.1:
Symmetry of a surface layer / 2.1.1.3.2:
Coordination of surface atoms / 2.1.1.4:
Theory / 2.1.1.4.1:
Results for nearest neighbour bonds in face- and body-centred cubic crystals / 2.1.1.4.2:
Models of surfaces / 2.1.1.5:
The terrace-ledge-kink (TLK) model / 2.1.1.5.1:
Ball models of surfaces / 2.1.1.5.2:
Some useful crystallographic formulae / 2.1.1.6:
Surface diagrams / 2.1.2:
Positions of surface atoms in particular surfaces / 2.1.2.1:
Face-centred and body-centred cubic crystals / 2.1.2.1.1:
NaCl and diamond type structures / 2.1.2.1.2:
Hexagonal close-packed structures / 2.1.2.1.3:
Conversion formulae and extension to other atoms / 2.1.2.2:
References for 2.1 / 2.1.3:
Surface reconstruction and relaxation (A. FASOLINO, A. SELLONI, A. SHKREBTII) / 2.2:
Outline / 2.2.1:
Relaxation and reconstruction / 2.2.1.2:
Surface periodicity: notations for surface structures / 2.2.1.3:
Techniques / 2.2.1.4:
Surface preparation / 2.2.1.5:
Models of reconstruction / 2.2.1.6:
Data / 2.2.2:
Metals / 2.2.2.1:
Semiconductors and insulators / 2.2.2.2:
References for 2.2 / 2.2.3:
Structural defects at surfaces (H. HENZLER, W. RANKE) / 2.3:
Preliminary remarks / 2.3.1:
Methods of investigation / 2.3.1.2:
Microscopy / 2.3.1.2.1:
Diffraction / 2.3.1.2.2:
Ion scattering / 2.3.1.2.3:
Other methods / 2.3.1.2.4:
Experimentally observed stabile of surfaces, stepped surfaces / 2.3.2:
Metals and metal alloys / 2.3.2.1.1:
Group IV semiconductors / 2.3.2.1.2:
III-V semiconductors / 2.3.2.1.3:
Chalcogenides / 2.3.2.1.4:
Halides / 2.3.2.1.5:
Phase transitions / 2.3.2.2:
Roughening transition of stepped metal surfaces / 2.3.2.2.1:
Phase transitions on low index metal surfaces / 2.3.2.2.2:
References for 2.3 / 2.3.3:
General index (See Vol.24D) Introduction
Index of surfaces
Introductory material
General introduction (G. CHIAROTTI) / 1:
Motivations for a Landolt-Bornstein volume on surface physics / 1.1:
8.

図書

図書
Karl Pfleger, Hans H. Maurer, Armin Weber
出版情報: Weinheim : Wiley-VCH, c2007  2 v. ; 29 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
(Methods, Tables) / Volume 1:
Methods
Introduction / 1:
Experimental Section / 2:
Origin and choice of samples / 2.1:
Sample preparation / 2.2:
Standard extraction procedures / 2.2.1:
Standard liquid-liquid extraction (LLE) for plasma, urine or gastric contents (P, U, G) / 2.2.1.1:
STA procedure (hydrolysis, extraction and microwave-assisted acetylation) for urine (U+UHYAC) / 2.2.1.2:
Extraction of urine after cleavage of conjugates by glucuronidase and arylsulfatase (UGLUC) / 2.2.1.3:
Extractive methylation procedure for urine or plasma (UME, PME) / 2.2.1.4:
Solid-phase extraction for plasma or urine (PSPE, USPE) / 2.2.1.5:
LLE of plasma for determination of drugs for brain death diagnosis / 2.2.1.6:
Extraction of ethylene glycol and other glycols from plasma or urine followed by microwave-assisted pivalylation (PEGPIV or UEGPIV) / 2.2.1.7:
Derivatization procedures / 2.2.2:
Acetylation (AC) / 2.2.2.1:
Methylation (ME) / 2.2.2.2:
Ethylation (ET) / 2.2.2.3:
tert.-Butyldimethylsilylation (TBDMS) / 2.2.2.4:
Trimethylsilylation (TMS) / 2.2.2.5:
Trimethylsilylation followed by trifluoroacetylation (TMSTFA) / 2.2.2.6:
Trifluoroacetylation (TFA) / 2.2.2.7:
Pentafluoropropionylation (PFP) / 2.2.2.8:
Pentafluoropropylation (PFPOL) / 2.2.2.9:
Heptafluorobutyrylation (HFB) / 2.2.2.10:
Pivalylation (PIV) / 2.2.2.11:
Heptafluorobutyrylprolylation (HFBP) / 2.2.2.12:
GC-MS Apparatus / 2.3:
Apparatus and operation conditions / 2.3.1:
Quality assurance of the apparatus performance / 2.3.2:
Determination of retention indices / 2.4:
Systematic toxicological analysis (STA) of several classes of drugs and their metabolites by GC-MS / 2.5:
Screening for 200 drugs in blood plasma after LLE / 2.5.1:
Screening for most of the basic and neutral drugs in urine after acid hydrolysis, LLE and acetylation / 2.5.2:
Systematic toxicological analysis procedures for the detection of acidic drugs and/or their metabolites / 2.5.3:
General screening procedure for zwitterionic compounds after SPE and silylation / 2.5.4:
Application of the electronic version of this handbook / 2.6:
Quantitative determination / 2.7:
Correlation between Structure and Fragmentation / 3:
Principle of electron-ionization mass spectrometry (EI-MS) / 3.1:
Correlation between fundamental structures or side chains and fragment ions / 3.2:
Formation of Artifacts / 4:
Artifacts formed by oxidation during extraction with diethyl ether / 4.1:
N-Oxidation of tertiary amines / 4.1.1:
S-Oxidation of phenothiazines / 4.1.2:
Artifacts formed by thermolysis during GC (GC artifact) / 4.2:
Decarboxylation of carboxylic acids / 4.2.1:
Cope elimination of N-oxides (-(CH3)2NOH, -(C2H5)2NOH, -C6H14N2O2) / 4.2.2:
Rearrangement of bis-deethyl flurazepam (-H2O) / 4.2.3:
Elimination of various residues / 4.2.4:
Methylation of carboxylic acids in methanol ((ME), ME in methanol) / 4.2.5:
Formation of formaldehyde adducts using methanol as solvent (GC artifact in methanol) / 4.2.6:
Artifacts formed by thermolysis during GC and during acid hydrolysis (GC artifact, HY artifact) / 4.3:
Dehydration of alcohols (-H2O) / 4.3.1:
Decarbamoylation of carbamates / 4.3.2:
Cleavage of morazone to phenmetrazine / 4.3.3:
Artifacts formed during acid hydrolysis / 4.4:
Cleavage of the ether bridge in beta-blockers and alkanolamine antihistamines (HY) / 4.4.1:
Cleavage of 1,4-benzodiazepines to aminobenzoyl derivatives (HY) / 4.4.2:
Cleavage and rearrangement of N-demethyl metabolites of clobazam to benzimidazole derivatives (HY) / 4.4.3:
Cleavage and rearrangement of bis-deethyl flurazepam (HY -H2O) / 4.4.4:
Cleavage and rearrangement of tetrazepam / 4.4.5:
(Methods, Tables) / Volume 1:
Methods
Introduction / 1:
9.

電子ブック

EB
Anthony Sofronas
出版情報: Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , Hoboken : John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2005
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Introduction / 1:
Strength of Materials / 2:
Load Calculations / 2.1:
Stress Calculations / 2.2:
Axial / 2.2.1:
Shear / 2.2.2:
Bending / 2.2.3:
Torsional / 2.2.4:
Combined Stresses / 2.2.5:
Thermal Stresses / 2.2.6:
Transient Temperatures and Stresses / 2.2.7:
High Temperature Creep / 2.2.8:
Shell Stresses / 2.2.9:
Piping Thermal Forces, Moments, Frequencies / 2.3:
Piping Failures / 2.3.1:
Allowable and Design Stresses / 2.4:
Fatigue Due to Cyclic Loading / 2.5:
Elongation and Deflection Calculations / 2.6:
Factors of Safety / 2.7:
Case History: Agitator Bearing Loading / 2.8:
Case History: Shaft Failure / 2.9:
Dynamic Loading / 2.10:
Centrifugal Force / 2.10.1:
Inertia's and WR2 / 2.10.2:
Energy Relationships / 2.10.3:
Case History: Centrifuge Bearing Failures / 2.11:
Case History: Bird Impact Force on a Windscreen / 2.12:
Case History: Torsional Impact on a Propeller / 2.13:
Case History: Start-up Torque on a Motor Coupling / 2.14:
Case History: Frictional Clamping Due to Bolting / 2.15:
Case History: Failure of a Connecting Rod in a Race Car / 2.16:
Bolting / 2.17:
Holding Capacity / 2.17.1:
Limiting Torque / 2.17.2:
Bolt Elongation and Relaxation / 2.17.3:
Torquing Methods / 2.17.4:
Fatigue of Bolts / 2.17.5:
Stripping Strength of Threads / 2.17.6:
Case History: A Power Head Gasket Leak / 2.17.7:
Ball and Roller Bearing Life Estimates / 2.18:
Case History: Bearing Life of a Shaft Support / 2.18.1:
Coupling Offset and Bearing Life / 2.18.2:
Hydrodynamic Bearings / 2.19:
Shell and Pad Failures / 2.19.1:
Gears / 2.20:
Gear Acceptability Calculations / 2.20.1:
Case History: Up-Rate Acceptability of a Gear Unit / 2.20.2:
Interference Fits / 2.21:
Keyless Hydraulically Fitted Hubs / 2.21.1:
Case History: Taper Fit Holding Ability / 2.21.2:
Case History: The Flying Hydraulically Fitted Hub / 2.21.3:
Strength of Welds / 2.22:
Fatigue of Welds / 2.23:
Repair of Machinery / 2.24:
Shafts / 2.24.1:
Housing and Cases / 2.24.2:
Gearboxes / 2.24.3:
Sleeve bearings and Bushing Clearances / 2.24.4:
Alignments / 2.24.5:
Acceptable Coupling Offset and Angular Misalignment / 2.24.6:
Vibration Measurements / 2.24.7:
Interpreting Mechanical Failures / 2.25:
Failures with Axial, Bending and Torsional Loading / 2.25.1:
Gear Teeth Failures / 2.25.2:
Spring Failures / 2.25.3:
Bolt Failures / 2.25.4:
Bearing Failures / 2.25.5:
Reading a Bearing / 2.25.6:
Large Gearbox Keyway / Shaft Failures / 2.25.7:
Case History: Sizing a Bushing Running Clearance / 2.26:
Case History: Galling of a Shaft In A Bushing / 2.27:
Case History: Remaining Fatigue Life with Cyclic Stresses / 2.28:
A Procedure for Evaluating Gasket Joints / 2.29:
Gaskets In High Temperature Service / 2.30:
"O" Ring Evaluation / 2.31:
Case History: Gasket Won't Pass Hydrotest / 2.32:
Case History: Heat Exchanger Leak Due to Temperature / 2.33:
Wear of Equipment / 2.34:
Case History: Excessive Wear of a Ball Valve / 2.35:
Vibration Analysis / 3:
Spring /Mass Systems and Resonance / 3.1:
Case History: Critical Speed Problem on Steam Turbine / 3.2:
Determining Vibration Amplitudes / 3.3:
Allowable Levels for X or F at Resonance / 3.3.1:
Case History: Vibratory Torque on Gear of a Ship System / 3.4:
Torsional Vibration / 3.5:
Case History: Torsional Vibration of Motor-Generator-Blower / 3.6:
Vibration Diagnosis and Campbell Diagrams / 3.7:
Case History: The Effect of a Suddenly Applied Torsional Load / 3.8:
Flow Induced Vibrations / 3.9:
Preface
Introduction / 1:
Strength of Materials / 2:
10.

図書

図書
authors, G. Guelachvili, K.Narahari Rao ; editor, G. Guelachvili
出版情報: Berlin ; Tokyo : Springer, c2000  LXXVII, 229 p. ; 28 cm
シリーズ名: Landolt-Börnstein Zahlenwerte und Funktionen aus Naturwissenschaften und Technik, Neue Serie / Gesamtherausgabe, K.-H. Hellwege ; New Series, Group 2 . Molecules and radicals ; v. 20 . Molecular constans : mostly from infrared spectroscopy ; subv. B5
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
CS2 (SCS).
CS2+ (SCS+).
CS2++ (SCS++).
CSe2 (SeCSe).
C2N (CCN).
C2N (CNC).
C2N+ (CCN+).
C2N+ (CNC+).
CS2 (SCS).
CS2+ (SCS+).
CS2++ (SCS++).
11.

図書

図書
Corneliu Constantinescu
出版情報: Amsterdam : Elsevier, 2001  xxi, 597 p. ; 23 cm
シリーズ名: North-Holland mathematical library ; v. 59 . C*-algebras / Corneliu Constantinescu ; v. 2
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction
Banach Algebras / 2:
Algebras / 2.1:
General Results / 2.1.1:
Invertible Elements / 2.1.2:
The Spectrum / 2.1.3:
Standard Examples / 2.1.4:
Complexification of Algebras / 2.1.5:
Exercises
Normed Algebras / 2.2:
The Standard Examples / 2.2.1:
The Exponential Function and the Neumann Series / 2.2.3:
Invertible Elements of Unital Banach Algebras / 2.2.4:
The Theorems of Riesz and Gelfand / 2.2.5:
Poles of Resolvents / 2.2.6:
Modules / 2.2.7:
Involutive Banach Algebras / 2.3:
Involutive Algebras / 2.3.1:
Sesquilinear Forms / 2.3.2:
Positive Linear Forms / 2.3.4:
The State Space / 2.3.5:
Involutive Modules / 2.3.6:
Gelfand Algebras / 2.4:
The Gelfand Transform / 2.4.1:
Involutive Gelfand Algebras / 2.4.2:
Examples / 2.4.3:
Locally Compact Additive Groups / 2.4.4:
The Fourier Transform / 2.4.5:
Compact Operators / 3:
The General Theory / 3.1:
Fredholm Operators / 3.1.1:
Point Spectrum / 3.1.4:
Spectrum of a Compact Operator / 3.1.5:
Integral Operators / 3.1.6:
Linear Differential Equations / 3.2:
Boundary Value Problems for Differential Equations / 3.2.1:
Supplementary Results / 3.2.2:
Linear Partial Differential Equations / 3.2.3:
Name
Index Subject
Index Symbol
Index
Introduction
Banach Algebras / 2:
Algebras / 2.1:
12.

図書

図書
editor, H.P.J. Wijn ; contributors, D. Bonnenberg ... [et al.]
出版情報: Berlin ; Tokyo : Springer-Verlag, c1992  xiv, 327 p. ; 28 cm
シリーズ名: Landolt-Börnstein Zahlenwerte und Funktionen aus Naturwissenschaften und Technik, Neue Serie / Gesamtherausgabe, K.-H. Hellwege ; Group 3 . Crystal and solid state physics ; v. 19 . Magnetic properties of metals ; subvolume i2
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introductory material
Magnetic alloys for technical applications / 7:
Soft magnetic alloys, Invar and Elinvar alloys (See Vol.19I1) / 7.1:
Hard magnetic alloys / 7.2:
Magnet alloys based on 3d elements / T. Nakamichi7.2.1:
Introduction and list of abbreviations / 7.2.1.1:
Introduction / 7.2.1.1.1:
List of frequently used abbreviations / 7.2.1.1.2:
Magnet alloys with martensitic transformation / 7.2.1.2:
Fe-C base magnet alloys / 7.2.1.2.1:
Survey of the properties of Fe-C base magnet alloys / 7.2.1.2.1.1:
Permanent magnet properties of Fe-C, Fe-Cr-C and Fe-W-C alloys as dependent on the preparation technique / 7.2.1.2.1.2:
Permanent magnet properties of Fe-Al-C alloys as dependent on the preparation technique / 7.2.1.2.1.3:
Permanent magnet properties of Fe-Co-C alloys as dependent on the preparation technique / 7.2.1.2.1.4:
Fe-Ni and Fe-Mn base magnet alloys / 7.2.1.2.2:
Survey of the properties of Fe-Ni and Fe-Mn base magnet alloys / 7.2.1.2.2.1:
Permanent magnet properties of Fe-Ni base alloys as dependent on the preparation technique / 7.2.1.2.2.2:
Permanent magnet properties of Fe-Mn base alloys as dependent on the preparation technique / 7.2.1.2.2.3:
Fe-Co-V magnet alloys / 7.2.1.2.3:
Survey of the properties of Fe-Co-V magnet alloys / 7.2.1.2.3.1:
Permanent magnet properties of Fe-Co-V alloys as dependent on the preparation technique / 7.2.1.2.3.2:
fcc-type magnet alloys with a simple precipitation / 7.2.1.3:
Co-Fe base magnet alloys with high Co content and Co-Fe-Ni alloys with a small amount of Nb / 7.2.1.3.1:
Survey of the properties of the magnet system / 7.2.1.3.2.1:
Permanent magnet properties of the alloy system as dependent on the preparation technique / 7.2.1.3.2.2:
bcc-type magnet alloys with a simple precipitation (Fe-Co-Mo and Fe-Co-W alloys) / 7.2.1.4:
bcc-type magnet alloys with spinodal decomposition / 7.2.1.5:
General introduction / 7.2.1.5.1:
Fe-Ni-Al base magnet alloys / 7.2.1.5.2:
Fe-Ni-Al alloy system / 7.2.1.5.2.1:
Fe-(5-18) wt % Co-Ni-Al-Cu alloy system / 7.2.1.5.2.3:
Fe-24 wt % Co-Ni-Al-Cu alloy system / 7.2.1.5.2.4:
Fe-(30-40) wt % Co-Ni-Al-Ti-Cu alloy system / 7.2.1.5.2.5:
Fe-Cr-Co base magnet alloys / 7.2.1.5.3:
Fe-Cr-(0-5) wt % Co alloy system / 7.2.1.5.3.1:
Fe-Cr-(10-15) wt % Co alloy system / 7.2.1.5.3.3:
Fe-Cr-(23-25) wt % Co alloy system / 7.2.1.5.3.4:
Fe-Mo-Ni base magnet alloys / 7.2.1.5.4:
fcc-type magnet alloys with spinodal decomposition (Cu-Ni-Co and Cu-Ni-Fe alloys) / 7.2.1.6:
Permanent magnet properties of Cu-Ni-Co alloys as dependent on the preparation technique / 7.2.1.6.1:
Permanent magnet properties of Cu-Ni-Fe alloys as dependent on the preparation technique / 7.2.1.6.3:
Magnet alloys with order transformation (Co-Pt and Fe-Pt alloys) / 7.2.1.7:
Permanent magnet properties of Co-Pt alloys as dependent on the preparation technique / 7.2.1.7.1:
Permanent magnet properties of Fe-Pt alloys as dependent on the preparation technique / 7.2.1.7.3:
Intermediate-phase magnet alloys (MnAl and MnAl (C) alloys) / 7.2.1.8:
Permanent magnet properties of MnAl and MnAl (C) alloys as dependent on the preparation technique / 7.2.1.8.1:
Magnet alloys of the intermetallic compound MnBi / 7.2.1.9:
Fe-Cu magnet alloys / 7.2.1.10:
References for 7.2.1 / 7.2.1.11:
Rare earth - 3d magnet alloys / D. Bonnenberg ; H.P.J. Wijn7.2.2:
Sm-Co magnet alloys / 7.2.2.1:
Sm-Co-Fe- (M) magnet alloys, M = Cr, Mn / 7.2.2.3:
Sm-Co-Cu magnet alloys / 7.2.2.4:
Sm-Co-Cu-Fe- (M) magnet alloys, M = Ti, Zr, Mn, Ni, Hf / 7.2.2.5:
(Sm)-R-Co-Cu- (Fe) magnet alloys (R = rare earth element) / 7.2.2.6:
References for 7.2.2 / 7.2.2.7:
Intrinsic properties / 7.2.3:
Sintered magnets / 7.2.3.3:
Melt-quenched magnets / 7.2.3.4:
References for 7.2.3 / 7.2.3.5:
Preparation, crystal structure and lattice parameters / E. Burzo ; H.R. Kirchmayr7.2.4:
Magnetization and Curie temperature / 7.2.4.3:
Magnetic structure / 7.2.4.4:
Hyperfine parameters determined by nuclear gamma resonance / 7.2.4.5:
Hyperfine parameters determined by nuclear magnetic resonance / 7.2.4.6:
Electrical resistivity / 7.2.4.7:
Specific heat / 7.2.4.8:
Magnetostriction / 7.2.4.9:
Magnetic anisotropy / 7.2.4.10:
Permanent magnet properties / 7.2.4.11:
References for 7.2.4 / 7.2.4.12:
Rare-earth-iron interstitial compounds / 7.2.5:
General / 7.2.5.1:
Preparation of the alloys / 7.2.5.1.1:
Crystal structure and lattice parameters / 7.2.5.2:
Hyperfine parameter determined by nuclear gamma resonance / 7.2.5.2.2:
References for 7.2.5 / 7.2.5.3.5:
Introductory material
Magnetic alloys for technical applications / 7:
Soft magnetic alloys, Invar and Elinvar alloys (See Vol.19I1) / 7.1:
13.

電子ブック

EB
Kim-Kwang Raymond Choo
出版情報: Springer eBooks Computer Science , Springer US, 2009
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction / 1:
The Key Distribution Problem / 1.1:
Solution: Key Establishment Protocols / 1.2:
Computer Security Approach / 1.2.1:
Computational Complexity Approach / 1.2.2:
Research Objectives and Deliverables / 1.2.3:
Structure of Book and Contributions to Knowledge / 1.3:
References
Background Materials / 2:
Mathematical Background / 2.1:
Abstract Algebra and the Main Groups / 2.1.1:
Bilinear Maps from Elliptic Curve Pairings / 2.1.2:
Computational Problems and Assumptions / 2.1.3:
Cryptographic Tools / 2.1.4:
Encryption Schemes: Asymmetric Setting / 2.1.4.1:
Encryption Schemes: Symmetric Setting / 2.1.4.2:
Digital Signature Schemes / 2.1.4.3:
Message Authentication Codes / 2.1.4.4:
Cryptographic Hash Functions / 2.1.4.5:
Random Oracles / 2.1.4.6:
Key Establishment Protocols and their Basis / 2.2:
Protocol Architectures / 2.2.1:
Existing Cryptographic Keys / 2.2.1.1:
Method of Session Key Generation / 2.2.1.2:
Number of Entities / 2.2.1.3:
Protocol Goals and Attacks / 2.2.2:
Protocol Goals / 2.2.2.1:
Additional Security Attributes / 2.2.2.2:
Types of Attacks / 2.2.2.3:
A Need for Rigorous Treatment / 2.2.2.4:
The Computational Complexity Approach / 2.3:
Adversarial Powers / 2.3.1:
Definition of Freshness / 2.3.2:
Definition of Security / 2.3.3:
The Bellare-Rogaway Models / 2.3.4:
The BR93 Model / 2.3.4.1:
The BR95 Model / 2.3.4.2:
The BPR2000 Model / 2.3.4.3:
The Canetti-Krawczyk Model / 2.3.5:
Protocol Security / 2.3.6:
Summary / 2.4:
A Flawed BR95 Partnership Function / 3:
A Flaw in the Security Proof for 3PKD Protocol / 3.1:
The 3PKD Protocol / 3.1.1:
Key Replicating Attack on 3PKD Protocol / 3.1.2:
The Partner Function used in the BR95 Proof / 3.1.3:
A Revised 3PKD Protocol in Bellare-Rogaway Model / 3.2:
Defining SIDs in the 3PKD Protocol / 3.2.1:
An Improved Provably Secure 3PKD Protocol / 3.2.2:
Security Proof for the Improved 3PKD Protocol / 3.2.3:
Adaptive MAC Forger F / 3.2.3.1:
Multiple Eavesdropper Attacker ME / 3.2.3.2:
Conclusion of Proof / 3.2.3.3:
On The Key Sharing Requirement / 3.3:
Bellare-Rogaway 3PKD Protocol in CK2001 Model / 4.1:
New Attack on 3PKD Protocol / 4.1.1:
A New Provably-Secure 3PKD Protocol in CK2001 Model / 4.1.3:
Jeong-Katz-Lee Protocol JP2 / 4.2:
Protocol JP2 / 4.2.1:
New Attack on Protocol JP2 / 4.2.2:
An Improved Protocol JP2 / 4.2.3:
The Key Sharing Requirement / 4.3:
Comparison of Bellare-Rogaway and Canetti-Krawczyk Models / 4.4:
Relating The Notions of Security / 5.1:
Proving BR93 (EA+KE) to BPR2000 (EA+KE) / 5.1.1:
Proof for the key establishment goal / 5.1.1.1:
Proof for the entity authentication goal / 5.1.1.2:
Proving CK2001 to BPR2000 (KE) / 5.1.2:
Proving CK2001 to BR93 (KE) / 5.1.3:
BR93 (KE) to BR95 and BR93 (KE), CK2001 [not left arrow] BR95 / 5.1.4:
BR93 (KE)/CK2001 [not left arrow] BPR2000 (KE) / 5.1.5:
CK2001 [not left arrow] BR93 (EA+KE) / 5.1.6:
BR93 (KE) [not left arrow] CK2001 / 5.1.7:
BPR200 (KE) [not left arrow] BR95 / 5.1.8:
A Drawback in the BPR2000 Model / 5.2:
Case Study: Abdalla-Pointcheval 3PAKE / 5.2.1:
Unknown Key Share Attack on 3PAKE / 5.2.2:
An Extension to the Bellare-Rogaway Model / 5.3:
A Provably-Secure Revised Protocol of Boyd / 6.1:
Secure Authenticated Encryption Schemes / 6.1.1:
Revised Protocol of Boyd / 6.1.2:
Security Proof / 6.1.3:
Integrity attacker / 6.1.3.1:
Confidentiality attacker / 6.1.3.2:
Conclusion of Security Proof / 6.1.3.3:
An Extension to the BR93 Model / 6.2:
An Efficient Protocol in Extended Model / 6.3:
An Efficient Protocol / 6.3.1:
Integrity Breaker / 6.3.2:
Confidentiality Breaker / 6.3.2.2:
Comparative Security and Efficiency / 6.3.2.3:
A Proof of Revised Yahalom Protocol / 6.5:
The Yahalom Protocol and its Simplified Version / 7.1:
A New Provably-Secure Protocol / 7.2:
Proof for Protocol 7.2 / 7.2.1:
Conclusion of Proof for Theorem 7.2.1 / 7.2.1.1:
An Extension to Protocol 7.2 / 7.2.2:
Partnering Mechanism: A Brief Discussion / 7.3:
Errors in Computational Complexity Proofs for Protocols / 7.4:
Boyd-Gonzalez Nieto Protocol / 8.1:
Unknown Key Share Attack on Protocol / 8.1.1:
An Improved Conference Key Agreement Protocol / 8.1.2:
Limitations of Existing Proof / 8.1.3:
Jakobsson-Pointcheval MAKEP / 8.2:
Unknown Key Share Attack on JP-MAKEP / 8.2.1:
Flaws in Existing Security Proof for JP-MAKEP / 8.2.2:
Wong-Chan MAKEP / 8.3:
A New Attack on WC-MAKEP / 8.3.1:
Preventing the Attack / 8.3.2:
Flaws in Existing Security Proof for WC-MAKEP / 8.3.3:
An MT-Authenticator / 8.4:
Encryption-Based MT-Authenticator / 8.4.1:
Flaw in Existing Security Proof Revealed / 8.4.2:
Addressing the Flaw / 8.4.3:
An Example Protocol as a Case Study / 8.4.4:
On Session Key Construction / 8.5:
Chen-Kudla ID-Based Protocol / 9.1:
The ID-Based Protocol / 9.1.1:
Existing Arguments on Restriction of Reveal Query / 9.1.2:
Improved Chen-Kudla Protocol / 9.1.3:
Security Proof for Improved Chen-Kudla Protocol / 9.1.4:
McCullagh-Barreto 2P-IDAKA Protocol / 9.2:
The 2P-IDAKA Protocol / 9.2.1:
Why Reveal Query is Restricted / 9.2.2:
Errors in Existing Proof for 2P-IDAKA Protocol / 9.2.3:
Error 1 / 9.2.3.1:
Error 2 / 9.2.3.2:
Improved 2P-IDAKA Protocol / 9.2.4:
A Proposal for Session Key Construction / 9.3:
Another Case Study / 9.4:
Reflection Attack on Lee-Kim-Yoo Protocol / 9.4.1:
Complementing Computational Protocol Analysis / 9.4.2:
The Formal Framework / 10.1:
Analysing a Provably-Secure Protocol / 10.2:
Protocol Specification / 10.2.1:
Initial State of Protocol 10.1 / 10.2.1.1:
Step 1 of Protocol 10.1 / 10.2.1.2:
A Malicious State Transition / 10.2.1.3:
Protocol Analysis / 10.2.2:
Hijacking Attack / 10.2.2.1:
New Attack 1 / 10.2.2.2:
New Attack 2 / 10.2.2.3:
Analysing Another Two Protocols With Claimed Proofs of Security / 10.3:
Analysis of Protocol 10.2 / 10.3.1:
Analysis of Protocol 10.3 / 10.3.1.2:
Flaws in Refuted Proofs / 10.3.2:
A Possible Fix / 10.3.3:
Analysing Protocols with Heuristic Security Arguments / 10.4:
Case Studies / 10.4.1:
Jan-Chen Mutual Protocol / 10.4.1.1:
Yang-Shen-Shieh Protocol / 10.4.1.2:
Kim-Huh-Hwang-Lee Protocol / 10.4.1.3:
Lin-Sun-Hwang Key Protocols MDHEKE I and II / 10.4.1.4:
Yeh-Sun Key Protocol / 10.4.1.5:
Protocol Analyses / 10.4.2:
Protocol Analysis 1 / 10.4.2.1:
Protocol Analysis 2 / 10.4.2.2:
Protocol Analysis 3 / 10.4.2.3:
Protocol Analysis 4 / 10.4.2.4:
Protocol Analysis 5 / 10.4.2.5:
Protocol Analysis 6 / 10.4.2.6:
Protocol Analysis 7 / 10.4.2.7:
An Integrative Framework to Protocol Analysis and Repair / 10.5:
Case Study Protocol / 11.1:
Proposed Integrative Framework / 11.2:
Protocols Specification / 11.2.1:
Defining SIDs in Protocol 11.1 / 11.2.1.1:
Description of Goal State / 11.2.1.2:
Description of Possible Actions / 11.2.1.3:
Protocols Analysis / 11.2.2:
Protocol Repair / 11.2.3:
Conclusion and Future Work / 11.3:
Research Summary / 12.1:
Open Problems and Future Directions / 12.2:
Index
Introduction / 1:
The Key Distribution Problem / 1.1:
Solution: Key Establishment Protocols / 1.2:
14.

電子ブック

EB
Kim-Kwang Raymond Choo
出版情報: SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer US, 2009
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction / 1:
The Key Distribution Problem / 1.1:
Solution: Key Establishment Protocols / 1.2:
Computer Security Approach / 1.2.1:
Computational Complexity Approach / 1.2.2:
Research Objectives and Deliverables / 1.2.3:
Structure of Book and Contributions to Knowledge / 1.3:
References
Background Materials / 2:
Mathematical Background / 2.1:
Abstract Algebra and the Main Groups / 2.1.1:
Bilinear Maps from Elliptic Curve Pairings / 2.1.2:
Computational Problems and Assumptions / 2.1.3:
Cryptographic Tools / 2.1.4:
Encryption Schemes: Asymmetric Setting / 2.1.4.1:
Encryption Schemes: Symmetric Setting / 2.1.4.2:
Digital Signature Schemes / 2.1.4.3:
Message Authentication Codes / 2.1.4.4:
Cryptographic Hash Functions / 2.1.4.5:
Random Oracles / 2.1.4.6:
Key Establishment Protocols and their Basis / 2.2:
Protocol Architectures / 2.2.1:
Existing Cryptographic Keys / 2.2.1.1:
Method of Session Key Generation / 2.2.1.2:
Number of Entities / 2.2.1.3:
Protocol Goals and Attacks / 2.2.2:
Protocol Goals / 2.2.2.1:
Additional Security Attributes / 2.2.2.2:
Types of Attacks / 2.2.2.3:
A Need for Rigorous Treatment / 2.2.2.4:
The Computational Complexity Approach / 2.3:
Adversarial Powers / 2.3.1:
Definition of Freshness / 2.3.2:
Definition of Security / 2.3.3:
The Bellare-Rogaway Models / 2.3.4:
The BR93 Model / 2.3.4.1:
The BR95 Model / 2.3.4.2:
The BPR2000 Model / 2.3.4.3:
The Canetti-Krawczyk Model / 2.3.5:
Protocol Security / 2.3.6:
Summary / 2.4:
A Flawed BR95 Partnership Function / 3:
A Flaw in the Security Proof for 3PKD Protocol / 3.1:
The 3PKD Protocol / 3.1.1:
Key Replicating Attack on 3PKD Protocol / 3.1.2:
The Partner Function used in the BR95 Proof / 3.1.3:
A Revised 3PKD Protocol in Bellare-Rogaway Model / 3.2:
Defining SIDs in the 3PKD Protocol / 3.2.1:
An Improved Provably Secure 3PKD Protocol / 3.2.2:
Security Proof for the Improved 3PKD Protocol / 3.2.3:
Adaptive MAC Forger F / 3.2.3.1:
Multiple Eavesdropper Attacker ME / 3.2.3.2:
Conclusion of Proof / 3.2.3.3:
On The Key Sharing Requirement / 3.3:
Bellare-Rogaway 3PKD Protocol in CK2001 Model / 4.1:
New Attack on 3PKD Protocol / 4.1.1:
A New Provably-Secure 3PKD Protocol in CK2001 Model / 4.1.3:
Jeong-Katz-Lee Protocol JP2 / 4.2:
Protocol JP2 / 4.2.1:
New Attack on Protocol JP2 / 4.2.2:
An Improved Protocol JP2 / 4.2.3:
The Key Sharing Requirement / 4.3:
Comparison of Bellare-Rogaway and Canetti-Krawczyk Models / 4.4:
Relating The Notions of Security / 5.1:
Proving BR93 (EA+KE) to BPR2000 (EA+KE) / 5.1.1:
Proof for the key establishment goal / 5.1.1.1:
Proof for the entity authentication goal / 5.1.1.2:
Proving CK2001 to BPR2000 (KE) / 5.1.2:
Proving CK2001 to BR93 (KE) / 5.1.3:
BR93 (KE) to BR95 and BR93 (KE), CK2001 [not left arrow] BR95 / 5.1.4:
BR93 (KE)/CK2001 [not left arrow] BPR2000 (KE) / 5.1.5:
CK2001 [not left arrow] BR93 (EA+KE) / 5.1.6:
BR93 (KE) [not left arrow] CK2001 / 5.1.7:
BPR200 (KE) [not left arrow] BR95 / 5.1.8:
A Drawback in the BPR2000 Model / 5.2:
Case Study: Abdalla-Pointcheval 3PAKE / 5.2.1:
Unknown Key Share Attack on 3PAKE / 5.2.2:
An Extension to the Bellare-Rogaway Model / 5.3:
A Provably-Secure Revised Protocol of Boyd / 6.1:
Secure Authenticated Encryption Schemes / 6.1.1:
Revised Protocol of Boyd / 6.1.2:
Security Proof / 6.1.3:
Integrity attacker / 6.1.3.1:
Confidentiality attacker / 6.1.3.2:
Conclusion of Security Proof / 6.1.3.3:
An Extension to the BR93 Model / 6.2:
An Efficient Protocol in Extended Model / 6.3:
An Efficient Protocol / 6.3.1:
Integrity Breaker / 6.3.2:
Confidentiality Breaker / 6.3.2.2:
Comparative Security and Efficiency / 6.3.2.3:
A Proof of Revised Yahalom Protocol / 6.5:
The Yahalom Protocol and its Simplified Version / 7.1:
A New Provably-Secure Protocol / 7.2:
Proof for Protocol 7.2 / 7.2.1:
Conclusion of Proof for Theorem 7.2.1 / 7.2.1.1:
An Extension to Protocol 7.2 / 7.2.2:
Partnering Mechanism: A Brief Discussion / 7.3:
Errors in Computational Complexity Proofs for Protocols / 7.4:
Boyd-Gonzalez Nieto Protocol / 8.1:
Unknown Key Share Attack on Protocol / 8.1.1:
An Improved Conference Key Agreement Protocol / 8.1.2:
Limitations of Existing Proof / 8.1.3:
Jakobsson-Pointcheval MAKEP / 8.2:
Unknown Key Share Attack on JP-MAKEP / 8.2.1:
Flaws in Existing Security Proof for JP-MAKEP / 8.2.2:
Wong-Chan MAKEP / 8.3:
A New Attack on WC-MAKEP / 8.3.1:
Preventing the Attack / 8.3.2:
Flaws in Existing Security Proof for WC-MAKEP / 8.3.3:
An MT-Authenticator / 8.4:
Encryption-Based MT-Authenticator / 8.4.1:
Flaw in Existing Security Proof Revealed / 8.4.2:
Addressing the Flaw / 8.4.3:
An Example Protocol as a Case Study / 8.4.4:
On Session Key Construction / 8.5:
Chen-Kudla ID-Based Protocol / 9.1:
The ID-Based Protocol / 9.1.1:
Existing Arguments on Restriction of Reveal Query / 9.1.2:
Improved Chen-Kudla Protocol / 9.1.3:
Security Proof for Improved Chen-Kudla Protocol / 9.1.4:
McCullagh-Barreto 2P-IDAKA Protocol / 9.2:
The 2P-IDAKA Protocol / 9.2.1:
Why Reveal Query is Restricted / 9.2.2:
Errors in Existing Proof for 2P-IDAKA Protocol / 9.2.3:
Error 1 / 9.2.3.1:
Error 2 / 9.2.3.2:
Improved 2P-IDAKA Protocol / 9.2.4:
A Proposal for Session Key Construction / 9.3:
Another Case Study / 9.4:
Reflection Attack on Lee-Kim-Yoo Protocol / 9.4.1:
Complementing Computational Protocol Analysis / 9.4.2:
The Formal Framework / 10.1:
Analysing a Provably-Secure Protocol / 10.2:
Protocol Specification / 10.2.1:
Initial State of Protocol 10.1 / 10.2.1.1:
Step 1 of Protocol 10.1 / 10.2.1.2:
A Malicious State Transition / 10.2.1.3:
Protocol Analysis / 10.2.2:
Hijacking Attack / 10.2.2.1:
New Attack 1 / 10.2.2.2:
New Attack 2 / 10.2.2.3:
Analysing Another Two Protocols With Claimed Proofs of Security / 10.3:
Analysis of Protocol 10.2 / 10.3.1:
Analysis of Protocol 10.3 / 10.3.1.2:
Flaws in Refuted Proofs / 10.3.2:
A Possible Fix / 10.3.3:
Analysing Protocols with Heuristic Security Arguments / 10.4:
Case Studies / 10.4.1:
Jan-Chen Mutual Protocol / 10.4.1.1:
Yang-Shen-Shieh Protocol / 10.4.1.2:
Kim-Huh-Hwang-Lee Protocol / 10.4.1.3:
Lin-Sun-Hwang Key Protocols MDHEKE I and II / 10.4.1.4:
Yeh-Sun Key Protocol / 10.4.1.5:
Protocol Analyses / 10.4.2:
Protocol Analysis 1 / 10.4.2.1:
Protocol Analysis 2 / 10.4.2.2:
Protocol Analysis 3 / 10.4.2.3:
Protocol Analysis 4 / 10.4.2.4:
Protocol Analysis 5 / 10.4.2.5:
Protocol Analysis 6 / 10.4.2.6:
Protocol Analysis 7 / 10.4.2.7:
An Integrative Framework to Protocol Analysis and Repair / 10.5:
Case Study Protocol / 11.1:
Proposed Integrative Framework / 11.2:
Protocols Specification / 11.2.1:
Defining SIDs in Protocol 11.1 / 11.2.1.1:
Description of Goal State / 11.2.1.2:
Description of Possible Actions / 11.2.1.3:
Protocols Analysis / 11.2.2:
Protocol Repair / 11.2.3:
Conclusion and Future Work / 11.3:
Research Summary / 12.1:
Open Problems and Future Directions / 12.2:
Index
Introduction / 1:
The Key Distribution Problem / 1.1:
Solution: Key Establishment Protocols / 1.2:
15.

電子ブック

EB
Boy; Herrmann, Wolfgang A. Cornils, Boy Cornils, Wolfgang A. Herrmann
出版情報: Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2004
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction. / 1:
Introduction / B. Cornils, ; W.A. Herrmann.
Basic Aqueous Chemistry. / 2:
Organic Chemistry in Water / A. Lubineau, ; J. Auge, ; M.-C. Scherrmann.2.1:
Origin of the Reactivity in Water. / 2.1.1:
Pericyclic Reactions / 2.1.3:
Diels - Alder Reactions. / 2.1.3.1:
Hetero Diels -Alder Reactions. / 2.1.3.2:
Other Cycloadditions. / 2.1.3.3:
Claisen Rearrangements. / 2.1.3.4:
Carbonyl Additions. / 2.1.4:
Aldol-type Reactions. / 2.1.4.1:
Michael-type Reactions. / 2.1.4.2:
Allylation Reactions. / 2.1.4.3:
Oxido-reductions. / 2.1.5:
Oxidations. / 2.1.5.1:
Reductions. / 2.1.5.2:
Radical Reactions. / 2.1.6:
Outlook. / 2.1.7:
Organometallic Chemistry in Water / W.A. Herrmann, ; F.E. Kuhn.2.2:
Water as a Solvent and Ligand. / 2.2.1:
Organometallic Reactions of Water. / 2.2.3:
Catalytic Reactions with Water. / 2.2.4:
Water-gas Shift Reaction. / 2.2.4.1:
Wacker- Hoechst Acetaldehyde Process. / 2.2.4.2:
Olefin Hydration. / 2.2.4.3:
Hydrodimerization. / 2.2.4.4:
Water-soluble Metal Complexes. / 2.2.5:
Perspectives. / 2.2.6:
Characterization of Organometallic Compounds in Water / G. Laurenczy.2.3:
General Survey. / 2.3.1:
Effect of High Hydrostatic Pressure on Aqueous Organometall lic Systems. / 2.3.3:
Aqueous Organometallics with Pressurized Gases. / 2.3.4:
Concluding Remarks. / 2.3.5:
Catalysts for an Aqueous Catalysis. / 3:
Variation of Central Atoms. / 3.1:
Transition Metals / D.J. Darensbourg, ; C.G. Ortiz.3.1.1:
Water-soluble Catalysts by Virtue of Water-soluble Ligands / 3.1.1.1:
Water-soluble Catalysts through Water Coordination. / 3.1.1.3:
Lanthanides in Aqueous-phase Catalysis / S. Kobayashi.3.1.2:
Aldol Reactions. / 3.1.2.1:
Mannich-type Reactions. / 3.1.2.3:
Micellar Systems. / 3.1.2.4:
Asymmetric Catalysis in Aqueous Media. / 3.1.2.6:
Conclusions / 3.1.2.7:
Variation of Ligands. / 3.2:
Monophosphines / O. Stelzer , ; S. Rossenbach, ; D. Hoff.3.2.1:
General Features, Scope, and Limitations. / 3.2.1.1:
Anionic Phosphines. / 3.2.1.2:
Cationic Phosphines. / 3.2.1.3:
Nonionic Water-soluble Phosphines. / 3.2.1.4:
Diphosphines and Other Phosphines / M. Schreuder Goedheijt, ; P.C.J. Kamer, ; J.N.H. Reek, P.W.N.M. van Leeuwen.3.2.2:
General. / 3.2.2.1:
Diphosphines - Introduction of Sulfonate Groups by Direct Sulfonation. / 3.2.2.2:
Introduction of Sulfonate Groups During Synthesis. / 3.2.2.3:
Diphosphines with Quaternized Aminoalkyl or Aminoaryl Groups. / 3.2.2.4:
Diphosphines with Hydroxyalkyl or Polyether Substituents / 3.2.2.5:
Carboxylated Diphosphines. / 3.2.2.6:
Amphiphilic Diphosphines. / 3.2.2.7:
Other Phosphines. / 3.2.2.8:
Ligands or Complexes Containing Ancillary Functionalities / P. Kalck, ; M. Urrutigoity.3.2.3:
Complexes Containing at Least Two Classical Functionalities. / 3.2.3.1:
Cationic Complexes / 3.2.3.2:
Immobilization on Silica Supports. / 3.2.3.3:
Macromolecular Ligands or Supports. / 3.2.3.4:
Ligands not Containing Phosphorus. / 3.2.3.5:
Additional Perspectives. / 3.2.3.6:
Tenside Ligands / G. Papadogianakis.3.2.4:
Tenside Phosphines and Amines / 3.2.4.1:
Hydroformylation Reactions Catalyzed by Transition Metal Surfactant -Phosphine Complexes. / 3.2.4.3:
Hydrogenation Reactions Catalyzed by Transition Metal Surfactant -Phosphine Complexes. / 3.2.4.4:
Carbonylation Reactions Catalyzed by Transition Metal Surfactant -Phosphine Complexe / 3.2.4.5:
Introduction. / 1:
Introduction / B. Cornils, ; W.A. Herrmann.
Basic Aqueous Chemistry. / 2:
16.

電子ブック

EB
Center for Chemical Process Safety (Ccps, Center for Chemical Process Safety, American Institute of Chemical Engineers.
出版情報: Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1995
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
List of Tables
List of Figures
Preface
Acknowledgments
Glossary
List of Symbols
Introduction / Chapter 1:
General / 1.1:
Chemical Reactivity / 1.2:
Detonations, Deflagrations, and Runaways / 1.3:
Assessment and Testing Strategies / 1.4:
Identification of Hazardous Chemical Reactivity / Chapter 2:
Summary/Strategy / 2.1:
Hazard Identification Strategy / 2.1.1:
Exothermic Reactions / 2.1.3:
Experimental Thermal and Reactivity Measurements / 2.1.4:
Test Strategies / 2.1.5:
Overview of Thermal Stability Test methods / 2.1.6:
Examples of Interpretation and Application of Test Data / 2.1.7:
Technical Section / 2.2:
Identification of High Energy Substances / 2.2.2:
Hazard Prediction by Thermodynamic Calculations / 2.2.3:
Oxygen Balance / 2.2.3.1:
Calculation of the Reaction Enthalpy / 2.2.3.2:
Application of Computer Programs / 2.2.3.3:
Instability/Incompatibility Factors / 2.2.4:
Factors Influencing Stability / 2.2.4.1:
Redox Systems / 2.2.4.2:
Reactions with Water / 2.2.4.3:
Reactions between Halogenated Hydrocarbons and Metals / 2.2.4.4:
Practical Testing / 2.3:
Screening Tests / 2.3.1:
Thermal Analysis / 2.3.1.1:
Isoperibolic Calorimetry / 2.3.1.2:
Thermal Stability and Runaway Testing / 2.3.2:
Isothermal Storage Tests / 2.3.2.1:
Dewar Flask Testing and Adiabatic Storage Tests / 2.3.2.2:
Accelerating Rate Calorimeter (ARC) / 2.3.2.3:
Stability Tests for Powders / 2.3.2.4:
Explosibility Testing / 2.3.3:
.Detonation Testing / 2.3.3.1:
Deflagration Testing and Autoclave Testing / 2.3.3.2:
Mechanical Sensitivity Testing / 2.3.3.3:
Sensitivity to heating Under Confinement / 2.3.3.4:
Reactivity Testing / 2.3.4:
Pyrophoric Properties / 2.3.4.1:
Reactivity with Water / 2.3.4.2:
Oxidizing Properties / 2.3.4.3:
Flammability Testing / 2.3.5:
Chemical Reactivity Considerations in Process/Reactor Design and Operation / Chapter 3:
Thermal Hazards: Identification and Analysis / 3.1:
Cause, Definition, and Prevention of a Runaway / 3.1.1.1:
Some Simple Rules for Inherent Safety / 3.1.1.2:
Strategy for Inherent Safety in Design and Operation / 3.1.1.3:
Equipment to be Used for the Analysis of Hazards / 3.1.1.4:
Reactor, Heat and Mass Balance Considerations / 3.2:
Heat and Mass Balances, Kinetics, and Reaction Stability / 3.2.1:
Adiabatic Temperature Rise / 3.2.1.1:
The Reaction / 3.2.1.2:
Reaction Rate / 3.2.1.3:
Reaction Rate Constant / 3.2.1.4:
Concentration of Reactants / 3.2.1.5:
Effect of Surrounding Temperature on Stability / 3.2.1.6:
Effect of Agitation and Surface Fouling on Stability / 3.2.1.7:
Mass Balance / 3.2.1.8:
Choice of Reactor / 3.2.2:
Heat Transfer / 3.2.3:
Heat Transfer in Nonagitated Vessels / 3.2.3.1:
Heat Transfer in Agitated Vessels / 3.2.3.2:
Acquisition and Use of Process Design data / 3.3:
Bench-Scale Equipment for Batch/Tank Reactors / 3.3.1:
Reaction Calorimeter (RC1) / 3.3.2.1:
Contalab / 3.3.2.2:
CPA ThermoMetric Instruments / 3.3.2.3:
Quantitative Reaction Calorimeter / 3.3.2.4:
Specialized Rectors / 3.3.2.5:
Vent Size Package (VSP) / 3.3.2.6:
Reactive System Screening Tool (RSST) / 3.3.2.7:
Process Safety for Reactive Systems / 3.3.3:
Test Plan / 3.3.3.1:
System Under Investigation / 3.3.3.2:
Test Results / 3.3.3.3:
Malfunction and Process Deviation Testing / 3.3.3.4:
Pressure Effect / 3.3.3.5:
Results from the ARC, RSST, and VSP / 3.3.3.6:
Scale-up and Pilot Plants / 3.3.4:
General Remarks / 3.3.4.1:
Chemical Kinetics. 3 / 3.3.4.2:
List of Tables
List of Figures
Preface
17.

電子ブック

EB
H?l?ne; Lattanzi, Alessandra; Dalpozzo, Renato Pellissier, Renato Dalpozzo, Alessandra Lattanzi
出版情報: Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , Wiley-VCH, 2017
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
List of Abbreviations
Asymmetric Cyclopropanation / 1:
Introduction / 1.1:
Simmons-Smith Cyclopropanation / 1.2:
Chiral Substrates / 1.2.1:
Chiral Allylic Alcohols / 1.2.1.1:
Chiral Allylic Amines / 1.2.1.2:
Chiral Acetal-Directed Cyclopropanations / 1.2.1.3:
Simple Chiral Alkenes / 1.2.1.4:
Chiral Auxiliaries / 1.2.2:
Chiral Catalysts / 1.2.3:
Charette's Ligand / 1.2.3.1:
Other Stoichiometric Ligands / 1.2.3.2:
Walsh' Procedure / 1.2.3.3:
True Catalytic Procedures / 1.2.3.4:
Transition-Metal-Catalyzed Decomposition of Diazoalkanes / 1.3:
Intermolecular Cyclopropanation / 1.3.1:
Chiral Catalysts: Cobalt / 1.3.1.1:
Chiral Catalysts: Copper / 1.3.1.3:
Chiral Catalysts: Rhodium / 1.3.1.4:
Chiral Catalysts: Ruthenium / 1.3.1.5:
Chiral Catalyst: Other Metals / 1.3.1.6:
Intramolecular Cyclopropanation / 1.3.2:
Chiral Auxiliaries and Chiral Compounds / 1.3.2.1:
Chiral Stoichiometric Carbenes / 1.3.2.2:
Michael-Initiated and Other Ring Closures / 1.4:
Chiral Michael Acceptors / 1.4.1:
Chiral Nucleophiles / 1.4.2.2:
Organocatalysis / 1.4.3:
Ylides / 1.4.3.1:
Nitrocyclopropanation / 1.4.3.2:
Halocarbonyl Compounds / 1.4.3.3:
Metal Catalysis / 1.4.4:
Other Ring Closures / 1.4.5:
Miscellaneous Reactions / 1.5:
Rearrangement of Chiral Oxiranes / 1.5.1:
Cycloisomerization of 1,n-Enynes / 1.5.2:
Denitrogenation of Chiral Pyrazolines / 1.5.3:
C-H Insertion / 1.5.4:
Addition to Cyclopropenes / 1.5.5:
Other Methods / 1.5.6:
Conclusions / 1.6:
References
Asymmetric Aziridination / 2:
Aziridination Based on the Use of Chiral Substrates / 2.1:
Addition to Alkenes / 2.2.1:
Aziridination via Nitrene Transfer to Alkenes / 2.2.1.1:
Aziridination via Addition-Elimination Processes / 2.2.1.2:
Addition to Imines / 2.2.1.3:
Methylidation of Imines / 2.2.2.1:
Aza-Darzens and Analogous Reactions / 2.2.2.2:
Addition/Elimination Processes / 2.2.2.3:
Addition to Azirines / 2.2.2.4:
Aziridination via Intramolecular Substitution / 2.2.4:
From 1,2-Amino Alcohols / 2.2.4.1:
From 1,2-Amino Halides / 2.2.4.2:
From 1,2-Azido Alcohols / 2.2.4.3:
From 1,2-Amino Sulfides and 1,2-Amino Selenides / 2.2.4.4:
From Epoxides / 2.2.4.5:
Aziridination Based on the Use of Chiral Catalysts / 2.2.5:
Cu-Catalyzed Aziridination / 2.3.1:
Rh-Catalyzed Aziridination / 2.3.1.2:
Ru-Catalyzed Aziridination / 2.3.1.3:
Catalysis by Other Metals / 2.3.1.4:
Organocatalyzed Aziridination / 2.3.1.5:
Aziridination via Carbene Transfer to Imines / 2.3.2:
Carbene Methodology / 2.3.2.1:
Sulfur-Ylide-Mediated Aziridination / 2.3.2.2:
Kinetic Resolutions of Aziridines / 2.3.3:
Asymmetric Epoxidation / 2.4:
Asymmetric Epoxidations Based on the Use of Chiral Auxiliaries / 3.1:
Asymmetric Metal-Catalyzed Epoxidations / 3.3:
Ti-, Zr-, Hf-Catalyzed Epoxidations / 3.3.1:
V-, Nb-, Ta-Catalyzed Epoxidations / 3.3.2:
Cr-, Mo-, W-Catalyzed Epoxidations / 3.3.3:
Mn-, Re-, Fe-, Ru-Catalyzed Epoxidations / 3.3.4:
Pt-, Zn-, Lanthanoid-Catalyzed Epoxidations / 3.3.5:
Asymmetric Organocatalyzed Epoxidations / 3.4:
Phase-Transfer Catalyst / 3.4.1:
Polyamino Acids and Aspartate-Derived Peracids / 3.4.2:
Chiral Dioxiranes, Iminium Salts, and Alkyl Hydroperoxides / 3.4.3:
Chiral Amines / 3.4.4:
Kinetic Resolution of Racemic Epoxides / 3.5:
Asymmetric Sulfur-Ylide-Mediated Epoxidations / 3.6:
Asymmetric Darzens-Type Epoxidations / 3.7:
Chiral Auxiliary- and Reagent-Mediated Darzens Reactions / 3.7.1:
Catalytic Asymmetric Darzens Reactions / 3.7.2:
Other Ylide-Mediated Epoxidations / 3.8:
Asymmetric Biocatalyzed Synthesis of Epoxides / 3.9:
Asymmetric Oxaziridination / 3.10:
Oxaziridination Using Chiral Substrates / 4.1:
Oxaziridination Using Chiral Catalysts / 4.3:
Kinetic Resolutions / 4.4:
Asymmetric Azirination and Thiirination / 4.5:
Asymmetric Azirination / 5.1:
Neber Approaches / 5.2.1:
Elimination Approaches / 5.2.2:
Other Approaches / 5.2.3:
Asymmetric Thiirination / 5.3:
Conversion of Epoxides / 5.3.1:
Condensation of Sulfur-Stabilized Carbanions to Carbonyl Compounds / 5.3.2:
Intramolecular Nucleophilic Substitution / 5.3.3:
Index / 5.3.4:
Preface
List of Abbreviations
Asymmetric Cyclopropanation / 1:
18.

図書

図書
American Institute of Chemical Engineers. Center for Chemical Process Safety
出版情報: New York : Center for Chemical Process Safety of the American Institute of Chemical Engineers, c1995  xxvii, 210 p. ; 24 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
List of Tables
List of Figures
Preface
Acknowledgments
Glossary
List of Symbols
Introduction / Chapter 1:
General / 1.1:
Chemical Reactivity / 1.2:
Detonations, Deflagrations, and Runaways / 1.3:
Assessment and Testing Strategies / 1.4:
Identification of Hazardous Chemical Reactivity / Chapter 2:
Summary/Strategy / 2.1:
Hazard Identification Strategy / 2.1.1:
Exothermic Reactions / 2.1.3:
Experimental Thermal and Reactivity Measurements / 2.1.4:
Test Strategies / 2.1.5:
Overview of Thermal Stability Test methods / 2.1.6:
Examples of Interpretation and Application of Test Data / 2.1.7:
Technical Section / 2.2:
Identification of High Energy Substances / 2.2.2:
Hazard Prediction by Thermodynamic Calculations / 2.2.3:
Oxygen Balance / 2.2.3.1:
Calculation of the Reaction Enthalpy / 2.2.3.2:
Application of Computer Programs / 2.2.3.3:
Instability/Incompatibility Factors / 2.2.4:
Factors Influencing Stability / 2.2.4.1:
Redox Systems / 2.2.4.2:
Reactions with Water / 2.2.4.3:
Reactions between Halogenated Hydrocarbons and Metals / 2.2.4.4:
Practical Testing / 2.3:
Screening Tests / 2.3.1:
Thermal Analysis / 2.3.1.1:
Isoperibolic Calorimetry / 2.3.1.2:
Thermal Stability and Runaway Testing / 2.3.2:
Isothermal Storage Tests / 2.3.2.1:
Dewar Flask Testing and Adiabatic Storage Tests / 2.3.2.2:
Accelerating Rate Calorimeter (ARC) / 2.3.2.3:
Stability Tests for Powders / 2.3.2.4:
Explosibility Testing / 2.3.3:
.Detonation Testing / 2.3.3.1:
Deflagration Testing and Autoclave Testing / 2.3.3.2:
Mechanical Sensitivity Testing / 2.3.3.3:
Sensitivity to heating Under Confinement / 2.3.3.4:
Reactivity Testing / 2.3.4:
Pyrophoric Properties / 2.3.4.1:
Reactivity with Water / 2.3.4.2:
Oxidizing Properties / 2.3.4.3:
Flammability Testing / 2.3.5:
Chemical Reactivity Considerations in Process/Reactor Design and Operation / Chapter 3:
Thermal Hazards: Identification and Analysis / 3.1:
Cause, Definition, and Prevention of a Runaway / 3.1.1.1:
Some Simple Rules for Inherent Safety / 3.1.1.2:
Strategy for Inherent Safety in Design and Operation / 3.1.1.3:
Equipment to be Used for the Analysis of Hazards / 3.1.1.4:
Reactor, Heat and Mass Balance Considerations / 3.2:
Heat and Mass Balances, Kinetics, and Reaction Stability / 3.2.1:
Adiabatic Temperature Rise / 3.2.1.1:
The Reaction / 3.2.1.2:
Reaction Rate / 3.2.1.3:
Reaction Rate Constant / 3.2.1.4:
Concentration of Reactants / 3.2.1.5:
Effect of Surrounding Temperature on Stability / 3.2.1.6:
Effect of Agitation and Surface Fouling on Stability / 3.2.1.7:
Mass Balance / 3.2.1.8:
Choice of Reactor / 3.2.2:
Heat Transfer / 3.2.3:
Heat Transfer in Nonagitated Vessels / 3.2.3.1:
Heat Transfer in Agitated Vessels / 3.2.3.2:
Acquisition and Use of Process Design data / 3.3:
Bench-Scale Equipment for Batch/Tank Reactors / 3.3.1:
Reaction Calorimeter (RC1) / 3.3.2.1:
Contalab / 3.3.2.2:
CPA ThermoMetric Instruments / 3.3.2.3:
Quantitative Reaction Calorimeter / 3.3.2.4:
Specialized Rectors / 3.3.2.5:
Vent Size Package (VSP) / 3.3.2.6:
Reactive System Screening Tool (RSST) / 3.3.2.7:
Process Safety for Reactive Systems / 3.3.3:
Test Plan / 3.3.3.1:
System Under Investigation / 3.3.3.2:
Test Results / 3.3.3.3:
Malfunction and Process Deviation Testing / 3.3.3.4:
Pressure Effect / 3.3.3.5:
Results from the ARC, RSST, and VSP / 3.3.3.6:
Scale-up and Pilot Plants / 3.3.4:
General Remarks / 3.3.4.1:
Chemical Kinetics. 3 / 3.3.4.2:
List of Tables
List of Figures
Preface
19.

図書

図書
International Institute of Refrigeration. Commission B2 ; International Institute of Refrigeration. Commission C2 ; International Institute of Refrigeration. Commission E2
出版情報: Buenos Aires : Its Organizing Committee, 1992  364 p. ; 25 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
20.

電子ブック

EB
Alain Nouailhat
出版情報: Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , Hoboken : John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2007
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Foreword
Acknowledgements
Preface
What are Nanos? / Chapter 1:
What are we talking about? / 1.1:
References / 1.2:
Two basic facts / 1.2.1:
Two approaches / 1.2.2:
Two key points / 1.2.3:
Some bonus material for economists / 1.3:
Some Science to Get You Started / Chapter 2:
Quantum physics / 2.1:
From the traditional world to the quantum world / 2.1.1:
Two fundamental concepts / 2.1.2:
Wave-corpuscle duality / 2.1.2.1:
Probability in the quantum world / 2.1.2.2:
The key players / 2.2:
The electron / 2.2.1:
The cornerstone of matter / 2.2.1.1:
Electronic states / 2.2.1.2:
The quantification of energy / 2.2.1.3:
Bonds / 2.2.1.4:
The photon / 2.2.2:
The wave / 2.2.2.1:
The energy grain / 2.2.2.2:
Molecules / 2.3:
From the smallest molecule to the largest and their spectacular properties / 2.3.1:
Functionality / 2.3.2:
Solid matter / 2.4:
Insulators or conductors / 2.4.1:
Semi-conductors / 2.4.2:
Silicon crystal / 2.4.2.1:
Electrons and holes / 2.4.2.2:
Junctions / 2.4.2.3:
Nanomaterials / 2.4.3:
Quantum boxes: between the atom and the crystal / 2.5:
Some bonus material for physicists / 2.6:
Luminescence / 2.6.1:
The laser device / 2.6.2:
The Revolution in Techniques Used in Observation and Imagery / Chapter 3:
Observing with photons / 3.1:
The optical microscope in visible light / 3.1.1:
X-ray machines / 3.1.2:
Observing with electrons / 3.2:
The transmission electron microscope (TEM) / 3.2.1:
The scanning electron microscope (SEM) / 3.2.2:
Touching the atoms / 3.3:
Observing how our brain functions / 3.4:
Nuclear magnetic resonance / 3.4.1:
Functional magnetic resonance imaging / 3.4.2:
Some bonus material for researchers / 3.5:
The Marriage of Software and Hardware / Chapter 4:
Small is beautiful / 4.1:
Miniaturization / 4.2:
Integration / 4.3:
The silicon planet / 4.3.1:
An expanding universe / 4.3.2:
Programs / 4.4:
Some bonus material for mathematicians / 4.5:
Mechanics of the Living World / Chapter 5:
Proteins - molecules with exceptional properties / 5.1:
The program of cellular production / 5.1.1:
Reading instructions and the production of proteins / 5.1.2:
How does it work? / 5.1.3:
Molecular disfunctioning / 5.1.4:
External causes / 5.1.4.1:
Internal causes / 5.1.4.2:
Intervention of human beings / 5.2:
Medication / 5.2.1:
The creation of those famous GMOs (Genetically Modified Organisms) / 5.2.2:
Manipulation of embryos / 5.2.3:
Some bonus material for biologists / 5.3:
The Uses of Nanotechnologies / Chapter 6:
New objects / 6.1:
Carbon in all its states / 6.1.1:
Nanodiamonds / 6.1.1.1:
Carbon nanotubes / 6.1.1.2:
A handful of gold atoms / 6.1.2:
Ground-breaking products / 6.2:
Surface treatment / 6.2.1:
Incorporation in a composite environment / 6.2.2:
From micro to nanosystems / 6.3:
Miniature components - MEMS / 6.3.1:
A print head for inkjet printers / 6.3.1.1:
Airbags / 6.3.1.2:
A microlens for miniaturized optics / 6.3.1.3:
Magnetic disk readheads: quantum nanostructures / 6.3.1.4:
Microsources of energy: key points for embedded systems / 6.3.2:
Micromotors / 6.3.3:
A global integration / 6.4:
Some bonus material for engineers / 6.5:
Nanos are Changing the World / Chapter 7:
A simulation or a virtual world / 7.1:
Understanding nature / 7.2:
Understanding energy / 7.2.1:
Understanding materials / 7.2.2:
Understanding information / 7.2.3:
Understanding life / 7.2.4:
Watch out for nanomedicine / 7.3:
Nanosciences and our future / 7.4:
Essential ethics / 7.5:
Conclusion / 7.6:
Appendices
European Parliament Resolution on Nanosciences and Nanotechnologies / Appendix A:
Eight Guidelines on Nanotechnologies Issued by the CNRS Ethics Committee / Appendix B:
Abbreviations
Bibliography
Figures
Index
Foreword
Acknowledgements
Preface
21.

図書

図書
edited with translation and explanatory notes by S.D. Joshi and J.A.F. Roodbergen
出版情報: Poona : University of Poona, 1973  xxiv, 52, 269 p. ; 25 cm
シリーズ名: Publications of the Centre of Advanced Study in Sanskrit ; class C ; no. 7
所蔵情報: loading…
22.

電子ブック

EB
Igor Bernik
出版情報: Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , Hoboken : Wiley-ISTE, 2014
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction
Acknowledgement
Cybercrime / Chapter 1:
The perpetrators of cybercrime / 1.1:
Motives of the perpetrators of cybercrime / 1.1.1:
Types of offenders / 1.1.2:
Organization of perpetrators / 1.1.3:
Tools for implementing attacks / 1.2:
System protection against attacks / 1.3:
Fear of cybercrime / 1.4:
Investigation of cybercrime / 1.5:
Cost of cybercrime / 1.6:
Measuring the cost of cybercrime model / 1.6.1:
Cost framework for cybercrime model / 1.6.2:
Laws and legal bodies / 1.7:
The Council of Europe Convention on Cybercrime / 1.7.1:
Agreement on Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights / 1.7.2:
Digital Millennium Copyright Act / 1.7.3:
United Nations Charter / 1.7.4:
Cybercrime conclusion / 1.8:
Cyberwarfare / Chapter 2:
Information and cyberspace / 2.1:
Cyberspace and ICT / 2.1.1:
Information power and information conflict / 2.1.2:
Understanding cyberwarfare / 2.2:
The nature of cyberwarfare / 2.2.1:
Types and techniques of cyberwarfare / 2.2.2:
Perpetrators and victims of cyberwarfare / 2.3:
Committing cyberwarfare / 2.4:
Espionage / 2.4.1:
Active warfare / 2.4.2:
Information operations / 2.4.3:
Propaganda activity / 2.4.4:
Organizations and cyberwarfare / 2.5:
Industrial espionage / 2.5.1:
Politically and ideologically motivated groups - perpetrators of cyberwarfare / 2.5.2:
The role of countries in cyberwarfare / 2.6:
The United States / 2.6.1:
China / 2.6.2:
Russia / 2.6.3:
India / 2.6.4:
Iran / 2.6.5:
Israel / 2.6.6:
North Korea / 2.6.7:
Efforts against cyberwarfare: international and national legislation / 2.7:
Defense against cyberwarfare / 2.8:
Cyberwarfare conclusion / 2.9:
Conclusion
Bibliography
Index
Introduction
Acknowledgement
Cybercrime / Chapter 1:
23.

電子ブック

EB
Eric Setton, Bernd Girod
出版情報: Springer eBooks Computer Science , Springer US, 2007
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction / 1:
Background / 2:
Video Compression / 2.1:
H.264 Video Coding / 2.1.1:
Distortion Models / 2.1.2:
Video Streaming / 2.2:
Error Resilience / 2.2.1:
Congestion Control / 2.2.2:
Path Diversity / 2.2.3:
Multicast Architectures / 2.3:
IP Multicast / 2.3.1:
Content Delivery Networks / 2.3.2:
Peer-to-Peer Systems / 2.4:
Peer-to-Peer File Transfer, the Example of BitTorrent / 2.4.1:
Peer-to-Peer Streaming / 2.4.2:
Streaming over Throughput-Limited Paths / 3:
Video Encoding for Throughput-Limited Paths / 3.1:
End-to-End Rate-Distortion Performance Model / 3.1.1:
Experimental Results / 3.1.2:
Congestion-Distortion Optimized Scheduling / 3.2:
Channel Model / 3.2.1:
Evaluating a Schedule / 3.2.2:
Randomized Schedule Search / 3.2.3:
CoDiO Light / 3.2.4:
Chapter Summary / 3.2.5:
Peer-to-Peer Control Protocol / 4:
Protocol Description / 4.1:
Different Peer States / 4.1.1:
Different Tree Connection States / 4.1.2:
Multicast Source / 4.1.3:
Protocol Settings / 4.1.4:
Experimental Protocol Evaluation / 4.2:
Experimental Setup / 4.2.1:
Control Protocol Traffic Distribution / 4.2.2:
Join and Rejoin Latency / 4.2.3:
Scalability / 4.2.4:
Limiting Throughput / 4.2.5:
Video Streaming over a Peer-to-Peer Network / 4.3:
Video Streaming Protocol / 5.1:
Video Packet Transmission / 5.1.1:
Retransmissions / 5.1.2:
Peer-to-Peer CoDiO Scheduling / 5.2:
Sender-Driven Prioritization / 5.2.1:
Distortion-Optimized Retransmission Scheduling / 5.2.2:
Scheduler Evaluation / 5.2.3:
Video Sessions / 5.3:
Diversity / 5.3.2:
CoDiO P2P / 5.3.3:
Conclusions and Future Work / 5.4:
Conclusions / 6.1:
Future Work / 6.2:
Video Experiments / A:
Encoding Structures / A.1:
Latency-Constrained Video Streaming / A.1.2:
Error-Resilient Decoding / A.1.3:
Quality Metric / A.1.4:
Video Sequences / A.2:
Container / A.2.1:
Foreman / A.2.2:
Mobile / A.2.3:
Mother & Daughter / A.2.4:
News / A.2.5:
Salesman / A.2.6:
References
Index
Introduction / 1:
Background / 2:
Video Compression / 2.1:
24.

電子ブック

EB
Eric Setton, Bernd Girod
出版情報: SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer US, 2007
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction / 1:
Background / 2:
Video Compression / 2.1:
H.264 Video Coding / 2.1.1:
Distortion Models / 2.1.2:
Video Streaming / 2.2:
Error Resilience / 2.2.1:
Congestion Control / 2.2.2:
Path Diversity / 2.2.3:
Multicast Architectures / 2.3:
IP Multicast / 2.3.1:
Content Delivery Networks / 2.3.2:
Peer-to-Peer Systems / 2.4:
Peer-to-Peer File Transfer, the Example of BitTorrent / 2.4.1:
Peer-to-Peer Streaming / 2.4.2:
Streaming over Throughput-Limited Paths / 3:
Video Encoding for Throughput-Limited Paths / 3.1:
End-to-End Rate-Distortion Performance Model / 3.1.1:
Experimental Results / 3.1.2:
Congestion-Distortion Optimized Scheduling / 3.2:
Channel Model / 3.2.1:
Evaluating a Schedule / 3.2.2:
Randomized Schedule Search / 3.2.3:
CoDiO Light / 3.2.4:
Chapter Summary / 3.2.5:
Peer-to-Peer Control Protocol / 4:
Protocol Description / 4.1:
Different Peer States / 4.1.1:
Different Tree Connection States / 4.1.2:
Multicast Source / 4.1.3:
Protocol Settings / 4.1.4:
Experimental Protocol Evaluation / 4.2:
Experimental Setup / 4.2.1:
Control Protocol Traffic Distribution / 4.2.2:
Join and Rejoin Latency / 4.2.3:
Scalability / 4.2.4:
Limiting Throughput / 4.2.5:
Video Streaming over a Peer-to-Peer Network / 4.3:
Video Streaming Protocol / 5.1:
Video Packet Transmission / 5.1.1:
Retransmissions / 5.1.2:
Peer-to-Peer CoDiO Scheduling / 5.2:
Sender-Driven Prioritization / 5.2.1:
Distortion-Optimized Retransmission Scheduling / 5.2.2:
Scheduler Evaluation / 5.2.3:
Video Sessions / 5.3:
Diversity / 5.3.2:
CoDiO P2P / 5.3.3:
Conclusions and Future Work / 5.4:
Conclusions / 6.1:
Future Work / 6.2:
Video Experiments / A:
Encoding Structures / A.1:
Latency-Constrained Video Streaming / A.1.2:
Error-Resilient Decoding / A.1.3:
Quality Metric / A.1.4:
Video Sequences / A.2:
Container / A.2.1:
Foreman / A.2.2:
Mobile / A.2.3:
Mother & Daughter / A.2.4:
News / A.2.5:
Salesman / A.2.6:
References
Index
Introduction / 1:
Background / 2:
Video Compression / 2.1:
25.

電子ブック

EB
Guozheng; Kan, Qianhua Kang, Qianhua Kan
出版情報: Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2017
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction
Monotonic Elastoplastic Deformation / 1.1:
Cyclic Elastoplastic Deformation / 1.2:
Cyclic Softening/Hardening Features / 1.2.1:
Mean Stress Relaxation / 1.2.2:
Ratchetting / 1.2.3:
Contents of This Book / 1.3:
References
Fundamentals of Inelastic Constitutive Models / 1:
Fundamentals of Continuum Mechanics
Kinematics / 1.1.1:
Definitions of Stress Tensors / 1.1.2:
Frame-Indifference and Objective Rates / 1.1.3:
Thermodynamics / 1.1.4:
The First Thermodynamic Principle / 1.1.4.1:
The Second Thermodynamic Principle / 1.1.4.2:
Constitutive Theory of Solid Continua / 1.1.5:
Constitutive Theory of Elastic Solids / 1.1.5.1:
Constitutive Theory of Elastoplastic Solids / 1.1.5.2:
Classical Inelastic Constitutive Models
J2 Plasticity Model
Unified Visco-plasticity Model
Fundamentals of Crystal Plasticity
Single Crystal Version / 1.3.1:
Polycrystalline Version / 1.3.2:
Fundamentals of Meso-mechanics for Composite Materials / 1.4:
Eshelby's Inclusion Theory / 1.4.1:
Mori-Tanaka's Homogenization Approach / 1.4.2:
Cyclic Plasticity of Metals: I. Macroscopic and Microscopic Observations and Analysis of Micro-mechanism / 2:
Macroscopic Experimental Observations / 2.1:
Cyclic Softening/Hardening Features in More Details / 2.1.1:
Uniaxial Cases / 2.1.1.1:
Multiaxial Cases / 2.1.1.2:
Ratchetting Behaviors / 2.1.2:
Thermal Ratchetting / 2.1.2.1:
Microscopic Observations of Dislocation Patterns and Their Evolutions / 2.2:
FCC Metals / 2.2.1:
Uniaxial Case / 2.2.1.1:
Multiaxial Case / 2.2.1.2:
BCC Metals / 2.2.2:
Micro-mechanism of Ratchetting / 2.2.2.1:
Uniaxial Ratchetting / 2.3.1:
Multiaxial Ratchetting / 2.3.1.2:
Summary / 2.3.2:
Cyclic Plasticity of Metals: II. Constitutive Models / 3:
Macroscopic Phenomenological Constitutive Models / 3.1:
Framework of Cyclic Plasticity Models / 3.1.1:
Governing Equations / 3.1.1.1:
Brief Review on Kinematic Hardening Rules / 3.1.1.2:
Combined Kinematic and Isotropic Hardening Rules / 3.1.1.3:
Viscoplastic Constitutive Model for Ratchetting at Elevated Temperatures / 3.1.2:
Nonlinear Kinematic Hardening Rules / 3.1.2.1:
Nonlinear Isotropic Hardening Rule / 3.1.2.2:
Verification and Discussion / 3.1.2.3:
Constitutive Models for Time-Dependent Ratchetting / 3.1.3:
Separated Version / 3.1.3.1:
Unified Version / 3.1.3.2:
Evaluation of Thermal Ratchetting / 3.1.4:
Physical Nature-Based Constitutive Models / 3.2:
Crystal Plasticity-Based Constitutive Models / 3.2.1:
Application to Polycrystalline Metals / 3.2.1.1:
Dislocation-Based Crystal Plasticity Model / 3.2.2:
Multi-mechanism Constitutive Model / 3.2.2.1:
2M1C Model / 3.2.3.1:
2M2C Model / 3.2.3.2:
Two Applications of Cyclic Plasticity Models / 3.3:
Rolling Contact Fatigue Analysis of Rail Head / 3.3.1:
Experimental and Theoretical Evaluation to the Ratchetting of Rail Steels / 3.3.1.1:
Finite Element Simulations / 3.3.1.2:
Bending Fretting Fatigue Analysis of Axles in Railway Vehicles / 3.3.2:
Equivalent Two-Dimensional Finite Element Model / 3.3.2.1:
Finite Element Simulation to Bending Fretting Process / 3.3.2.2:
Predictions to Crack Initiation Location and Fretting Fatigue Life / 3.3.2.3:
Thermomechanically Coupled Cyclic Plasticity of Metallic Materials at Finite Strain / 3.4:
Cyclic Plasticity Model at Finite Strain / 4.1:
Framework of Finite Elastoplastic Constitutive Model / 4.1.1:
Equations of Kinematics / 4.1.1.1:
Constitutive Equations / 4.1.1.2:
Kinematic and Isotropic Hardening Rules / 4.1.1.3:
Logarithmic Stress Rate / 4.1.1.4:
Finite Element Implementation of the Proposed Model / 4.1.2:
Discretization Equations of the Proposed Model / 4.1.2.1:
Implicit Stress Integration Algorithm / 4.1.2.2:
Consistent Tangent Modulus / 4.1.2.3:
Verification of the Proposed Model / 4.1.3:
Determination of Material Parameters / 4.1.3.1:
Simulation of Monotonic Simple Shear Deformation / 4.1.3.2:
Simulation of Cyclic Free-End Torsion and Tension-Torsion Deformations / 4.1.3.3:
Simulation of Uniaxial Ratchetting at Finite Strain / 4.1.3.4:
Thermomechanically Coupled Cyclic Plasticity Model at Finite Strain / 4.2:
Framework of Thermodynamics / 4.2.1:
Kinematics and Logarithmic Stress Rate / 4.2.1.1:
Thermodynamic Laws / 4.2.1.2:
Generalized Constitutive Equations / 4.2.1.3:
Restrictions on Specific Heat and Stress Response Function / 4.2.1.4:
Specific Constitutive Model / 4.2.2:
Nonlinear Kinematic Hardening Rule / 4.2.2.1:
Simulations and Discussions / 4.2.2.2:
Cyclic Viscoelasticity-Viscoplasticity of Polymers / 4.3:
Experimental Observations / 5.1:
Uniaxial Strain-Controlled Cyclic Tests / 5.1.1:
Multiaxial Strain-Controlled Cyclic Tests / 5.1.1.2:
Cyclic Viscoelastic Constitutive Model / 5.1.2:
Original Schapery's Model / 5.2.1:
Main Equations of Schapery's Viscoelastic Model / 5.2.1.1:
Simulations and Discussion / 5.2.1.2:
Extended Schapery's Model / 5.2.2:
Main Modification / 5.2.2.1:
Cyclic Viscoelastic-Viscoplastic Constitutive Model / 5.2.2.2:
Main Equations / 5.3.1:
Viscoelasticity / 5.3.1.1:
Viscoplasticity / 5.3.1.2:
Cyclic Plasticity of Particle-Reinforced Metal Matrix Composites / 5.3.2:
Uniaxial Ratchetting at Room Temperature / 6.1:
Uniaxial Ratchetting at 573K / 6.1.2.2:
Time-Independent Cyclic Plasticity / 6.2:
Main Equations of the Time-Independent Cyclic Plasticity Model / 6.2.1.1:
Basic Finite Element Model and Simulations / 6.2.1.2:
Effect of Interfacial Bonding / 6.2.1.3:
Results with 3D Multiparticle Finite Element Model / 6.2.1.4:
Time-Dependent Cyclic Plasticity / 6.2.2:
Finite Element Model / 6.2.2.1:
Meso-mechanical Time-Independent Plasticity Adodel / 6.2.2.2:
Framework of the Model / 6.3.1:
Time-Independent Cyclic Plasticity Model for the Matrix / 6.3.1.1:
Extension of the Mori-Tanaka Homogenization Approach / 6.3.1.2:
Numerical Implementation of the Model / 6.3.2:
Under the Strain-Controlled Loading Condition / 6.3.2.1:
Under the Stress-Controlled Loading Condition / 6.3.2.2:
Continuum and Algorithmic Consistent Tangent Operators / 6.3.2.3:
Meso-mechanical Time-Dependent Plasticity Model / 6.3.3:
Time-Dependent Cyclic Plasticity Model for the Matrix / 6.4.1:
Mori-Tanaka Homogenization Approach / 6.4.1.2:
Generalized Incrementally Affine Linearization Formulation / 6.4.2:
Extension of Mori-Tanaka's Model / 6.4.2.2:
Algorithmic Consistent Tangent Operator and Its Regularization / 6.4.2.3:
Numerical Integration of the Viscoplasticity Model / 6.4.2.4:
Under Monotonic Tension / 6.4.3:
Under Strain-Controlled Cyclic Loading Conditions / 6.4.3.2:
Time-Dependent Uniaxial Ratchetting / 6.4.3.3:
Thermomechanical Cyclic Deformation of Shape-Memory Alloys / 6.5:
Degeneration of Super-Elasticity and Transformation Ratchetting / 7.1:
Thermomechanical Cyclic Deformation Under Strain-Controlled Loading Conditions / 7.1.1.1:
Thermomechanical Cyclic Deformation Under Uniaxial Stress-Controlled Loading Conditions / 7.1.1.2:
Thermomechanical Cyclic Deformation Under Multiaxial Stress-Controlled Loading Conditions / 7.1.1.3:
Rate-Dependent Cyclic Deformation of Super-Elastic NiTi SMAs / 7.1.2:
Thermomechanical Cyclic Deformation Under Stress-Controlled Loading Conditions / 7.1.2.1:
Thermomechanical Cyclic Deformation of Shape-Memory NiTi SMAs / 7.1.3:
Pure Mechanical Cyclic Deformation under Stress-Controlled Loading Conditions / 7.1.3.1:
Thermomechanical Cyclic Deformation with Thermal Cycling and Axial Stress / 7.1.3.2:
Phenomenological Constitutive Models / 7.2:
Pure Mechanical Version / 7.2.1:
Thermodynamic Equations and Internal Variables / 7.2.1.1:
Main Equations of Constitutive Model / 7.2.1.2:
Predictions and Discussions / 7.2.1.3:
Thermomechanical Version / 7.2.2:
Strain Definitions / 7.2.2.1:
Evolution Rules of Transformation and Transformation-Induced Plastic Strains / 7.2.2.2:
Simplified Temperature Field / 7.2.2.3:
Evolution Rules of Internal Variables / 7.2.2.4:
Explicit Scale Transition Rule / 7.3.1.3:
Verifications and Discussions / 7.3.1.4:
Thermomechanical Coupled Analysis for Temperature Field / 7.3.2:
Index / 7.3.2.4:
Introduction
Monotonic Elastoplastic Deformation / 1.1:
Cyclic Elastoplastic Deformation / 1.2:
26.

電子ブック

EB
Samuel Szoniecky
出版情報: Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2018
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction
Use of the Ecosystem Concept on the Web / Chapter 1:
For marketing / 1.1:
For personal data / 1.2:
For services and applications / 1.3:
For dynamic interactivity / 1.4:
For pictorial analogies / 1.5:
For the information and communication sciences / 1.6:
Ecosystem Modeling: A Generic Method of Analysis / Chapter 2:
Hypertextual gardening fertilized by the chaos of John Cage / 2.1:
An entrepreneurial experience / 2.2:
Objectives / 2.2.1:
Principle of the game / 2.2.2:
Motivations / 2.2.3:
Why model a cognitive ecology? / 2.2.3.1:
The relevance of the garden analogy / 2.2.3.2:
Strategic interests and potential benefits / 2.2.4:
The maturation of a research project / 2.3:
Evaluating index activity / 2.3.1:
Folksonomies explorer / 2.3.2:
Tweet Palette: Semantic mapping / 2.3.3:
Fundamental Principles for Modeling an Existence / Chapter 3:
Key concepts for thinking about knowledge ecosystems / 3.1:
The noosphere / 3.1.1:
Enaction / 3.1.2:
Complexity / 3.1.3:
Trajective reason / 3.1.4:
Agency / 3.1.5:
Spinozist principles for an ethical ontology / 3.2:
Spinoza: ethical ontology / 3.2.1:
Limitations of Spinozism / 3.2.2:
Three dimensions of existence and three kinds of knowledge / 3.2.3:
Spinozist symbol politics / 3.2.4:
Spinozist ethics for the Web / 3.2.5:
The ontological principles of Descola / 3.2.6:
Principles of ontological matrices / 3.2.7:
The Web as analogist ontology / 3.2.8:
Principles of computer models / 3.2.9:
From Zeno to Turing via Spinoza / 3.2.10:
The search for the perfect language / 3.2.11:
Semantic knowledge management / 3.3:
The boundaries of ontologies / 3.3.1:
The semantic sphere IEML / 3.3.2:
Graphical Specifications for Modeling Existences / Chapter 4:
Principles of graphical modeling / 4.1:
Unified modeling language / 4.1.1:
Graphic partitions and diagrams / 4.1.2:
Fixed image versus dynamic diagram / 4.1.3:
Semantic maps / 4.2:
Maps of physical spaces / 4.2.1:
Time maps / 4.2.2:
Maps of conceptual spaces / 4.2.3:
Interpretation maps / 4.2.4:
Graphical modeling rules / 4.3:
Physical dimensions / 4.3.1:
Actors / 4.3.2:
Concepts / 4.3.3:
Relations / 4.3.4:
Calculating the complexity of an ecosystem / 4.3.5:
Web Platform Specifications for Knowledge Ecosystems / Chapter 5:
The generic management of resources / 5.1:
Non-digital resources / 5.1.1:
Digital resources / 5.1.2:
Management of digital resources / 5.1.3:
Principles for developing a Web ecosystem platform / 5.2:
Databases as a model of the ecosystem / 5.2.1:
Algorithmic platform to manage the ecosystem / 5.2.2:
Editorial platform for controlling collaborative practices / 5.2.3:
Client applications to explore ecosystem views / 5.2.4:
From technical specification to the organization of collective intelligence / 5.2.5:
Conclusion
Appendix
Bibliography
Index
Introduction
Use of the Ecosystem Concept on the Web / Chapter 1:
For marketing / 1.1:
27.

電子ブック

EB
Center for Chemical Process Safety, Center for Chemical Process Safety (CCPS), American Institute of Chemical Engineers.
出版情報: Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1998
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Acknowledgments
Acronyms and Abbreviations
Introduction / 1:
Objective / 1.1:
Scope / 1.2:
Design Codes and Regulations, and Sources of Information / 1.3:
Organization of This Book / 1.4:
General Pressure Relief Systems Design Criteria / 1.5:
Process Hazards Analysis / 1.5.1:
Process Safety Information / 1.5.2:
Problems Inherent in Pressure Relief and Effluent Handling System Design / 1.5.3:
Relief Design Criteria and Strategy / 2:
Limitations of the Technology / 2.1:
General Pressure Relief Strategy / 2.2:
Mechanism of Pressure Relief / 2.2.1:
Approach to Design / 2.2.2:
Limitations of Systems Actuated by Pressure / 2.2.3:
Considerations of Consequences / 2.2.4:
Codes, Standards, and Guidelines / 2.3:
Scope of Principal USA Documents / 2.3.1:
General Provisions / 2.3.2:
Protection by System Design / 2.3.3:
Relief Device Types and Operation / 2.4:
General Terminology / 2.4.1:
Pressure Relief Valves / 2.4.2:
Rupture Disk Devices / 2.4.3:
Devices in Combination / 2.4.4:
Miscellaneous Nonreclosing Devices / 2.4.5:
Miscellaneous Low-Pressure Devices / 2.4.6:
Miscellaneous Relief System Components / 2.4.7:
Selection of Pressure Relief Devices / 2.4.8:
Relief System Layout / 2.5:
General Code Requirements / 2.5.1:
Low-Pressure Devices / 2.5.2:
Series/Parallel Devices / 2.5.5:
Header System / 2.5.6:
Mechanical Integrity / 2.5.7:
Material Selection / 2.5.8:
Drainage and Freeze-up Provisions / 2.5.9:
Noise / 2.5.10:
Design Flows and Code Provisions / 2.6:
Safety Valves / 2.6.1:
Relief Valves / 2.6.2:
Low Pressure Devices / 2.6.3:
Scenario Selection Considerations / 2.6.4:
Events Requiring Relief Due to Overpressure / 2.7.1:
Design Scenarios / 2.7.2:
Fluid Properties and System Characterization / 2.8:
Data Sources/Determination/Estimation / 2.8.1:
Pure-Component Properties / 2.8.2:
Mixture Properties / 2.8.3:
Phase Behavior / 2.8.4:
Chemical Reaction / 2.8.5:
Miscellaneous Fluid Characteristics / 2.8.6:
Fluid Behavior in Vessel / 2.9:
Accounting for Chemical Reaction / 2.9.1:
Two-Phase Venting Conditions and Effects / 2.9.2:
Flow to Fluids through Relief Systems / 2.10:
Conditions for Two-Phase Flow / 2.10.1:
Nature of Compressible Flow / 2.10.2:
Stagnation Pressure and Critical Pressure Ratio / 2.10.3:
Flow Rate to Effluent Handling System / 2.10.4:
Relief System Reliability / 2.11:
Relief Device Reliability / 2.11.1:
System Reliability / 2.11.2:
International Codes and Standards / Appendix 2A:
Property Mixing Rules / Appendix 2B:
Code Case: Protection by System Design / Appendix 2C:
Relief System Design and Rating Computations / 3:
Purpose and Scope / 3.1:
Required Background / 3.1.2:
Vessel Venting Background / 3.2:
General / 3.2.1:
material and Energy Balances / 3.2.2:
Two-Phase Venting Technology / 3.2.3:
Methods of Solution / 3.2.5:
Venting Requirements for Nonreacting Cases / 3.3:
Thermal Expansion / 3.3.1:
Fire Exposure / 3.3.2:
Loss of Heating/Cooling Control / 3.3.3:
Excess Inflow/Outflow / 3.3.4:
Structural Failure / 3.3.5:
Loss of Agitation / 3.3.6:
Miscellaneous / 3.3.7:
Vent Rate for Reacting Systems / 3.4:
Computer Simulations / 3.4.1:
Special-Case Integral Equations / 3.4.3:
Computational Strategy and Tools for Relief Flow / 3.5:
Gas/Vapor Flow / 3.5.1:
Two-Phase Flow / 3.5.2:
Nozzle and Piping Configuration for COMFLOW and TPHEM / 3.5.3:
Relief System Sizing and Rating / 3.6:
Pipe Runs / 3.6.1:
Safety / 3.6.2:
Preface
Acknowledgments
Acronyms and Abbreviations
28.

電子ブック

EB
Khemais Saanouni, K. Saanouni
出版情報: Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , Wiley-ISTE, 2012
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Principle of Mathematical Notations
Elements of Continuum Mechanics and Thermodynamics / Chapter 1:
Elements of kinematics and dynamics of materially simple continua / 1.1:
Homogeneous transformation and gradient of transformation / 1.1.1:
Homogeneous transformation / 1.1.1.1:
Gradient of transformation and its inverse / 1.1.1.2:
Polar decomposition of the transformation gradient / 1.1.1.3:
Transformation of elementary vectors, surfaces and volumes / 1.1.2:
Transformation of an elementary vector / 1.1.2.1:
Transformation of an elementary volume: the volume dilatation / 1.1.2.2:
Transformation of an oriented elementary surface / 1.1.2.3:
Various definitions of stretch, strain and strain rates / 1.1.3:
On some definitions of stretches / 1.1.3.1:
On some definitions of the strain tensors / 1.1.3.2:
Strain rates and rotation rates (spin) tensors / 1.1.3.3:
Volumic dilatation rate, relative extension rate and angular sliding rate / 1.1.3.4:
Various stress measures / 1.1.4:
Conjugate strain and stress measures / 1.1.5:
Change of referential or configuration and the concept of objectivity / 1.1.6:
Impact on strain and strain rates / 1.1.6.1:
Impact on stress and stress rates / 1.1.6.2:
Impact on the constitutive equations / 1.1.6.3:
Strain decomposition into reversible and irreversible parts / 1.1.7:
On the conservation laws for the materially simple continua / 1.2:
Conservation of mass: continuity equation / 1.2.1:
Principle of virtual power: balance equations / 1.2.2:
Energy conservation. First law of thermodynamics / 1.2.3:
Inequality of the entropy. Second law of thermodynamics / 1.2.4:
Fundamental inequalities of thermodynamics / 1.2.5:
Heat equation deducted from energy balance / 1.2.6:
Materially simple continuum thermodynamics and the necessity of constitutive equations / 1.3:
Necessity of constitutive equations / 1.3.1:
Some fundamental properties of constitutive equations / 1.3.2:
Principle of determinism or causality axiom / 1.3.2.1:
Principle of local action / 1.3.2.2:
Principle of objectivity or material indifference / 1.3.2.3:
Principle of material symmetry / 1.3.2.4:
Principle of consistency / 1.3.2.5:
Thermodynamic admissibility / 1.3.2.6:
Thermodynamics of irreversible processes. The local state method / 1.3.3:
A presentation of the local state method / 1.3.3.1:
Internal constraints / 1.3.3.2:
Mechanics of generalized continua. Micromorphic theory / 1.4:
Principle of virtual power for micromorphic continua / 1.4.1:
Thermodynamics of micromorphic continua / 1.4.2:
Thermomechanically-Consistent Modeling of the Metals Behavior with Ductile Damage / Chapter 2:
On the main schemes for modeling the behavior of materially simple continuous media / 2.1:
Behavior and fracture of metals and alloys: some physical and phenomenological aspects / 2.2:
On the microstructure of metals and alloys / 2.2.1:
Phenomenology of the thermomechanical behavior of polycrystals / 2.2.2:
Linear elastic behavior / 2.2.2.1:
Inelastic behavior / 2.2.2.2:
Inelastic behavior sensitive to the loading rate / 2.2.2.3:
Initial and induced anisotropies / 2.2.2.4:
Other phenomena linked to the shape of the loading paths / 2.2.2.5:
Phenomenology of the inelastic fracture of metals and alloys / 2.2.3:
Micro-defects nucleation / 2.2.3.1:
Micro-defects growth / 2.2.3.2:
Micro-defects coalescence and final fracture of the RVE / 2.2.3.3:
A first definition of the damage variable / 2.2.3.4:
From ductile damage at a material point to the total fracture of a structure by propagation of macroscopic cracks / 2.2.3.5:
Summary of the principal phenomena to be modeled / 2.2.4:
Theoretical framework of modeling and main hypotheses / 2.3:
The main kinematic hypotheses / 2.3.1:
Choice of kinematics and compliance with the principle of objectivity / 2.3.1.1:
Decomposition of strain rates / 2.3.1.2:
On some rotating frame choices / 2.3.1.3:
Implementation of the local state method and main mechanical hypotheses / 2.3.2:
Choice of state variables associated with phenomena being modeled / 2.3.2.1:
Definition of effective variables: damage effect functions / 2.3.2.2:
State potential: state relations / 2.4:
State potential in case of damage anisotropy / 2.4.1:
Formulation in strain space: Helmholtz free energy / 2.4.1.1:
Formulation in stress space: Gibbs free enthalpy / 2.4.1.2:
State potential in the case of damage isotropy / 2.4.2:
Microcracks closure: quasi-unilateral effect / 2.4.2.1:
Concept of micro-defect closure: deactivation of damage effects / 2.4.3.1:
State potential with quasi-unilateral effect / 2.4.3.2:
Dissipation analysis: evolution equations / 2.5:
Thermal dissipation analysis: generalized heat equation / 2.5.1:
Heat flux vector: Fourier linear conduction model / 2.5.1.1:
Generalized heat equation / 2.5.1.2:
Intrinsic dissipation analysis: case of time-independent plasticity / 2.5.2:
Damageable plastic dissipation: anisotropic damage with two yield surfaces / 2.5.2.1:
Damageable plastic dissipation: anisotropic damage with a single yield surface / 2.5.2.2:
Incompressible and damageable plastic dissipation: isotropic damage with two yield surfaces / 2.5.2.3:
Incompressible and damageable plastic dissipation: single yield surface / 2.5.2.4:
Intrinsic dissipation analysis: time-dependent plasticity or viscoplasticity / 2.5.3:
Damageable viscoplastic dissipation without restoration: anisotropic damage with two viscoplastic potentials / 2.5.3.1:
Viscoplastic dissipation with damage: isotropic damage with a single viscoplastic potential and restoration / 2.5.3.2:
Some remarks on the choice of rotating frames / 2.5.4:
Modeling some specific effects linked to metallic material behavior / 2.5.5:
Effects on non-proportional loading paths on strain hardening evolution / 2.5.5.1:
Strain hardening memory effects / 2.5.5.2:
Cumulative strains or ratchet effect / 2.5.5.3:
Yield surface and/or inelastic potential distortion / 2.5.5.4:
Viscosity-hardening coupling: the Piobert-Lüders peak / 2.5.5.5:
Accounting for the material microstructure / 2.5.5.6:
Some specific effects on ductile fracture / 2.5.5.7:
Modeling of the damage-induced volume variation / 2.6:
On the compressibility induced by isotropic ductile damage / 2.6.1:
Concept of volume damage / 2.6.1.1:
State coupling and state relations / 2.6.1.2:
Dissipation coupling and evolution equations / 2.6.1.3:
Modeling of the contact and friction between deformable solids / 2.7:
Kinematics and contact conditions between solids / 2.7.1:
Impenetrability condition / 2.7.1.1:
Equilibrium condition of contact interface / 2.7.1.2:
Contact surface non-adhesion condition / 2.7.1.3:
Contact unilaterality condition / 2.7.1.4:
On the modeling of friction between solids in contact / 2.7.2:
Time-independent friction model / 2.7.2.1:
Nonlocal modeling of damageable behavior of micromorphic continua / 2.8:
Principle of virtual power for a micromorphic medium: balance equations / 2.8.1:
State potential and state relations for a micromorphic solid / 2.8.2:
Dissipation analysis: evolution equations for a micromorphic solid / 2.8.3:
Continuous tangent operators and thermodynamic admissibility for a micromorphic solid / 2.8.4:
Transformation of micromorphic balance equations / 2.8.5:
On the micro-macro modeling of inelastic flow with ductile damage / 2.9:
Principle of the proposed meso-macro modeling scheme / 2.9.1:
Definition of the initial RVE / 2.9.2:
Localization stages / 2.9.3:
Constitutive equations at different scales / 2.9.4:
State potential and state relations / 2.9.4.1:
Intrinsic dissipation analysis: evolution equations / 2.9.4.2:
Homogenization and the mean values of fields at the aggregate scale / 2.9.5:
Summary of the meso-macro polycrystalline model / 2.9.6:
Numerical Methods for Solving Metal Forming Problems / Chapter 3:
Initial and boundary value problem associated with virtual metal forming processes / 3.1:
Strong forms of the initial and boundary value problem / 3.1.1:
Posting a fully coupled problem / 3.1.1.1:
Some remarks on thermal conditions at contact interfaces / 3.1.1.2:
Weak forms of the initial and boundary value problem / 3.1.2:
On the various weak forms of the IBVP / 3.1.2.1:
Weak form associated with equilibrium equations / 3.1.2.2:
Weak form associated with heat equation / 3.1.2.3:
Weak form associated with micromorphic damage balance equation / 3.1.2.4:
Summary of the fully coupled evolution problem / 3.1.2.5:
Temporal and spatial discretization of the IBVP / 3.2:
Time discretization of the IBVP / 3.2.1:
Spatial discretization of the IBVP by finite elements / 3.2.2:
Spatial semi-discretization of the weak forms of the IBVP / 3.2.2.1:
Examples of isoparametric finite elements / 3.2.2.2:
On some global resolution scheme of the IBVP / 3.3:
Implicit static global resolution scheme / 3.3.1:
Newton-Raphson scheme for the solution of the fully coupled IBVP / 3.3.1.1:
On some convergence criteria / 3.3.1.2:
Calculation of the various terms of the tangent matrix / 3.3.1.3:
The purely mechanical consistent Jacobian matrix / 3.3.1.4:
Implicit global resolution scheme of the coupled IBVP / 3.3.1.5:
Dynamic explicit global resolution scheme / 3.3.2:
Solution of the mechanical problem / 3.3.2.1:
Solution of thermal (parabolic) problem / 3.3.2.2:
Solution of micromorphic damage problem / 3.3.2.3:
Sequential scheme of explicit global resolution of the IBVP / 3.3.2.4:
Numerical handling of contact-friction conditions / 3.3.3:
Lagrange multiplier method / 3.3.3.1:
Penalty method / 3.3.3.2:
On the search for contact nodes / 3.3.3.3:
On the numerical handling of the incompressibility condition / 3.3.3.4:
Local integration scheme: state variables computation / 3.4:
On numerical integration using the Gauss method / 3.4.1:
Local integration of constitutive equations: computation of the stress tensor and the state variables / 3.4.2:
On the numerical integration of first-order ODEs / 3.4.2.1:
Choice of constitutive equations to integrate / 3.4.2.2:
Integration of time-independent plastic constitutive equations: the case of a von Mises isotropic yield criterion / 3.4.2.3:
Integration of time-independent plastic constitutive equations: the case of a Hill quadratic anisotropic yield criterion / 3.4.2.4:
Integration of the constitutive equation in the case of viscoplastic flow / 3.4.2.5:
Calculation of the rotation tensor: incremental objectivity / 3.4.2.6:
Remarks on the integration of the micromorphic damage equation / 3.4.2.7:
On the local integration of friction equations / 3.4.3:
Adaptive analysis of damageable elasto-inelastic structures / 3.5:
Adaptation of time steps / 3.5.1:
Adaptation of spatial discretization or mesh adaptation / 3.5.2:
On other spatial discretization methods / 3.6:
An outline of non-mesh methods / 3.6.1:
On the FEM-meshless methods coupling / 3.6.2:
Application to Virtual Metal Forming / Chapter 4:
Why use virtual metal forming? / 4.1:
Model identification methodology / 4.2:
Parametrical study of specific models / 4.2.1:
Choosing typical constitutive equations / 4.2.1.1:
Isothermal uniaxial tension (compression) load without damage / 4.2.1.2:
Accounting for ductile damage effect / 4.2.1.3:
Accounting for initial anisotropy in inelastic flow / 4.2.1.4:
Identification methodologies / 4.2.2:
Some general remarks on the issue of identification / 4.2.2.1:
Recommended identification methodology / 4.2.2.2:
Illustration of the identification methodology / 4.2.2.3:
Using a nonlocal model / 4.2.2.4:
Some applications / 4.3:
Sheet metal forming / 4.3.1:
Some deep drawing processes of thin sheets / 4.3.1.1:
Some hydro-bulging test of thin sheets and tubes / 4.3.1.2:
Cutting processes of thin sheets / 4.3.1.3:
Bulk metal forming processes / 4.3.2:
Classical bulk metal forming processes / 4.3.2.1:
Bulk metal forming processes under severe conditions / 4.3.2.2:
Toward the optimization of forming and machining processes / 4.4:
Appendix: Legendre-Fenchel Transformation
Bibliography
Index
Preface
Principle of Mathematical Notations
Elements of Continuum Mechanics and Thermodynamics / Chapter 1:
29.

図書

図書
H. Haug ... [et al.] ; edited by C. Klingshirn
出版情報: Berlin : Springer-Verlag, c2001-2007  3 v. ; 28 cm.
シリーズ名: Landolt-Börnstein Zahlenwerte und Funktionen aus Naturwissenschaften und Technik, Neue Serie / Gesamtherausgabe, K.-H. Hellwege ; Group 3 . Condensed matter ; v. 34 . Semiconductor quantum structures ; subv. C
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Landolt-Börnstein
Group III: Condensed Matter
Semiconductor Quantum Structures / Volume 34:
Optical Properties (Part 2) / Subvolume C2:
Introductory material
Low-dimensional structures of II-VI compounds / 5:
General properties / H. Kalt5.1:
Introduction / 5.1.1:
Some basic properties of bulk II-VI compounds / 5.1.2:
Band-gap energies / 5.1.2.1:
Excitonic properties / 5.1.2.2:
Alignment of electronic bands / 5.1.3:
References for 5.1 / 5.1.4:
Quantum-well structures of II-VI compounds / 5.2:
(Hg,X)Te quantum wells / 5.2.1:
Low-density regime / 5.2.1.1:
Electronic states in quantum wells / 5.2.1.1.1:
Electron-hole and excitonic transitions / 5.2.1.1.2:
Modification of the optical properties by internal fields / 5.2.1.2:
Modification of the optical properties by external fields / 5.2.1.3:
High-density regime and nonlinear optics / 5.2.1.4:
References for 5.2.1 / 5.2.1.5:
CdTe quantum wells / 5.2.2:
Excitonic transitions / 5.2.2.1:
Localized excitons / 5.2.2.1.3:
Polariton effects / 5.2.2.1.4:
Strained quantum wells / 5.2.2.2:
Piezoelectric quantum wells / 5.2.2.2.2:
Hydrostatic pressure / 5.2.2.3:
External electric fields / 5.2.2.3.2:
External magnetic fields / 5.2.2.3.3:
The intermediate-density regime / 5.2.2.4:
Exciton-exciton interaction / 5.2.2.4.1:
Excitonic lasing and optical gain / 5.2.2.4.2:
Biexcitons / 5.2.2.4.3:
The high-density regime / 5.2.2.5:
One-component plasma (2DEG) / 5.2.2.5.1:
Electron-hole plasma / 5.2.2.5.2:
Coherent dynamics and relaxation of optical excitations / 5.2.2.6:
Coherent interactions / 5.2.2.6.1:
Dephasing mechanisms and homogeneous linewidth / 5.2.2.6.2:
Relaxation processes / 5.2.2.6.3:
Transport phenomena of excitons and trions / 5.2.2.6.4:
Radiative and nonradiative recombination / 5.2.2.6.5:
References for 5.2.2 / 5.2.2.7:
(Cd,Zn)Te, (Cd,Mn)Te, and (Cd,Mg)Te quantum wells / 5.2.3:
The intermediate and high-density regimes / 5.2.3.1:
References for 5.2.3 / 5.2.3.4:
ZnTe quantum wells / 5.2.4:
Excitons and polaritons / 5.2.4.1:
Optical nonlinearities and high-density effects / 5.2.4.3:
References for 5.2.4 / 5.2.4.4:
Telluride diluted-magnetic semiconductor quantum-well structures: (Hg,Mn)Te, (Cd,Mn)Te, and (Zn,Mn)Te QWs; Se/Te type-II QWs / 5.2.5:
Zeeman splitting and its applications / 5.2.5.1:
Giant Zeeman splitting / 5.2.5.1.1:
Magnetic-field induced type-I to type-II transition / 5.2.5.1.2:
Interface effects in non-DMS/DMS QW structures / 5.2.5.1.3:
Magnetic-field induced circular birefringence / 5.2.5.1.4:
Coulomb-bound electron-hole pairs and complexes (low-density regime) / 5.2.5.2:
Magnetic polarons / 5.2.5.2.1:
Donor-acceptor pair recombination / 5.2.5.2.3:
The intermediate and high-density regime / 5.2.5.3:
Spin-aligned excitons / 5.2.5.3.1:
Spin-aligned magnetoplasma / 5.2.5.3.2:
Two-dimensional electron or hole gas / 5.2.5.3.3:
Coherent spin dynamics and spin injection / 5.2.5.4:
Spin relaxation / 5.2.5.4.2:
Exciton dephasing and homogeneous broadening / 5.2.5.4.3:
Formation dynamics of magnetic polarons / 5.2.5.4.4:
Recombination processes / 5.2.5.4.5:
References for 5.2.5 / 5.2.5.5:
Telluride/Selenide quantum wells / 5.2.6:
High-density regime and dynamics / 5.2.6.1:
References for 5.2.6 / 5.2.6.3:
HgSe and (Hg,Cd)Se quantum wells / 5.2.7:
References for 5.2.7
CdSe quantum wells / 5.2.8:
High-density regime / 5.2.8.1:
Relaxation dynamics / 5.2.8.3:
References for 5.2.8 / 5.2.8.4:
(Cd,Zn)Se quantum wells / 5.2.9:
Modifications of the optical properties by internal fields / 5.2.9.1:
Piezoelectric fields / 5.2.9.2.1:
Modifications of the optical properties by external fields / 5.2.9.3:
Excitonic interactions and Pauli blocking / 5.2.9.3.1:
Two-photon absorption and second harmonic generation / 5.2.9.4.2:
Localized biexcitons / 5.2.9.4.3:
Excitonic and biexcitonic stimulated emission and optical gain / 5.2.9.4.4:
Fermi-edge singularity / 5.2.9.5:
Correlated electron-hole plasma / 5.2.9.5.2:
Coherent interactions and dephasing / 5.2.9.6:
Transport phenomena / 5.2.9.6.2:
Dynamics of gain and stimulated emission / 5.2.9.6.4:
Radiative and non-radiative recombination / 5.2.9.6.5:
References for 5.2.9 / 5.2.9.7:
ZnSe quantum wells / 5.2.10:
Strain and piezoelectric fields / 5.2.10.1:
Transient internal space charge fields / 5.2.10.2.2:
Electric fields / 5.2.10.3:
Magnetic fields / 5.2.10.3.3:
Excitonic gain and lasing / 5.2.10.4:
Nonlinear optical effects / 5.2.10.4.4:
Optical gain and lasing / 5.2.10.5:
Hot-exciton relaxation / 5.2.10.6:
Lateral transport / 5.2.10.6.4:
References for 5.2.10 / 5.2.10.6.6:
Selenide-based quantum wells containing Be, Mg, or S in the well / 5.2.11:
References for 5.2.11
Selenide diluted-magnetic semiconductor quantum-well structures: (Cd,Mn)Se, (Zn,Mn)Se, and (Zn,Fe)Se QWs / 5.2.12:
Two-dimensional electron gas / 5.2.12.1:
Spin dephasing and relaxation / 5.2.12.4:
Dynamics of magnetic polarons / 5.2.12.4.2:
References for 5.2.12 / 5.2.12.4.3:
Zincblende Sulphide/Selenide type-II quantum wells / 5.2.13:
References for 5.2.13
CdS/ZnS and (Cd,Zn)S/ZnS quantum wells / 5.2.14:
Intermediate and high-density regime / 5.2.14.1:
Exciton dynamics / 5.2.14.4:
References for 5.2.14 / 5.2.14.5:
ZnS/(Zn,Mg)S quantum wells / 5.2.15:
References for 5.2.15
ZnO and (Zn,Cd)O quantum wells / 5.2.16:
Dynamics of optical excitations / 5.2.16.1:
References for 5.2.16 / 5.2.16.5:
Superlattices and coupled quantum-well structures of II-VI compounds / 5.3:
(Hg,X)Te superlattices / 5.3.1:
Electronic states in superlattices / 5.3.1.1:
References for 5.3.1 / 5.3.1.1.2:
CdTe/(Cd,X)Te and (Cd,X)Te/ZnTe superlattices and coupled quantum wells / 5.3.2:
Transient effects and dynamics / 5.3.2.1:
References for 5.3.2 / 5.3.2.5:
Telluride diluted magnetic semiconductor superlattices and coupled quantum wells / 5.3.3:
Electronic states in DMS SLs / 5.3.3.1:
Spin states in DMS SLs / 5.3.3.2:
Polaritons / 5.3.3.3:
Dynamic processes / 5.3.3.5:
References for 5.3.3 / 5.3.3.6:
Telluride/Selenide and Telluride/Sulphide superlattices / 5.3.4:
Electronic states in type-II SLs / 5.3.4.1:
Excitons and isoelectronic traps / 5.3.4.2:
High-excitation regime / 5.3.4.3:
References for 5.3.4 / 5.3.4.5:
CdSe, ZnSe, (Cd,Zn)Se, and (Zn,Mg)(S,Se) superlattices and coupled quantum wells / 5.3.5:
Electronic states in strained-layer superlattices / 5.3.5.1:
Optical functions in superlattices and multiple quantum wells / 5.3.5.1.2:
Magnetic field / 5.3.5.1.3:
References for 5.3.5 / 5.3.5.4:
Selenide DMS superlattices and coupled quantum wells / 5.3.6:
Electronic states in diluted magnetic semiconductor superlattices (DMS SLs) / 5.3.6.1:
Spin-relaxation and spin injection / 5.3.6.1.2:
References for 5.3.6 / 5.3.6.3:
CdSe/CdS and CdS/ZnSe intrinsic Stark superlattices / 5.3.7:
References for 5.3.7 / 5.3.7.1:
Zincblende Sulphide/Selenide superlattices / 5.3.8:
References for 5.3.8
CdS/ZnS, CdS/(Cd,ZnS), and (Cd,Zn)S/ZnS superlattices / 5.3.9:
References for 5.3.9
Quantum-wire structures / 5.4:
Telluride quantum wires / 5.4.1:
Selenide quantum wires / 5.4.1.1:
Electron-phonon coupling / 5.4.2.1:
Optical gain / 5.4.2.1.3:
Exciton recombination / 5.4.2.3:
Sulfide quantum wires / 5.4.3:
Oxide quantum wires / 5.4.4:
Semimagnetic quantum wires / 5.4.5:
Mn-related transitions / 5.4.5.1:
Magneto-optics / 5.4.5.2:
References for 5.4 / 5.4.6:
II-VI Quantum dots I - Nanocrystals / U. Woggon ; S.V. Gaponenko5.5:
HgTe / 5.5.1:
CdTe / 5.5.2:
The low-density regime / 5.5.2.1:
Size-dependent energy states / 5.5.2.1.1:
Splitting of states / 5.5.2.1.2:
Interaction with phonons / 5.5.2.1.3:
Impurity states / 5.5.2.1.4:
Coherent dynamics, relaxation and recombination of optical excitations / 5.5.2.2:
Dot-dot interactions, quantum dot arrays / 5.5.2.5:
(Cd,Hg)Te / 5.5.3:
Cd(Te,Se) and Cd(Te,S) / 5.5.4:
ZnTe / 5.5.5:
HgSe / 5.5.6:
CdSe / 5.5.7:
Biexciton states / 5.5.7.1:
Nonlinear optical coefficients / 5.5.7.2.2:
Stimulated emission and optical gain / 5.5.7.2.3:
Dephasing times and homogeneous linewidth / 5.5.7.3:
Cd(Se,S) / 5.5.7.4.2:
(Cd,Mn)Se / 5.5.8.1:
(Cd,Zn)Se / 5.5.10:
ZnSe / 5.5.11:
HgS / 5.5.11.1:
CdS / 5.5.13:
Nonlinear-optical coefficients / 5.5.13.1:
(Zn,Cd)S / 5.5.13.2.3:
(Zn,Mn)S / 5.5.15:
ZnS / 5.5.16:
CdO / 5.5.16.1:
ZnO / 5.5.18:
References for 5.5 / 5.5.18.1:
II-VI Quantum dots II - Self-organized, epitaxially grown nanostructures / 5.6:
Excitonic states and their fine structure / 5.6.1:
Charged excitons / 5.6.2.1.2:
(Cd,Mn)Te, (Cd,Mg)Te / 5.6.2.1.3:
CdSe and ZnCdSe / 5.6.4:
References for 5.6 / 5.6.6.1:
Landolt-Börnstein
Group III: Condensed Matter
Semiconductor Quantum Structures / Volume 34:
30.

電子ブック

EB
John Impagliazzo
出版情報: Springer eBooks Computer Science , Springer US, 2006
所蔵情報: loading…
31.

電子ブック

EB
Laura L. Pullum, Majorie A. Darrah, Brian J. Taylor
出版情報: Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2007
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Acknowledgements
Overview / 1:
Definitions and Conventions / 1.1:
Organization of the Book / 1.2:
Areas of Consideration for Adaptive Systems / 2:
Safety-Critical Adaptive System Example and Experience / 2.1:
Hazard Analysis / 2.2:
Development of a Neural Network Fault Model / 2.2.1:
Requirements for Adaptive Systems / 2.3:
Rule Extraction / 2.4:
What is Rule Extraction? / 2.4.1:
Rule Formats and Definitions / 2.4.2:
Types of Rule Extraction / 2.4.3:
How is Rule Extraction Useful in V&V? / 2.4.4:
Advantages and Disadvantages / 2.4.5:
Modified Life Cycle for Developing Neural Networks / 2.5:
Nested Loop Model of Neural Network Development Process / 2.5.1:
Safety Life Cycle for Hybrid Neural Networks / 2.5.2:
Operational Monitors / 2.6:
Testing Considerations / 2.7:
Interface Testing / 2.7.1:
Function Testing / 2.7.2:
Knowledge Testing / 2.7.3:
Structure Testing / 2.7.4:
Neural Network Testing Tools / 2.7.5:
Training Set Analysis / 2.8:
Training Data with Too Many or Too Few Inputs / 2.8.1:
"The Curse of Dimensionality" / 2.8.2:
Data Redundancy / 2.8.3:
Irrelevant Data / 2.8.4:
Combining Different Data Sets into One / 2.8.5:
Processing the Training Data / 2.8.6:
Data Outliers / 2.8.7:
Use of Rule Extraction/Insertion/Refinement with Training Data / 2.8.8:
Training Data and Operational Monitoring / 2.8.9:
Version Control of the Training Process / 2.8.10:
Stability Analysis / 2.9:
Configuration Management of Neural Network Training and Design / 2.10:
Simulations of Adaptive Systems / 2.11:
Neural Network Visualization / 2.12:
Adaptive System and Neural Network Selection / 2.13:
General Adaptive Systems / 2.13.1:
Neural Network Systems at a High Level / 2.13.2:
Neural Network Systems at a Low Level / 2.13.3:
Neural Network Taxonomy / 2.13.4:
Verification and Validation of Neural Networks - Guidance / 3:
Process: Management / 3.1:
Activity: Management of V&V / 3.1.1:
Process: Acquisition / 3.2:
Activity: Acquisition Support V&V / 3.2.1:
Process: Supply / 3.3:
Activity: Planning V&V / 3.3.1:
Process: Development / 3.4:
Activity: Concept V&V / 3.4.1:
Activity: Requirements V&V / 3.4.2:
Activity; Design V&V / 3.4.3:
Activity: Implementation V&V / 3.4.4:
Activity: Test V&V / 3.4.5:
Activity: Installation and Checkout V&V / 3.4.6:
Process: Operation / 3.5:
Activity: Operation V&V / 3.5.1:
Process: Maintenance / 3.6:
Activity: Maintenance V&V / 3.6.1:
Recent Changes to IEEE Std 1012 / 4:
References / Appendix A:
Acronyms / Appendix B:
Definitions / Appendix C:
Preface
Acknowledgements
Overview / 1:
32.

電子ブック

EB
John Impagliazzo
出版情報: SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer US, 2006
所蔵情報: loading…
33.

図書

図書
Thomas Barkowsky
出版情報: Berlin ; Tokyo : Springer, c2002  x, 174 p. ; 24 cm
シリーズ名: Lecture notes in computer science ; 2541 . Lecture notes in artificial intelligence
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction / 1:
Mental Processing of Geographic Knowledge / 1.1:
Cognitive Maps / 1.1.1:
Mental Construction of Spatial Knowledge: An Example / 1.1.2:
Theses and Assumptions / 1.2:
Knowledge Construction and Human Memory / 1.2.1:
Characteristics of Geographic Knowledge / 1.2.2:
Spatial Knowledge Organization in Long-Term Memory / 1.2.3:
Visual Mental Images and Diagrammatic Reasoning / 1.2.4:
Research Questions and Goals / 1.3:
Research Questions / 1.3.1:
Goals / 1.3.2:
Approach: Experimental Computational Modeling / 1.4:
Computational Cognition / 1.4.1:
Building Computational Models / 1.4.2:
Modeling as Experimental Approach / 1.4.3:
Organization of this Thesis / 1.5:
State of the Art / 2:
Spatial Knowledge Conceptions: Cognitive Maps and Other Metaphors / 2.1:
Rubber Sheet Maps, Cognitive Atlases, Collages, and Geographic Information Systems / 2.1.1:
Spatial Mental Models / 2.1.3:
Other Conceptions / 2.1.4:
Human Memory / 2.2:
Working Memory / 2.2.1:
Long-Term Memory / 2.2.2:
Interacting Memory Systems in Mental Imagery / 2.2.3:
Mental Imagery / 2.3:
The Imagery Debate / 2.3.1:
Psychological and Neuroscientific Foundations / 2.3.2:
The Kosslyn Models / 2.3.3:
The 1980 Model / 2.3.3.1:
The 1994 Model / 2.3.3.2:
Spatial Reasoning / 2.4:
Topology / 2.4.1:
Orientation / 2.4.2:
Distance / 2.4.3:
Shape / 2.4.4:
Computational Geometry / 2.4.5:
Diagrammatic Reasoning / 2.5:
Propositional vs. Analogical Knowledge Representation / 2.5.1:
Types of Diagrammatic Reasoning Systems / 2.5.2:
Examples for Diagrammatic Reasoning Architectures / 2.5.3:
DEPIC-2D / 2.5.3.1:
WHISPER / 2.5.3.2:
Computational Imagery / 2.5.3.3:
Summary / 2.6:
MIRAGE - Developing the Model / 3:
Characteristics of the Model / 3.1:
Evaluating the Working Memory Representation / 3.1.1:
MIRAGE - Outline of the Model / 3.2:
Types of Entities and Spatial Relations in MIRAGE / 3.3:
Entities / 3.3.1:
Relations / 3.3.2:
Subsystems, Structures, and Processes / 3.4:
Long-Term Memory Activation / 3.4.1:
Spatial Knowledge Fragments / 3.4.1.1:
The Hierarchical Long-Term Memory Representation / 3.4.1.2:
The Access Process / 3.4.1.3:
The Activated Long-Term Memory Representation / 3.4.1.4:
The Construction Process / 3.4.1.5:
Visual Mental Image Construction / 3.4.2:
The Enriched Representation / 3.4.2.1:
The Conversion Process / 3.4.2.2:
The Visual Buffer / 3.4.2.3:
The Visualization Process / 3.4.2.4:
Image Inspection / 3.4.3:
The Inspection Result / 3.4.3.1:
The Inspection Process / 3.4.3.2:
Visual Mental Image Construction in Detail / 4:
A More Demanding Scenario / 4.1:
Diagrammatic Representations of Lean Knowledge / 4.2:
Consequences for Image Construction / 4.3:
Relaxation of Spatial Constraints / 4.3.1:
Completion of Qualitative Spatial Relations / 4.3.2:
Interpretation of Qualitative Spatial Relations / 4.3.3:
Image Revision Strategies in MIRAGE / 4.4:
Unstable Images / 4.4.1:
Omission of Facts / 4.4.2:
Revision of Relational Completion / 4.4.3:
Variation of Relational Completion / 4.4.3.1:
Relaxation of Relational Completion / 4.4.3.2:
Revision of Image Specification / 4.4.4:
Depicting Qualitative Spatial Relations / 4.4.4.1:
Depicting Unspecified Spatial Relations / 4.4.4.2:
MIRAGE Implementation / 4.5:
Computational Tools for Modeling: SIMSIS / 5.1:
The Idea of SIMSIS / 5.1.1:
The Aspect Map Model / 5.1.1.1:
Modeling Aspect Maps in SIMSIS / 5.1.1.2:
Depictions, Scenarios, and Interpretations / 5.1.2:
SIMSIS Pictures / 5.1.2.1:
SIMSIS Facts and Scenarios / 5.1.2.2:
SIMSIS Interpretations and Meaning Systems / 5.1.2.3:
Realization of the Model / 5.2:
MIRAGE Structures / 5.2.1:
Entities, Relations, and Spatial Knowledge Fragments / 5.2.1.1:
The Long-Term Memory Representations / 5.2.1.2:
MIRAGE Processes / 5.2.1.3:
The Long-Term Memory Activation Processes / 5.2.2.1:
The Image Construction Processes / 5.2.2.2:
Operation and Behavior of MIRAGE / 5.2.2.3:
Conclusion and Outlook / 6:
Results and Discussion / 6.1:
Reflecting the Theses / 6.2.1:
Spatial Knowledge Construction / 6.2.1.1:
Underdeterminacy in Long-Term Memory / 6.2.1.2:
Fragmentation and Hierarchical Organization / 6.2.1.3:
Visual Mental Imagery / 6.2.1.4:
The Parameters of the Model / 6.2.2:
Explicit Parameters / 6.2.2.1:
Implicit Parameters / 6.2.2.2:
Conclusions / 6.2.3:
Future Work / 6.3:
Extending MIRAGE / 6.3.1:
Geographic Entities and Spatial Relations / 6.3.1.1:
Partially Aggregated Knowledge Structures / 6.3.1.2:
Mental Imagery Functionality / 6.3.1.3:
Parameters of MIRAGE / 6.3.1.4:
Empirical Investigations / 6.3.2:
Use of Default Knowledge / 6.3.2.1:
Control of Image Construction / 6.3.2.2:
Processing Capacity for Mental Images / 6.3.2.3:
Use of Chunking Facilities / 6.3.2.4:
Combination of Propositional and Image-Based Reasoning / 6.3.2.5:
Application Perspectives / 6.3.3:
Adequate Presentation of Visual Information / 6.3.3.1:
External Support of Reasoning in Mental Images / 6.3.3.2:
Bibliography
Index
Introduction / 1:
Mental Processing of Geographic Knowledge / 1.1:
Cognitive Maps / 1.1.1:
34.

電子ブック

EB
Thomas Barkowsky
出版情報: SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 2002
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction / 1:
Mental Processing of Geographic Knowledge / 1.1:
Cognitive Maps / 1.1.1:
Mental Construction of Spatial Knowledge: An Example / 1.1.2:
Theses and Assumptions / 1.2:
Knowledge Construction and Human Memory / 1.2.1:
Characteristics of Geographic Knowledge / 1.2.2:
Spatial Knowledge Organization in Long-Term Memory / 1.2.3:
Visual Mental Images and Diagrammatic Reasoning / 1.2.4:
Research Questions and Goals / 1.3:
Research Questions / 1.3.1:
Goals / 1.3.2:
Approach: Experimental Computational Modeling / 1.4:
Computational Cognition / 1.4.1:
Building Computational Models / 1.4.2:
Modeling as Experimental Approach / 1.4.3:
Organization of this Thesis / 1.5:
State of the Art / 2:
Spatial Knowledge Conceptions: Cognitive Maps and Other Metaphors / 2.1:
Rubber Sheet Maps, Cognitive Atlases, Collages, and Geographic Information Systems / 2.1.1:
Spatial Mental Models / 2.1.3:
Other Conceptions / 2.1.4:
Human Memory / 2.2:
Working Memory / 2.2.1:
Long-Term Memory / 2.2.2:
Interacting Memory Systems in Mental Imagery / 2.2.3:
Mental Imagery / 2.3:
The Imagery Debate / 2.3.1:
Psychological and Neuroscientific Foundations / 2.3.2:
The Kosslyn Models / 2.3.3:
The 1980 Model / 2.3.3.1:
The 1994 Model / 2.3.3.2:
Spatial Reasoning / 2.4:
Topology / 2.4.1:
Orientation / 2.4.2:
Distance / 2.4.3:
Shape / 2.4.4:
Computational Geometry / 2.4.5:
Diagrammatic Reasoning / 2.5:
Propositional vs. Analogical Knowledge Representation / 2.5.1:
Types of Diagrammatic Reasoning Systems / 2.5.2:
Examples for Diagrammatic Reasoning Architectures / 2.5.3:
DEPIC-2D / 2.5.3.1:
WHISPER / 2.5.3.2:
Computational Imagery / 2.5.3.3:
Summary / 2.6:
MIRAGE - Developing the Model / 3:
Characteristics of the Model / 3.1:
Evaluating the Working Memory Representation / 3.1.1:
MIRAGE - Outline of the Model / 3.2:
Types of Entities and Spatial Relations in MIRAGE / 3.3:
Entities / 3.3.1:
Relations / 3.3.2:
Subsystems, Structures, and Processes / 3.4:
Long-Term Memory Activation / 3.4.1:
Spatial Knowledge Fragments / 3.4.1.1:
The Hierarchical Long-Term Memory Representation / 3.4.1.2:
The Access Process / 3.4.1.3:
The Activated Long-Term Memory Representation / 3.4.1.4:
The Construction Process / 3.4.1.5:
Visual Mental Image Construction / 3.4.2:
The Enriched Representation / 3.4.2.1:
The Conversion Process / 3.4.2.2:
The Visual Buffer / 3.4.2.3:
The Visualization Process / 3.4.2.4:
Image Inspection / 3.4.3:
The Inspection Result / 3.4.3.1:
The Inspection Process / 3.4.3.2:
Visual Mental Image Construction in Detail / 4:
A More Demanding Scenario / 4.1:
Diagrammatic Representations of Lean Knowledge / 4.2:
Consequences for Image Construction / 4.3:
Relaxation of Spatial Constraints / 4.3.1:
Completion of Qualitative Spatial Relations / 4.3.2:
Interpretation of Qualitative Spatial Relations / 4.3.3:
Image Revision Strategies in MIRAGE / 4.4:
Unstable Images / 4.4.1:
Omission of Facts / 4.4.2:
Revision of Relational Completion / 4.4.3:
Variation of Relational Completion / 4.4.3.1:
Relaxation of Relational Completion / 4.4.3.2:
Revision of Image Specification / 4.4.4:
Depicting Qualitative Spatial Relations / 4.4.4.1:
Depicting Unspecified Spatial Relations / 4.4.4.2:
MIRAGE Implementation / 4.5:
Computational Tools for Modeling: SIMSIS / 5.1:
The Idea of SIMSIS / 5.1.1:
The Aspect Map Model / 5.1.1.1:
Modeling Aspect Maps in SIMSIS / 5.1.1.2:
Depictions, Scenarios, and Interpretations / 5.1.2:
SIMSIS Pictures / 5.1.2.1:
SIMSIS Facts and Scenarios / 5.1.2.2:
SIMSIS Interpretations and Meaning Systems / 5.1.2.3:
Realization of the Model / 5.2:
MIRAGE Structures / 5.2.1:
Entities, Relations, and Spatial Knowledge Fragments / 5.2.1.1:
The Long-Term Memory Representations / 5.2.1.2:
MIRAGE Processes / 5.2.1.3:
The Long-Term Memory Activation Processes / 5.2.2.1:
The Image Construction Processes / 5.2.2.2:
Operation and Behavior of MIRAGE / 5.2.2.3:
Conclusion and Outlook / 6:
Results and Discussion / 6.1:
Reflecting the Theses / 6.2.1:
Spatial Knowledge Construction / 6.2.1.1:
Underdeterminacy in Long-Term Memory / 6.2.1.2:
Fragmentation and Hierarchical Organization / 6.2.1.3:
Visual Mental Imagery / 6.2.1.4:
The Parameters of the Model / 6.2.2:
Explicit Parameters / 6.2.2.1:
Implicit Parameters / 6.2.2.2:
Conclusions / 6.2.3:
Future Work / 6.3:
Extending MIRAGE / 6.3.1:
Geographic Entities and Spatial Relations / 6.3.1.1:
Partially Aggregated Knowledge Structures / 6.3.1.2:
Mental Imagery Functionality / 6.3.1.3:
Parameters of MIRAGE / 6.3.1.4:
Empirical Investigations / 6.3.2:
Use of Default Knowledge / 6.3.2.1:
Control of Image Construction / 6.3.2.2:
Processing Capacity for Mental Images / 6.3.2.3:
Use of Chunking Facilities / 6.3.2.4:
Combination of Propositional and Image-Based Reasoning / 6.3.2.5:
Application Perspectives / 6.3.3:
Adequate Presentation of Visual Information / 6.3.3.1:
External Support of Reasoning in Mental Images / 6.3.3.2:
Bibliography
Index
Introduction / 1:
Mental Processing of Geographic Knowledge / 1.1:
Cognitive Maps / 1.1.1:
35.

図書

図書
Robert Alicki and Mark Fannes
出版情報: Oxford : Oxford University Press, c2001  xiv, 278 p. ; 24 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction / 1:
Basic tools for quantum mechanics / 2:
Hilbert spaces and operators / 2.1:
Vector spaces / 2.1.1:
Banach and Hilbert spaces / 2.1.2:
Geometrical properties of Hilbert spaces / 2.1.3:
Orthonormal bases / 2.1.4:
Subspaces and projectors / 2.1.5:
Linear maps between Banach spaces / 2.1.6:
Linear functionals and Dirac notation / 2.1.7:
Adjoints of bounded operators / 2.1.8:
Hermitian, unitary and normal operators / 2.1.9:
Partial isometries and polar decomposition / 2.1.10:
Spectra of operators / 2.1.11:
Unbounded operators / 2.1.12:
Measures / 2.2:
Measures and integration / 2.2.1:
Distributions / 2.2.2:
Hilbert spaces of functions / 2.2.3:
Spectral measures / 2.2.4:
Probability in quantum mechanics / 2.3:
Pure states / 2.3.1:
Mixed states, density matrices / 2.3.2:
Observables in quantum mechanics / 2.4:
Compact operators / 2.4.1:
Weyl quantization / 2.4.2:
Composed systems / 2.5:
Direct sums / 2.5.1:
Tensor products / 2.5.2:
Observables and states of composite systems / 2.5.3:
Notes / 2.6:
Deterministic dynamics / 3:
Deterministic quantum dynamics / 3.1:
Time-independent Hamiltonians / 3.1.1:
Perturbations of Hamiltonians / 3.1.2:
Time-dependent Hamiltonians / 3.1.3:
Periodic perturbations and Floquet operators / 3.1.4:
Kicked dynamics / 3.1.5:
Classical limits / 3.2:
Classical differentiable dynamics / 3.3:
Self-adjoint Laplacians on compact manifolds / 3.4:
Spin chains / 3.5:
Local observables / 4.1:
States of a spin system / 4.2:
Symmetries and dynamics / 4.3:
Algebraic tools / 5:
C*-algebras / 5.1:
Examples / 5.2:
States and representations / 5.3:
Dynamical systems and von Neumann algebras / 5.4:
Fermionic dynamical systems / 5.5:
Fermions in Fock space / 6.1:
Fock space / 6.1.1:
Creation and annihilation / 6.1.2:
Second quantization / 6.1.3:
The CAR-algebra / 6.2:
Canonical anticommutation relations / 6.2.1:
Quasi-free automorphisms / 6.2.2:
Quasi-free states / 6.2.3:
Ergodic theory / 6.3:
Ergodicity in classical systems / 7.1:
Ergodicity in quantum systems / 7.2:
Asymptotic Abelianness / 7.2.1:
Multitime correlations / 7.2.2:
Fluctuations around ergodic means / 7.2.3:
Lyapunov exponents / 7.3:
Classical dynamics / 7.3.1:
Quantum dynamics / 7.3.2:
Quantum irreversibility / 7.4:
Measurement theory / 8.1:
Open quantum systems / 8.2:
Complete positivity / 8.3:
Quantum dynamical semigroups / 8.4:
Quasi-free completely positive maps / 8.5:
Entropy / 8.6:
von Neumann entropy / 9.1:
Technical preliminaries / 9.1.1:
Properties of von Neumann's entropy / 9.1.2:
Mean entropy / 9.1.3:
Entropy of quasi-free states / 9.1.4:
Relative entropy / 9.2:
Finite-dimensional case / 9.2.1:
Maximum entropy principle / 9.2.2:
Algebraic setting / 9.2.3:
Dynamical entropy / 9.3:
Operational partitions / 10.1:
Symbolic dynamics / 10.2:
The entropy / 10.2.2:
Some technical results / 10.3:
The quantum shift / 10.4:
The free shift / 10.4.2:
Infinite entropy / 10.4.3:
Powers-Price shifts / 10.4.4:
Classical dynamical entropy / 10.5:
The Kolmogorov-Sinai invariant / 11.1:
H-density / 11.2:
Finite quantum systems / 12:
Quantum chaos / 12.1:
Time scales / 12.1.1:
Spectral statistics / 12.1.2:
Semi-classical limits / 12.1.3:
The kicked top / 12.2:
The model / 12.2.1:
The classical limit / 12.2.2:
Kicked mean-field Heisenberg model / 12.2.3:
Chaotic properties / 12.2.4:
Gram matrices / 12.3:
Entropy production / 12.4:
Model systems / 12.5:
Entropy of the quantum cat map / 13.1:
Ruelle's inequality / 13.2:
Non-commutative Riemannian structures / 13.2.1:
Non-commutative Lyapunov exponents / 13.2.2:
Quasi-free Fermion dynamics / 13.2.3:
Description of the model / 13.3.1:
Main result / 13.3.2:
Sketch of the proof / 13.3.3:
Epilogue / 13.4:
References
Index
Introduction / 1:
Basic tools for quantum mechanics / 2:
Hilbert spaces and operators / 2.1:
36.

電子ブック

EB
Mengfei; Hua, Gengxin; Feng, Yanjun; Gong, Jian; Yang, Mengfei Yang, Yanjun Feng, Jian Gong, Gengxin Hua, Mengfei Yang
出版情報: Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , John Wiley & Sons, Incorporated, 2017
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Brief Introduction
Preface
Introduction / 1:
Fundamental Concepts and Principles of Fault-tolerance Techniques / 1.1:
Fundamental Concepts / 1.1.1:
Reliability Principles / 1.1.2:
Reliability Metrics / 1.1.2.1:
Reliability Model / 1.1.2.2:
The Space Environment and Its Hazards for the Spacecraft Control Computer / 1.2:
Introduction to Space Environment / 1.2.1:
Solar Radiation / 1.2.1.1:
Galactic Cosmic Rays (GCRs) / 1.2.1.2:
Van Allen Radiation Belt / 1.2.1.3:
Secondary Radiation / 1.2.1.4:
Space Surface Charging and Internal Charging / 1.2.1.5:
Summary of Radiation Environment / 1.2.1.6:
Other Space Environments / 1.2.1.7:
Analysis of Damage Caused by the Space Environment / 1.2.2:
Total Ionization Dose (TID) / 1.2.2.1:
Single Event Effect (SEE) / 1.2.2.2:
Internal/surface Charging Damage Effect / 1.2.2.3:
Displacement Damage Effect / 1.2.2.4:
Other Damage Effect / 1.2.2.5:
Development Status and Prospects of Fault Tolerance Techniques / 1.3:
References
Fault-Tolerance Architectures and Key Techniques / 2:
Fault-tolerance Architecture / 2.1:
Module-level Redundancy Structures / 2.1.1:
Backup Fault-tolerance Structures / 2.1.2:
Cold-backup Fault-tolerance Structures / 2.1.2.1:
Hot-backup Fault-tolerance Structures / 2.1.2.2:
Triple-modular Redundancy (TMR) Fault-tolerance Structures / 2.1.3:
Other Fault-tolerance Structures / 2.1.4:
Synchronization Techniques / 2.2:
Clock Synchronization System / 2.2.1:
Basic Concepts and Fault Modes of the Clock Synchronization System / 2.2.1.1:
Clock Synchronization Algorithm / 2.2.1.2:
System Synchronization Method / 2.2.2:
The Real-time Multi-computer System Synchronization Method / 2.2.2.1:
System Synchronization Method with Interruption / 2.2.2.2:
Fault-tolerance Design with Hardware Redundancy / 2.3:
Universal Logic Model and Flow in Redundancy Design / 2.3.1:
Scheme Argumentation of Redundancy / 2.3.2:
Determination of Redundancy Scheme / 2.3.2.1:
Rules Obeyed in the Scheme Argumentation of Redundancy / 2.3.2.2:
Redundancy Design and Implementation / 2.3.3:
Basic Requirements / 2.3.3.1:
FDMU-Design / 2.3.3.2:
CSSU Design / 2.3.3.3:
IPU Design / 2.3.3.4:
Power Supply Isolation Protection / 2.3.3.5:
Testability Design / 2.3.3.6:
Others / 2.3.3.7:
Validation of Redundancy by Analysis / 2.3.4:
Hardware FMEA / 2.3.4.1:
Redundancy Switching Analysis (RSA) / 2.3.4.2:
Analysis of the Common Cause of Failure / 2.3.4.3:
Reliability Analysis and Checking of the Redundancy Power / 2.3.4.4:
Analysis of the Sneak Circuit in the Redundancy Management Circuit / 2.3.4.5:
Validation of Redundancy by Testing / 2.3.5:
Testing by Failure Injection / 2.3.5.1:
Specific Test for the Power of the Redundancy Circuit / 2.3.5.2:
Other Things to Note / 2.3.5.3:
Fault Detection Techniques / 3:
Fault Model / 3.1:
Fault Model Classified by Time / 3.1.1:
Fault Model Classified by Space / 3.1.2:
Fault Detection Methods for CPLTs / 3.2:
Fault Detection Methods Used for CPUs / 3.2.2.1:
Example of CPU Fault Detection / 3.2.2.2:
Fault Detection Methods for Memory / 3.2.3:
Fault Detection Method for ROM / 3.2.3.1:
Fault Detection Methods for RAM / 3.2.3.2:
Fault Detection Methods for I/Os / 3.2.4:
Bus Techniques / 4:
Introduction to Space-borne Bus / 4.1:
Fundamental Terminologies / 44.1:
The MIL-STD-1553B Bus / 4.2:
Fault Model of the Bus System / 4.21:
Bus-level Faults / 4.2.1.1:
Terminal Level Faults / 4.2.1.2:
Redundancy Fault-tolerance Mechanism of the Bus System / 4.2.2:
The Bus-level Fault-tolerance Mechanism / 4.2.2.1:
The Bus Controller Fault- tolerance Mechanism / 4.2.2.2:
Fault-tolerance Mechanism of Remote Terminals / 4.2.2.3:
The CAN Bus / 4.3:
The Bus Protocol / 4.3.1:
Physical Layer Protocol and Fault-tolerance / 4.3.2:
Node Structure / 4.3.2.1:
Bus Voltage / 4.3.2.2:
Transceiver and Controller / 4.3.2.3:
Physical Fault-tolerant Features / 4.3.2.4:
Data Link Layer Protocol and Fault-tolerance / 4.3.3:
Communication Process / 4.3.34:
Message Sending / 4.3.3.2:
The President Mechanism of Bus Access / 4.3.3.3:
Coding / 4.3.3.4:
Data Frame / 4.3.3.5:
Error Detection / 4.3.3.6:
The Space-Wire Bus / 4.4:
Connector / 4.4.1:
Cable / 4.4.1.2:
Low Voltage Differential Signal / 4.4.1.3:
Data Filter (DS) Coding / 4.4.1.4:
Packet Character / 4.4.2:
Packet Parity Check Strategy / 4.4.2.2:
Packet Structure / 4.4.2.3:
Communication Link Control / 4.4.2.4:
Networking and Routing / 4.4.3:
Major Technique used by the SpaceWire Network / 4.4.3.1:
SpaceWire Router / 4.4.3.2:
Fault-tolerance Mechanism / 4.4.4:
Other Buses / 4.5:
The IEEE 1394 Bus / 4.5.1:
Ethernet / 4.5.2:
The I2C Bus / 4.5.3:
Software Fault-Tolerance Techniques / 5:
Software Fault-tolerance Concepts and Principles / 5.1:
Software Faults / 5.1.1:
Software Fault-tolerance / 5.1.2:
Software Fault Detection and Voting / 5.1.3:
Software Fault Isolation / 5.1.4:
Software Fault Recovery / 5.1.5:
Classification of Software Fault-tolerance Techniques / 5.1.6:
Single-version Software Fault-tolerance Techniques / 5.2:
Checkpoint and Restart / 5.2.1:
Software-implemented Hardware Fault-tolerance / 5.2.2:
Control Flow Checking by Software Signatures (CFCSS) / 5.2.2.1:
Error Detection by Duplicated Instructions (EDDI) / 5.2.2.2:
Software Crash Trap / 5.2.3:
Multiple-version Software Fault-tolerance Techniques / 5.3:
Recovery Blocks (RcB) / 5.3.1:
N-version Programming (NVP) / 5.3.2:
Distributed Recovery Blocks (DRB) / 5.3.3:
N Self-checking Programming (NSCP) / 5.3.4:
Consensus Recovery Block (CRB) / 5.3.5:
Acceptance Voting (AV) / 5.3.6:
Advantage and Disadvantage of Multiple-version Software / 5.3.7:
Data Diversity Based Software Fault-tolerance Techniques / 5.4:
Data Re-expression Algorithm (DRA) / 5.4.1:
Retry Blocks (RtB) / 5.4.2:
N copy Programming (NCP) / 5.4.3:
Two-pass Adjudicators (TPA) / 5.4.4:
Fault-Tolerance Techniques for FPGA / 6:
Effect of the Space Environment on FPGAs / 6.1:
Single Event Transient Effect (SET) / 6.1.1:
Single Event Upset (SEU) / 6.1.2:
Single Event Latch-up (SEL) / 6.1.3:
Single Event Burnout (SEB) / 6.1.4:
Single Event Gate Rupture (SEGR) / 6.1.5:
Single Event Functional Interrupt (SEFI) / 6.1.6:
Fault Modes of SRAM-based FPGAs / 6.2:
Structure of a SRAM-based FPGA / 6.2.1:
Faults Classification and Fault Modes Analysis of SRAM-based FPGAs / 6.2.2:
Faults Classification / 6.2.2.1:
Fault Modes Analysis / 6.2.2.2:
Fault-tolerance Techniques for SRAM-based FPGAs / 6.3:
SRAM-based FPGA Mitigation Techniques / 6.3.1:
The Triple Modular Redundancy (TMR) Design Technique / 6.3.1.1:
The Inside RAM Protection Technique / 6.3.1.2:
The Inside Register Protection Technique / 6.3.1.3:
EDAC Encoding and Decoding Technique / 6.3.1.4:
Fault Detection Technique Based on DMR and Fault Isolation Technique Based on Tristate Gate / 6.3.1.5:
SRAM-based FPGA Reconfiguration Techniques / 6.3.2:
Single Fault Detection and Recovery Technique Based on ICAP+FrameECC / 6.3.2.1:
Multi-fault Detection and Recovery Technique Based on ICAP Configuration Read-back+RS Coding / 6.3.2.2:
Dynamic Reconfiguration Technique Based on EAPR / 6.3.2.3:
Fault Recovery Technique Based on Hardware Checkpoint / 6.3.2.4:
Summary of Reconfiguration Fault-tolerance Techniques / 6.3.2.5:
Typical Fault-tolerance Design of SRAM-based FPGA / 6.4:
Fault-tolerance Techniques of Anti-fuse Based FPGA / 6.5:
Fault-Injection Techniques / 7:
Basic Concepts / 7.1:
Experimenter / 7.1.1:
Establishing the Fault Model / 7.1.2:
Conducting Fault-injection / 7.1.3:
Target System for Fault-injection / 7.1.4:
Observing the System's Behavior / 7.1.5:
Analyzing Experimental Findings / 7.1.6:
Classification of Fault-injection Techniques / 7.2:
Simulated Fault-injection / 7.2.1:
Transistor Switch Level Simulated Fault-injection / 7.2.1.1:
Logic Level Simulated Fault-injection / 7.2.1.2:
Functional Level Simulated Fault-injection / 7.2.1.3:
Hardware Fault-injection / 7.2.2:
Software Fault-injection / 7.2.3:
Injection During Compiling / 7.2.3.1:
Injection During Operation / 7.2.3.2:
Physical Fault-injection / 7.2.4:
Mixed Fault-injection / 7.2.5:
Fault-injection System Evaluation and Application / 7.3:
Injection Controllability / 7.3.1:
Injection Observability / 7.3.2:
Injection Validity / 7.3.3:
Fault-injection Application / 7.3.4:
Verifying the Fault Detection Mechanism / 7.3.4.1:
Fault Effect Domain Analysis / 7.3.4.2:
Fault Restoration / 7.3.4.3:
Coverage Estimation / 7.3.4.4:
'Delay Time / 7.3.4.5:
Generating Fault Dictionary / 7.3.4.6:
Software Testing / 7.3.4.7:
Fault-injection Platform and Tools / 7.4:
Fault-injection Platform in Electronic Design Automation (EDA) Environment / 7.4.1:
Computer Bus-based Fault-injection Platform / 7.4.2:
Serial Accelerator Based Fault-injection Case / 7.4.3:
Future Development of Fault-injection Technology / 7.4.4:
Intelligent Fault-Tolerance Techniques / 8:
Evolvable Hardware Fault-tolerance / 8.1:
Fundamental Concepts and Principles / 8.1.1:
Evolutionary Algorithm / 8.1.2:
Encoding Methods / 8.1.2.1:
Fitness Function Designing / 8.1.2.2:
Genetic Operators / 8.1.2.3:
Convergence of Genetic Algorithm / 8.1.2.4:
Programmable Devices / 8.1.3:
ROM / 8.1.3.1:
PAL and GAL / 8.1.3.2:
FPGA / 8.1.3.3:
VRC / 8.1.3.4:
Evolvable Hardware Fault-tolerance Implementation Methods / 8.1.4:
Modeling and Organization of Hardware Evolutionary Systems / 8.1.4.1:
Reconfiguration and Its Classification / 8.1.4.2:
Evolutionary Fault-tolerance Architectures and Methods / 8.1.4.3:
Evolutionary Fault-tolerance Methods at Various Layers of the Hardware / 8.1.4.4:
Method Example / 8.1.4.5:
Artificial Immune Hardware Fault-tolerance / 8.2:
Biological Immune System and its Mechanism / 8.2.1:
Adaptive Immunity / 8.2.1.2:
Artificial Immune Systems / 8.2.1.3:
Fault-tolerance Principle of Immune Systems / 8.2.1.4:
Fault-tolerance Methods with Artificial Immune System / 8.2.2:
Artificial Immune Fault-tolerance System Architecture / 8.2.2.1:
Immune Object / 8.2.2.2:
Immune Control System / 8.2.2.3:
Working Process of Artificial Immune Fault-tolerance System / 8.2.2.4:
Implementation of Artificial Immune Fault-tolerance / 8.2.3:
Hardware / 8.2.3.1:
Software / 8.2.3.2:
Acronyms
Index
Brief Introduction
Preface
Introduction / 1:
37.

図書

図書
Hans Bisswanger
出版情報: Weinheim : WILEY-VCH, c2008  xviii, 301 p. ; 25 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface to the Second English Edition
Preface to the First English Edition
Symbols and Abbreviations
Introduction and Definitions
References
Multiple Equilibria / 1:
Diffusion / 1.1:
Interaction between Macromolecules and Ligands / 1.2:
Binding Constants / 1.2.1:
Macromolecules with One Binding Site / 1.2.2:
Macromolecules with Identical Independent Binding Sites / 1.3:
General Binding Equation / 1.3.1:
Graphic Representations of the Binding Equation / 1.3.2:
Direct and Linear Diagrams / 1.3.2.1:
Analysis of Binding Data from Spectroscopic Titrations / 1.3.2.2:
Binding of Different Ligands, Competition / 1.3.3:
Non-competitive Binding / 1.3.4:
Macromolecules with Non-identical, Independent Binding Sites / 1.4:
Macromolecules with Identical, Interacting Binding Sites, Cooperativity / 1.5:
The Hill Equation / 1.5.1:
The Adair Equation / 1.5.2:
The Pauling Model / 1.5.3:
Allosteric Enzymes / 1.5.4:
The Symmetry or Concerted Model / 1.5.5:
The Sequential Model and Negative Cooperativity / 1.5.6:
Analysis of Cooperativity / 1.5.7:
Physiological Aspects of Cooperativity / 1.5.8:
Examples of Allosteric Enzymes / 1.5.9:
Hemoglobin / 1.5.9.1:
Aspartate Transcarbamoylase / 1.5.9.2:
Aspartokinase / 1.5.9.3:
Phosphofructokinase / 1.5.9.4:
Allosteric Regulation of the Glycogen Metabolism / 1.5.9.5:
Membrane Bound Enzymes and Receptors / 1.5.9.6:
Non-identical, Interacting Binding Sites / 1.6:
Enzyme Kinetics / 2:
Reaction Order / 2.1:
First Order Reactions / 2.1.1:
Second Order Reactions / 2.1.2:
Zero Order Reactions / 2.1.3:
Steady-State Kinetics and the Michaelis-Menten Equation / 2.2:
Derivation of the Michaelis-Menten Equation / 2.2.1:
Analysis of Enzyme Kinetic Data / 2.3:
Graphical Representations of the Michaelis-Menten Equation / 2.3.1:
Direct and Semi-logarithmic Representations / 2.3.1.1:
Direct Linear Plots / 2.3.1.2:
Linearization Methods / 2.3.1.3:
Analysis of Progress Curves / 2.3.2:
Integrated Michaelis-Menten Equation / 2.3.2.1:
Determination of Reaction Rates / 2.3.2.2:
Graphic Methods for Rate Determination / 2.3.2.3:
Graphic Determination of True Initial Rates / 2.3.2.4:
Reversible Enzyme Reactions / 2.4:
Rate Equation for Reversible Enzyme Reactions / 2.4.1:
The Haldane Relationship / 2.4.2:
Product Inhibition / 2.4.3:
Enzyme Inhibition / 2.5:
Unspecific Enzyme Inhibition / 2.5.1:
Irreversible Enzyme Inhibition / 2.5.2:
General Features of Irreversible Enzyme Inhibition / 2.5.2.1:
Suicide Substrates / 2.5.2.2:
Transition State Analogs / 2.5.2.3:
Analysis of Irreversible Inhibitions / 2.5.2.4:
Reversible Enzyme Inhibition / 2.5.3:
General Rate Equation / 2.5.3.1:
Non-Competitive Inhibition and Graphic Representation of Inhibition Data / 2.5.3.2:
Competitive Inhibition / 2.5.3.3:
Uncompetitive Inhibition / 2.5.3.4:
Partially Non-competitive Inhibition / 2.5.3.5:
Partially Uncompetitive Inhibition / 2.5.3.6:
Partially Competitive Inhibition / 2.5.3.7:
Noncompetitive and Uncompetitive Product Inhibition / 2.5.3.8:
Substrate Inhibition / 2.5.3.9:
Enzyme Reactions with Two Competing Substrates / 2.5.4:
Different Enzymes Catalyzing the Same Reaction / 2.5.5:
Multi-substrate Reactions / 2.6:
Nomenclature / 2.6.1:
Random Mechanism / 2.6.2:
Ordered Mechanism / 2.6.3:
Ping-pong Mechanism / 2.6.4:
Product Inhibition in Multi-substrate Reactions / 2.6.5:
Haldane Relationships in Multi-substrate Reactions / 2.6.6:
Mechanisms with more than Two Substrates / 2.6.7:
Other Nomenclatures for Multi-substrate Reactions / 2.6.8:
Derivation of Rate Equations of Complex Enzyme Mechanisms / 2.7:
King-Altmann Method / 2.7.1:
Simplified Derivations Applying Graph Theory / 2.7.2:
Combination of Equilibrium and Steady State Approach / 2.7.3:
Kinetic Treatment of Allosteric Enzymes / 2.8:
Hysteretic Enzymes / 2.8.1:
Kinetic Cooperativity, the Slow Transition Model / 2.8.2:
pH and Temperature Dependence of Enzymes / 2.9:
pH Optimum and Determination of pK Values / 2.9.1:
pH Stability / 2.9.2:
Temperature Dependence / 2.9.3:
Isotope Exchange / 2.10:
Isotope Exchange Kinetics / 2.10.1:
Isotope Effects / 2.10.2:
Primary Kinetic Isotope Effect / 2.10.2.1:
Influence of the Kinetic Isotope Effect on V and Km / 2.10.2.2:
Other Isotope Effects / 2.10.2.3:
Special Enzyme Mechanisms / 2.11:
Ribozymes / 2.11.1:
Polymer Substrates / 2.11.2:
Kinetics of Immobilized Enzymes / 2.11.3:
External Diffusion Limitation / 2.11.3.1:
Internal Diffusion Limitation / 2.11.3.2:
Inhibition of Immobilized Enzymes / 2.11.3.3:
pH and Temperature Behavior of Immobilized Enzymes / 2.11.3.4:
Transport Processes / 2.11.4:
Enzyme Reactions at Membrane Interfaces / 2.11.5:
Application of Statistical Methods in Enzyme Kinetics / 2.12:
General Remarks / 2.12.1:
Statistical Terms Used in Enzyme Kinetics / 2.12.2:
Methods / 3:
Methods for Investigation of Multiple Equilibria / 3.1:
Equilibrium Dialysis and General Aspects of Binding Measurements / 3.1.1:
Equilibrium Dialysis / 3.1.1.1:
Control Experiments and Sources of Error / 3.1.1.2:
Continuous Equilibrium Dialysis / 3.1.1.3:
Ultrafiltration / 3.1.2:
Gel Filtration / 3.1.3:
Batch Method / 3.1.3.1:
The Method of Hummel and Dreyer / 3.1.3.2:
Other Gel Filtration Methods / 3.1.3.3:
Ultracentrifugation / 3.1.4:
Fixed Angle Ultracentrifugation Methods / 3.1.4.1:
Sucrose Gradient Centrifugation / 3.1.4.2:
Surface Plasmon Resonance / 3.1.5:
Electrochemical Methods / 3.2:
The Oxygen Electrode / 3.2.1:
The CO2 Electrode / 3.2.2:
Potentiometry, Redox Potentials / 3.2.3:
The pH-stat / 3.2.4:
Polarography / 3.2.5:
Calorimetry / 3.3:
Spectroscopic Methods / 3.4:
Absorption Spectroscopy / 3.4.1:
The Lambert-Beer Law / 3.4.1.1:
Spectral Properties of Enzymes and Ligands / 3.4.1.2:
Structure of Spectrophotometers / 3.4.1.3:
Double Beam Spectrophotometer / 3.4.1.4:
Difference Spectroscopy / 3.4.1.5:
The Dual Wavelength Spectrophotometer / 3.4.1.6:
Photochemical Action Spectra / 3.4.1.7:
Bioluminescence / 3.4.2:
Fluorescence / 3.4.3:
Quantum Yield / 3.4.3.1:
Structure of Spectrofluorimeters / 3.4.3.2:
Perturbations of Fluorescence Measurements / 3.4.3.3:
Fluorescent Compounds (Fluorophores) / 3.4.3.4:
Radiationless Energy Transfer / 3.4.3.5:
Fluorescence Polarization / 3.4.3.6:
Pulse Fluorimetry / 3.4.3.7:
Circular Dichroism and Optical Rotation Dispersion / 3.4.4:
Infrared and Raman Spectroscopy / 3.4.5:
IR Spectroscopy / 3.4.5.1:
Raman Spectroscopy / 3.4.5.2:
Applications / 3.4.5.3:
Electron Paramagnetic Resonance Spectroscopy / 3.4.6:
Measurement of Fast Reactions / 3.5:
Flow Methods / 3.5.1:
The Continuous Flow Method / 3.5.1.1:
The Stopped-flow Method / 3.5.1.2:
Measurement of Enzyme Reactions by Flow Methods / 3.5.1.3:
Determination of the Dead Time / 3.5.1.4:
Relaxation Methods / 3.5.2:
The Temperature Jump Method / 3.5.2.1:
The Pressure Jump Method / 3.5.2.2:
The Electric Field Method / 3.5.2.3:
Flash Photolysis, Pico- and Femto-second Spectroscopy / 3.5.3:
Evaluation of Rapid Kinetic Reactions (Transient Kinetics) / 3.5.4:
Subject Index
Preface to the Second English Edition
Preface to the First English Edition
Symbols and Abbreviations
38.

電子ブック

EB
Rene Van den Braembussche
出版情報: Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2019
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Acknowledgements
List of Symbols
Introduction / 1:
Application of Centrifugal Compressors / 1.1:
Achievable Efficiency / 1.2:
Diabatic Flows / 1.3:
Transformation of Energy in Radial Compressors / 1.4:
Performance Map / 1.5:
Theoretical Performance Curve / 1.5.1:
Finite Number of Blades / 1.5.2:
Real Performance Curve / 1.5.3:
Degree of Reaction / 1.6:
Operating Conditions / 1.7:
Compressor Inlets / 2:
Inlet Guide Vanes / 2.1:
Influence of Prerotation on Pressure Ratio / 2.1.1:
Design of IGVs / 2.1.2:
The Inducer / 2.2:
Calculation of the Inlet / 2.2.1:
Determination of the Inducer Shroud Radius / 2.2.1.1:
Optimum Incidence Angle / 2.2.2:
Inducer Choking Mass Flow / 2.2.3:
Radial Impeller Flow Calculation / 3:
Inviscid Impeller Flow Calculation / 3.1:
Meridional Velocity Calculation / 3.1.1:
Blade to Blade Velocity Calculation / 3.1.2:
Optimal Velocity Distribution / 3.1.3:
3D Impeller Flow / 3.2:
3D Inviscid Flow / 3.2.1:
Boundary Layers / 3.2.2:
Secondary Flows / 3.2.3:
Shrouded-unshrouded / 3.2.3.1:
Full 3D Geometries / 3.2.4:
Performance Predictions / 3.3:
Flow in Divergent Channels / 3.3.1:
Impeller Diffusion Model / 3.3.2:
Two-zone Flow Model / 3.3.3:
Calculation of Average Flow Conditions / 3.3.4:
Influence of the Wake/let Velocity Ratio v on Impeller Performance / 3.3.5:
Slip Factor / 3.4:
Disk Friction / 3.5:
The Diffuser / 4:
Vaneless Diffusers / 4.1:
One-dimensional Calculation / 4.1.1:
Circumferential Distortion / 4.1.2:
Three-dimensional Flow Calculation / 4.1.3:
Vaned Diffusers / 4.2:
Curved Vane Diffusers / 4.2.1:
Channel Diffusers / 4.2.2:
The Vaneless and Semi-vaneless Space / 4.2.3:
The Diffuser Channel / 4.2.4:
Detailed Geometry Design / 5:
Inverse Design Methods / 5.1:
Analytical Inverse Design Methods / 5.1.1:
Inverse Design by CFD / 5.1.2:
Optimization Systems / 5.2:
Parameterized Definition of the Impeller Geometry / 5.2.1:
Search Mechanisms / 5.2.2:
Gradient Methods / 5.2.2.1:
Zero-order Search Mechanisms / 5.2.2.2:
Evolutionary Methods / 5.2.2.3:
Metamodel Assisted Optimization / 5.2.3:
Muitiobjective and Constraint Optimization / 5.2.4:
Muitiobjective Ranking / 5.2.4.1:
Constraints / 5.2.4.2:
Muitiobjective Design of Centrifugal Impellers / 5.2.4.3:
Multipoint Optimization / 5.2.5:
Design of a Low Solidity Diffuser / 5.2.5.1:
Multipoint Impeller Design / 5.2.5.2:
Robust Optimization / 5.2.6:
Volutes / 6:
Inlet Volutes / 6.1:
Inlet Bends / 6.1.1:
Vaned Inlet Volutes / 6.1.2:
Tangential Inlet Volute / 6.1.4:
Outlet Volutes / 6.2:
Volute Flow Model / 6.2.1:
Main Geometrical Parameters / 6.2.2:
Detailed 3D Flow Structure in Volutes / 6.2.3:
Design Mass Flow Operation / 6.2.3.1:
Lower than Design Mass Flow / 6.2.3.2:
Higher than Design Mass Flow / 6.2.3.3:
Central Elliptic Volutes / 6.2.4:
High Mass Flow Measurements / 6.2.4.1:
Medium and Low Mass Flow Measurements / 6.2.4.2:
Volute Outlet Measurements / 6.2.4.3:
Internal Rectangular Volutes / 6.2.5:
Medium Mass Flow Measurements / 6.2.5.1:
Low Mass Flow Measurements / 6.2.5.3:
Volute Cross Sectional Shape / 6.2.6:
Volute Performance / 6.2.7:
Experimental Results / 6.2.7.1:
Detailed Evaluation of Volute Loss Model / 6.2.7.2:
3D analysis of Volute Flow / 6.2.8:
Volute-diffuser Optimization / 6.3:
Non-axisymmetric Diffuser / 6.3.1:
Increased Diffuser Exit Width / 6.3.2:
Impeller Response to Outlet Distortion / 7:
Experimental Observations / 7.1:
Theoretical Predictions / 7.2:
1D Model / 7.2.1:
CFD- Mixing Plane Approach / 7.2.2:
3D Unsteady Flow Calculations / 7.2.3:
Impeller with 20 Full Blades / 7.2.3.1:
Impeller with Splitter Vanes / 7.2.3.2:
Inlet and Outlet Flow Distortion / 7.2.4:
Parametric Study / 7.2.4.1:
Frozen Rotor Approach / 7.2.5:
Radial Forces / 7.3:
Computation of Radial Forces / 7.3.1:
Off-design Performance Prediction / 7.4:
Impeller Response Model / 7.4.1:
Diffuser Response Model / 7.4.2:
Volute Flow Calculation / 7.4.3:
Impeller Outlet Pressure Distribution / 7.4.4:
Evaluation and Conclusion / 7.4.5:
Stability and Range / 8:
Distinction Between Different Types of Rotating Stall / 8.1:
Vaneless Diffuser Rotating Stall / 8.2:
Theoretical Stability Calculation / 8.2.1:
Comparison with Experiments / 8.2.2:
Influence of the Diffuser Inlet Shape and Pinching / 8.2.3:
Abrupt Impeller Rotating Stall / 8.3:
Theoretical Prediction Models / 8.3.1:
Comparison with Experimental Results / 8.3.2:
Progressive Impeller Rotating Stall / 8.4:
Vaned Diffuser Rotating Stall / 8.4.1:
Return Channel Rotating Stall / 8.5.1:
Surge / 8.6:
Lumped Parameter Surge Model / 8.6.1:
Mild Versus Deep Surge / 8.6.2:
An Alternative Surge Prediction Model / 8.6.3:
Operating Range / 9:
Active Surge Control / 9.1:
Throttle Valve Control / 9.1.1:
Variable Plenum Control / 9.1.2:
Active Magnetic Bearings / 9.1.3:
Close-coupled Resistance / 9.1.4:
Bypass Valves / 9.2:
Increased Impeller Stability / 9.3:
Dual Entry Compressors / 9.3.1:
Casing Treatment / 9.3.2:
Enhanced Vaned Diffuser Stability / 9.4:
Impeller-diffuser Matching / 9.5:
Enhanced Vaneless Diffuser Stability / 9.6:
Low Solidity Vaned Diffusers / 9.6.1:
Half-height Vanes / 9.6.2:
Rotating Vaneless Diffusers / 9.6.3:
Bibliography
Index
Preface
Acknowledgements
List of Symbols
39.

電子ブック

EB
Christian Rockenhäuser
出版情報: SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden, 2015
所蔵情報: loading…
40.

電子ブック

EB
Hajime Akimoto
出版情報: Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2020
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Historical Background of Atmospheric Secondary Aerosol Research / 1:
Introduction / 1.1:
Secondary Inorganic Aerosols / 1.2:
Sulfate / 1.2.1:
Nitrate / 1.2.2:
Secondary Organic Aerosols / 1.3:
Photochemical Smog / 1.3.1:
Blue Haze / 1.3.2:
References
Fundamentals of Multiphase Chemical Reactions / 2:
Gas-Liquid Phase Equilibrium and Equilibrium in Liquid Phase / 2.1:
Fundamentals of Thermodynamics / 2.2.1:
Internal Energy and Enthalpy / 2.2.1.1:
Entropy / 2.2.1.2:
Gibbs Energy / 2.2.1.3:
Chemical Potential / 2.2.1.4:
Chemical Equilibrium and Equilibrium Constant / 2.2.2:
Chemical Equilibrium / 2.2.2.1:
Equilibrium Constant of Gas-Phase Reaction / 2.2.2.2:
Equilibrium Constant of Liquid-Phase Reaction / 2.2.2.3:
A Temperature Dependence of Equilibrium Constant
Gas-Liquid Equilibrium and Henry's Law Constant / 2.2.3:
Hydration of Carbonyl Compounds and Effective Henry's Law Constant / 2.2.4:
pH and Equilibrium in the Aqueous Solution / 2.2.5:
Dissociation Equilibrium of Pure Water and pH / 2.2.5.1:
Ion Dissociation and Equilibrium in Aqueous Solution / 2.2.5.2:
Reactions in the Liquid Phase / 2.3:
Thermodynamics and Activity Coefficients of Nonideal Solutions / 2.3.1:
Salting-in, Salting-out / 2.3.1.1:
Chemical Kinetics of Aqueous-Phase Reaction / 2.3.2:
Diffusion Process and Chemical Reaction Kinetics / 2.3.2.1:
Transition State Theory of Solution Reaction and Thermodynamic Expression / 2.3.2.2:
Cage Effect and Aqueous-Phase Solvent Effect / 2.3.3:
Cage Effect / 2.3.3.1:
Solvent Effect in the Aqueous Phase / 2.3.3.2:
Uptake Coefficient and Resistance Model / 2.4:
Accommodation Coefficient and Uptake Coefficient / 2.4.1:
Resistance Model / 2.4.2:
Physical Chemistry of Interface Reaction / 2.5:
Langmuir-Hinshelwood Mechanism and Eley-Rideal Mechanism / 2.5.1:
Resistance Model Including Interface Reaction / 2.5.2:
Surface Tension of Air-Water Interface and Thermodynamics of Accommodation Coefficient / 2.5.3:
Surface Tension / 2.5.3.1:
Thermodynamics of Accommodation Coefficient at Air-Water Interface / 2.5.3.2:
Chemical Compositions and Physical Characters of Particles / 2.6:
Elemental and Molecular Composition of Particles / 2.6.1:
Inorganic Elements and Compounds / 2.6.1.1:
Organic Compounds / 2.6.1.2:
van Krevelen Diagram / 2.6.1.3:
Molecular Composition and Vapor Pressure / 2.6.2:
Gas-Particle Partitioning and Volatility Basis Set Model / 2.6.3:
Gas-Particle Partitioning and SOA Formation Yield / 2.6.3.1:
Volatility Basis Set Model / 2.6.3.2:
Gas-Aqueous Phase Partitioning of Hydrophilic Compounds / 2.6.3.3:
A Phase State of Particles and Mass Transfer
Gas-Phase Reactions Related to Secondary Organic Aerosols / 3:
Ozone Reactions / 3.1:
Properties and Reactions of Criegee Intermediates / 3.2.1:
Direct Detection of Criegee Intermediate and Molecular Structure / 3.2.1.1:
Formation of CH2OO in Ozone-Ethene Reaction / 3.2.1.2:
Formation of syn- and anti-CH3CHOO in Ozone-Alkene Reactions / 3.2.1.3:
Alkenes and Dialkenes / 3.2.2:
Ethene / 3.2.2.1:
>C3 Alkenes / 3.2.2.2:
1,3-Butadiene / 3.2.2.3:
Isoprene / 3.2.3:
Cycloalkenes / 3.2.4:
Cyclohexene / 3.2.4.1:
1-Methylcyclohexene / 3.2.4.2:
Methylenecyclohexane / 3.2.4.3:
Monoterpenes / 3.2.5:
¿-Pinene / 3.2.5.1:
ß-Pinene / 3.2.5.2:
Limonene / 3.2.5.3:
Sesquiterpenes / 3.2.6:
OH Radical-Induced Oxidation Reactions / 3.3:
Alkanes / 3.3.1:
Reactions of Alkyl Peroxy Radicals / 3.3.1.1:
Reactions of Alkoxy Radicals / 3.3.1.2:
Alkynes / 3.3.2:
Alkenes, Dialkenes, and Cycloalkenes / 3.3.3:
Alkenes / 3.3.3.1:
Cycloalkenes and Methylene cyclohexane / 3.3.3.2:
Fundamental Processes of OH-Induced Oxidation Reaction / 3.3.4:
HOx Radicals Regeneration Reaction / 3.3.4.2:
Formation of Isoprene Hydroxy Hydroperoxide (ISOPOOH) and Isoprene Epoxydiol (IEPOX) / 3.3.4.3:
Formation of Hydroxy Isoprene Nitrates / 3.3.4.4:
Reactions of Methyl Vinyl Ketone and Methacrolein / 3.3.4.5:
Monocyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons / 3.3.5:
Benzene / 3.3.6.1:
Toluene / 3.3.6.2:
Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons / 3.3.7:
Naphthalene / 3.3.7.1:
Other Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons / 3.3.7.2:
Carbonyl Compounds: OH Radical Reactions and Photolysis / 3.3.8:
Glyoxal / 3.3.8.1:
Methylglyoxal / 3.3.8.2:
Glycolaldehyde / 3.3.8.3:
Hydroxyacetone / 3.3.8.4:
NO3 Oxidation Reactions / 3.4:
Monocyclic and Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons / 3.4.1:
Phenol, and Cresol / 3.4.3.1:
Aqueous-Phase Reactions Related to Secondary Organic Aerosols / 3.4.3.2:
OH Radical Reactions / 4.1:
UV Absorption Spectrum of OH Radicals in Aqueous Solution / 4.2.1:
Formation of OH Radicals in Cloud/Fog Droplets and Deliquescent Aerosols / 4.2.2:
Reaction Rate Constants of OH Radicals in the Aqueous Phase / 4.2.3:
Reactions of Formaldehyde and OH Radical Chain Reaction / 4.2.4:
OH Radical Reactions and Photolysis of ≥C2 Carbonyl Compounds / 4.2.5:
Glyoxal and Glyoxylic Acid / 4.2.5.1:
Methylglyoxal, Pyruvic Acid, and Acetic Acid / 4.2.5.2:
Glycolaldehyde and Glycolic Acid / 4.2.5.3:
Methacrolein and Methyl Vinyl Ketone / 4.2.5.4:
Oligomer Formation Reactions from ≥C2 Carbonyl Compounds / 4.2.6:
Glyoxal and Methylglyoxal / 4.2.6.1:
Methyl Vinyl Ketone and Methacrolein / 4.2.6.2:
Nonradical Reactions / 4.3:
Diels-Alder Reaction / 4.3.1:
Hemiacetal and Acetal Formation Reactions / 4.3.2:
1,4-Hydroxycarbonyl Compounds / 4.3.2.1:
Aldol Reaction / 4.3.3:
Acetaldehyde / 4.3.3.1:
Esterification Reactions / 4.3.3.2:
Formation Reactions of Organic Sulfates / 4.4:
C2 and C3 Carbonyl Compounds / 4.4.1:
Formation Reactions of Organic Nitrogen Compounds / 4.4.2:
Organic Nitrates / 4.5.1:
Imidazoles / 4.5.2:
Heterogeneous Oxidation Reactions at Organic Aerosol Surfaces / 5:
Aging of Organic Aerosols in the Atmosphere / 5.1:
Reactions of Ozone / 5.3:
Oleic Acid and Unsaturated Long-Chain Carboxylic Acids / 5.3.1:
Squalene / 5.3.2:
Reactions of OH Radicals / 5.3.3:
Squalane and Long-Chain Alkanes / 5.4.1:
Levoglucosan, Erythritol, and Hopane / 5.4.2:
Saturated Dicarboxylic Acids / 5.4.3:
Squalene and Long-Chain Unsaturated Carboxylic Acids / 5.4.4:
Reactions of NO3 Radicals / 5.4.5:
Levoglucosan, Squalane, Long-Chain Alkane, and Alkanoic Acid / 5.5.1:
Squalene and Oleic Acid / 5.5.2:
Reactions at the Air-Water and Air-Solid Particle Interface / 5.5.3:
Molecular Pictures and Reactions at the Air-Water Interface / 6.1:
Thermodynamics of Adsorption / 6.2.1:
OH, HO2, and O3 / 6.2.1.1:
Organic and Inorganic Compounds / 6.2.1.2:
Microscopic Picture of Molecules / 6.2.2:
Air-Pure Water Interface / 6.2.2.1:
Hydrophilic Organic Compounds / 6.2.2.2:
Amphophilic Organic Compounds (Surfactants) / 6.2.2.3:
Hydrophobic Organic Compounds / 6.2.2.4:
NH3 and SO2 / 6.2.2.5:
Reactions of O3 and Organic Compounds / 6.2.3:
Oleic Acid / 6.2.3.1:
Sesquiterpene Criegee Intermediates / 6.2.3.2:
Reactions of OH Radicals and Organic Compounds / 6.2.3.3:
Carboxylic and Dicarboxylic Acids / 6.2.4.1:
Organic Sulfur Compounds / 6.2.4.2:
Air-Sea Salt Particle, Seawater, and Sulfate/Nitrate Aerosol Interface / 6.3:
Microscopic View of Interface of Air and Alkaline Halide Aqueous Solution / 6.3.1:
Reactions at the Interface of Sea Salt and Alkali Halide Aqueous Solution / 6.3.2:
Reaction with O3 / 6.3.2.1:
Reaction with OH Radicals / 6.3.2.2:
Uptake of HO2 Radicals / 6.3.2.3:
Reaction with N2O5 / 6.3.2.4:
Reaction with HNO3 / 6.3.2.5:
Reactions of Organic Compounds at the Air-Seawater and Air-Sea Salt Interface / 6.3.3:
Microscopic View of the Interface of Air and Sulfate/Nitrate Aqueous Solution / 6.3.4:
Sulfate Ion (SO42-) / 6.3.4.1:
Nitrate Ion (NO3-) / 6.3.4.2:
Reactions on Snow/Ice Surface / 6.4:
Formation of NO¿ in the Photochemical Reaction of NO3- / 6.4.1:
Formation of Inorganic Halogens on the Snow Ice and Sea Ice Surface / 6.4.2:
Reactions with N2O5 / 6.4.2.1:
Interface of Water and Mineral Dust, Quartz, and Metal Oxide Surface / 6.5:
Microscopic View of Adsorbed Water on Mineral Surface / 6.5.1:
HONO Formation Reaction from NO2 on the Mineral Surface / 6.5.2:
Dark Reaction / 6.5.2.1:
Photochemical Reaction / 6.5.2.2:
Reaction of Organic Monolayer on Mineral Surface / 6.5.3:
Atmospheric New Particle Formation and Cloud Condensation Nuclei / 7:
Classical Homogeneous Nucleation Theory / 7.1:
Homogeneous Nucleation in One-Component Systems / 7.2.1:
Homogeneous Nucleation in Two-Component Systems / 7.2.2:
Atmospheric New Particle Formation / 7.3:
New Particle Formation Rate and Growth Rate / 7.3.1:
Sulfuric Acid in New Particle Formation / 7.3.2:
Basic Substances in New Particle Formation / 7.3.3:
Organic Species in New Particle Formation / 7.3.4:
Other Species in New Particle Formation / 7.3.5:
Iodine Oxides / 7.3.5.1:
Atmospheric Ions / 7.3.5.2:
Field Observation of Nanoclusters / 7.3.6:
Aerosol Hygroscopicity and Cloud Condensation Nuclei / 7.4:
Kohler Theory / 7.4.1:
Nonideality of Solution in a Droplet / 7.4.2:
Hygroscopicity Parameter, K / 7.4.3:
Field Observations of Secondary Organic Aerosols / 8:
Global Budget of Aerosols / 8.1:
Analysis Methods of Ambient Aerosol Compositions / 8.3:
Positive Matrix Factorization / 8.3.1:
Mass Spectrum Peak Intensity and Elemental Ratio / 8.3.2:
Elemental Composition / 8.3.3:
Marine Air / 8.4:
Forest Air / 8.5:
Amazon Tropical Forest / 8.5.1:
Finland Boreal Forest / 8.5.2:
Urban/Rural Air / 8.6:
Characterization of Ambient Aerosols / 8.6.1:
PMF Analysis / 8.6.1.1:
Mass Signal Intensity Ratio and Elemental Ratio / 8.6.1.2:
Particle Size Distribution / 8.6.1.3:
Molecular Composition / 8.6.1.4:
Dicarboxylic Acid / 8.6.2.1:
Plant Origin VOC Tracers / 8.6.2.2:
Anthropogenic VOC Tracer / 8.6.2.3:
Organic Sulfate / 8.6.2.4:
Organic Nitrates and Imidazoles / 8.6.2.5:
High-Molecular-Weight Compounds and Oligomers / 8.6.2.6:
Index
Preface
Historical Background of Atmospheric Secondary Aerosol Research / 1:
Introduction / 1.1:
41.

電子ブック

EB
John Gerhard Erickson, Paul Fears Wiley, Vernon Paul Wystrach
出版情報: Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2007
所蔵情報: loading…
42.

図書

図書
editors, Hisham Z. Massoud ... [et al.]
出版情報: Pennington, N.J. : Electrochemical Society, c2000  xiv, 539 p. ; 27 cm
シリーズ名: Proceedings / [Electrochemical Society] ; v. 2000-2
所蔵情報: loading…
43.

電子ブック

EB
Roland Scheer, Hans-Werner Schock
出版情報: Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2011
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Symbols and Acronyms
Introduction / 1:
History of Cu(In,Ga)(S,Se)2 Solar Cells / 1.1:
Milestones of Cu(In,Ga)(S,Se)2 Development / 1.1.1:
History of CdTe Solar Cells / 1.2:
Milestones of CdTe Development / 1.2.1:
Prospects of Chalcogenide Photovoltaics / 1.3:
Thin Film Heterostructures / 2:
Energies and Potentials / 2.1:
Charge Densities and Fluxes / 2.2:
Energy Band Diagrams / 2.3:
Rules and Conventions / 2.3.1:
Absorber/Window / 2.3.2:
Absorber/Buffer/Window / 2.3.3:
Interface States / 2.3.4:
Interface Dipoles / 2.3.5:
Deep Bulk States / 2.3.6:
Bandgap Gradients / 2.3.7:
Diode Currents / 2.4:
Superposition Principle and Shifting Approximation / 2.4.1:
Regions of Recombination / 2.4.2:
Radiative Recombination / 2.4.3:
Auger Recombination / 2.4.4:
Defect Related Recombination / 2.4.5:
SCR Recombination / 2.4.5.1:
QNR Recombination / 2.4.5.2:
Back Surface Recombination / 2.4.5.3:
Interface Recombination / 2.4.5.4:
Parallel Processes / 2.4.6:
SCR and QNR Recombination / 2.4.6.1:
SCR and IF Recombination / 2.4.6.2:
Barriers for Diode Current / 2.4.7:
Bias Dependence / 2.4.8:
Non-Homogeneities / 2.4.9:
Light Generated Currents / 2.5:
Generation Currents / 2.5.1:
Generation Function / 2.5.2:
Photo Current / 2.5.3:
Collection Function / 2.5.4:
Absorber Quasi Neutral Region / 2.5.4.1:
QNR with Graded Bandgap / 2.5.4.2:
QNR with Back Surface Field / 2.5.4.3:
Absorber Space Charge Region / 2.5.4.4:
Buffer Layer / 2.5.4.5:
Simulating the Collection Function / 2.5.4.6:
Quantum Efficiency and Charge Collection Efficiency / 2.5.5:
Barriers for Photo Current / 2.5.6:
Voltage Dependence of Photo Current / 2.5.7:
Width of SCR / 2.5.7.1:
Photo Current Barriers / 2.5.7.2:
Device Analysis and Parameters / 2.6:
Equivalent Circuits / 2.6.1:
DC Equivalent Circuit / 2.6.1.1:
AC Equivalent Circuit / 2.6.1.2:
Module Equivalent Circuit / 2.6.1.3:
Current-Voltage Analysis / 2.6.2:
External Collection Efficiency / 2.6.2.1:
Diode Parameters / 2.6.2.2:
Open Circuit Voltage / 2.6.2.3:
Fill Factor / 2.6.2.4:
Capacitance-Voltage Analysis / 2.6.3:
Admittance Spectroscopy / 2.6.4:
Design Rules for Heterostructure Solar Cells and Modules / 3:
Absorber Bandgap / 3.1:
Band Alignment / 3.2:
Emitter Doping and Doping Ratio / 3.3:
Fermi Level Pinning / 3.4:
Absorber Doping / 3.5:
Absorber Thickness / 3.6:
Grain Boundaries / 3.7:
Back Contact Barrier / 3.8:
Buffer Thickness / 3.9:
Front Surface Gradient / 3.10:
Back Surface Gradients / 3.11:
Monolithic Series Interconnection / 3.12:
Thin Film Material Properties / 4:
AII-BVI Absorbers / 4.1:
Physico-Chemical Properties / 4.1.1:
Lattice Dynamics / 4.1.2:
Electronic Properties / 4.1.3:
Practical Doping Limits / 4.1.3.1:
Defect Spectroscopy / 4.1.3.2:
Minority Carrier Lifetime / 4.1.3.3:
Optical Properties / 4.1.4:
CdTe / 4.1.4.1:
Multinary Phases / 4.1.4.2:
Surface Properties / 4.1.5:
Properties of Grain Boundaries / 4.1.6:
AI-BIII-C2VI Absorbers / 4.2:
Ternary Phase Diagrams / 4.2.1:
Diffusion Coefficients / 4.2.1.2:
Single Point Defects / 4.2.2:
Defect Complexes / 4.2.3.2:
Carrier Mobility / 4.2.3.3:
Minority Carrier lifetime / 4.2.3.6:
Ternary Semiconductors / 4.2.4:
Multinary Semiconductors / 4.2.4.2:
Surface Composition / 4.2.5:
Surface Electronics / 4.2.5.2:
Buffer Layers / 4.2.6:
Window Layers / 4.4:
Low Resistance Windows / 4.4.1:
High Resistance Windows / 4.4.2:
Interfaces / 4.5:
Thin Film Technology / 5:
CdTe Cells and Modules / 5.1:
Substrates / 5.1.1:
Window Layers for CdTe Cells / 5.1.2:
Buffer Layers for CdTe Cells / 5.1.3:
CdTe Absorber Layer / 5.1.4:
Activation by Chlorine Treatment / 5.1.5:
Influence of Oxygen / 5.1.6:
Influence of Copper / 5.1.7:
Back Contact / 5.1.8:
Surface Modification / 5.1.8.1:
Primary and Secondary Contacts / 5.1.8.2:
Module Fabrication and Life Cycle Analysis / 5.1.9:
Cu(In,Ga)(S,Se)2 Cells and Modules / 5.2:
Back Contacts / 5.2.1:
Cu(In,Ga)(S,Se)2 Absorber Layers / 5.2.3:
Co-evaporation / 5.2.3.1:
Deposition Reaction / 5.2.3.2:
Sputtering / 5.2.3.3:
Epitaxy, Chemical Vapor Deposition, and Vapor Transport Processes / 5.2.3.4:
Influence of Sodium / 5.2.4:
Influence of Gallium / 5.2.5:
Influence of Sulfur / 5.2.6:
Buffer Layers of CIGS / 5.2.7:
Chemical Bath Deposited CdS / 5.2.8.1:
Alternative Buffer Layers / 5.2.8.2:
Window Layers of CIGS / 5.2.9:
Module Fabrication / 5.2.10:
Photovoltaic Properties of Standard Devices / 6:
CdTe Device Properties / 6.1:
Solar Cell Parameters / 6.1.1:
Collection Functions / 6.1.2:
Device Anomalies / 6.1.4:
Transient Effects and Metastability / 6.1.5:
Device Model / 6.1.6:
Stability / 6.1.7:
AI-BIII-C2VI Device Properties / 6.2:
Relaxed State / 6.2.1:
Models for Relaxed State / 6.2.4.2:
Red light Effect / 6.2.4.3:
Forward Bias Effect / 6.2.4.4:
Blue Light Effect / 6.2.4.5:
White Light Effect / 6.2.4.6:
Reverse Bias Effect / 6.2.4.7:
Models for Metastability / 6.2.4.8:
Implications for Module Testing / 6.2.4.9:
Appendix A: Frequently Observed Anomalies / 6.2.5:
JV Curves / 7.1:
Roll Over Effect / 7.1.1:
Crossover / 7.1.2:
Kink in Light JV Curve / 7.1.3:
Violation of Shifting Approximation / 7.1.4:
Reduced Jsc but High Voc / 7.2:
Reduced Voc but High Jsc / 7.2.2:
High Jsc but Low FF / 7.2.3:
Diode Parameter A > 2 / 7.3:
Activation Energy Ea < Eg,a / 7.3.2:
Diode Quality Factor Illumination Dependent / 7.3.3:
Diode Quality Factor Temperature-Dependent / 7.3.4:
Quantum Efficiency / 7.4:
High Jsc but Low EQE / 7.4.1:
Low Jsc but High EQE / 7.4.2:
Low Blue Response in IQE / 7.4.3:
Low Red Response in IQE / 7.4.4:
Quantum Efficiency Low at All Wavelengths / 7.4.5:
Apparent Quantum Efficiency / 7.4.6:
Transient Effects / 7.5:
Voc Time-Dependent with dVoc/dt > 0 / 7.5.1:
Voc Time-Dependent with dVoc/dt < 0 / 7.5.2:
Appendix B: Tables / 8:
References
Index
Preface
Symbols and Acronyms
Introduction / 1:
44.

図書

図書
C. Daul ... [et al.] ; Hrsg., H. Fischer
出版情報: Berlin ; Tokyo : Springer, c1987  viii, 507 p. ; 28 cm
シリーズ名: Landolt-Börnstein Zahlenwerte und Funktionen aus Naturwissenschaften und Technik, Neue Serie / Gesamtherausgabe, K.-H. Hellwege ; Gruppe 2 . Atom- und Molekularphysik ; Bd. 17 . Magnetische Eigenschaften freier Radikale ; Teilbd. a
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Title Page
Preface
General introduction / H. Fischer
Inorganic radicals and radical ions / J.R. Morton ; K.F. Preston1:
Introduction / 1.1:
Tables / 1.2:
Muonium (m) / 1.2.1:
Helium-centered radicals / 1.2.2:
Lithium-centered radicals / 1.2.4:
Beryllium-centered radicals / 1.2.5:
Boron-centered radicals / 1.2.6:
Carbon-centered radicals / 1.2.7:
Nitrogen-centered radicals / 1.2.8:
Oxygen-centered radicals / 1.2.9:
Fluorine-centered radicals / 1.2.10:
Sodium-centered radicals / 1.2.11:
Magnesium-centered radicals / 1.2.12:
Aluminum-centered radicals / 1.2.13:
Silicon-centered radicals / 1.2.14:
Phosphorus-centered radicals / 1.2.15:
Sulfur-centered radicals / 1.2.16:
Chlorine-centered radicals / 1.2.17:
Potassium-centered radicals / 1.2.18:
Calcium-centered radicals / 1.2.19:
Scandium-centered radicals / 1.2.20:
Titanium-centered radicals / 1.2.21:
Vanadium-centered radicals / 1.2.22:
Chromium-centered radicals / 1.2.23:
Manganese-centered radicals / 1.2.24:
Iron-centered radicals / 1.2.25:
Cobalt-centered radicals / 1.2.26:
Nickel-centered radicals / 1.2.27:
Copper-centered radicals / 1.2.28:
Zinc-centered radicals / 1.2.29:
Gallium-centered radicals / 1.2.30:
Germanium-centered radicals / 1.2.31:
Arsenic-centered radicals / 1.2.32:
Selenium-centered radicals / 1.2.33:
Bromine-centered radicals / 1.2.34:
Rubidium-centered radicals / 1.2.35:
Strontium-centered radicals / 1.2.36:
Yttrium-centered radicals / 1.2.37:
Molybdenum-centered radicals / 1.2.38:
Ruthenium-centered radicals / 1.2.39:
Palladium-centered radicals / 1.2.40:
Silver-centered radicals / 1.2.41:
Cadmium-centered radicals / 1.2.42:
Indium-centered radicals / 1.2.43:
Tin-centered radicals / 1.2.44:
Antimony-centered radicals / 1.2.45:
Tellurium-centered radicals / 1.2.46:
Iodine-centered radicals / 1.2.47:
Xenon-centered radicals / 1.2.48:
Cesium-centered radicals / 1.2.49:
Barium-centered radicals / 1.2.50:
Ytterbium-centered radicals / 1.2.51:
Tungsten-centered radicals / 1.2.52:
Rhenium-centered radicals / 1.2.53:
Osmium-centered radicals / 1.2.54:
Platinum-centered radicals / 1.2.55:
Gold-centered radicals / 1.2.56:
Mercury-centered radicals / 1.2.57:
Thallium-centered radicals / 1.2.58:
Lead-centered radicals / 1.2.59:
Bismuth-centered radicals / 1.2.60:
Neptunium-centered radicals / 1.2.61:
References for 1.2 / 1.3:
Radicals in metal complexes / A. V.Zelewsky ; C. Daul ; C.W. Schlapfer2:
Complexes of group 1 (Li, Na, K, Rb, Cs) / 2.1:
Complexes of group 2 (Be, Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba) / 2.2.2:
Complexes of group 3d (Sc, Y, La) and 3f (U) / 2.2.3:
Complexes of group 4d (Ti) / 2.2.4:
Complexes of group 5d (V) / 2.2.5:
Complexes of group 6d (Cr, Mo, W) / 2.2.6:
Complexes of group 7d (Mn, Re) / 2.2.7:
Complexes of group 8d (Fe, Ru, Os) / 2.2.8:
Complexes of group 9d (Co, Rh) / 2.2.9:
Complexes of group 10d (Ni, Pd, Pt) / 2.2.10:
Complexes of group 11d (Cu, Ag, Au) / 2.2.11:
Complexes of group 12d (Zn, Cd, Hg) / 2.2.12:
Complexes of group 13 (Al, Ga, In, TI) / 2.2.13:
Complexes of group 14 (Ge, Sn, Pb) / 2.2.14:
Complexes of group 15 (Sb, Bi) / 2.2.15:
References for 2.1 and 2.2 / 2.3:
General symbols and abbreviations
Index of Substances (See Vol.17H)
Title Page
Preface
General introduction / H. Fischer
45.

図書

図書
A. Ehrenfeucht, T. Harju, G. Rozenberg
出版情報: Singapore : World Scientific, c1999  xvi, 290 p. ; 23 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Preliminaries / Chapter 1:
Notations / 1.1:
Sets and functions / 1.1.1:
Closure operators / 1.1.2:
Relations / 1.1.3:
Equivalence relations / 1.1.4:
Partial orders / 1.2:
Downsets / 1.2.1:
Order embeddings / 1.2.2:
Linear orders / 1.2.3:
Semigroups and groups / 1.3:
Notations for semigroups and monoids / 1.3.1:
Free monoids (with involution) / 1.3.2:
Preliminaries on groups / 1.3.3:
Group actions / 1.3.4:
Free groups, commutators and verbal identities / 1.3.5:
Graph Theoretical Preliminaries / Chapter 2:
Directed and Undirected Graphs / 2.1:
Basic notions / 2.1.1:
Connectivity of graphs / 2.1.2:
Some special graphs / 2.1.3:
Comparability graphs / 2.2:
Transitively oriented graphs / 2.2.1:
Permutation graphs and cographs / 2.2.2:
Construction trees of cographs / 2.2.3:
2-Structures and Their Clans / Chapter 3:
Introduction and representations / 3.1:
Definition of a 2-structure / 3.1.1:
Isomorphic 2-structures / 3.1.2:
Reversibility / 3.1.3:
Substructures and clans / 3.2:
Substructures, clans and factors / 3.2.1:
Refinements and similarity / 3.2.2:
Reversible version / 3.2.3:
Graphs and packed components / 3.2.4:
Some special 2-structures / 3.2.5:
Closure properties of clans / 3.3:
Basic closures / 3.3.1:
Sibas: set theoretic closure properties / 3.3.2:
Clans of factors / 3.3.3:
Prime clans / 3.4:
Prime members in sibas / 3.4.1:
Minimal overlapping clans / 3.4.2:
Quotients and Homomorphisms / Chapter 4:
Quotients / 4.1:
Factorizations and quotients / 4.1.1:
Homomorphisms / 4.1.2:
Natural epimorphisms and decompositions / 4.1.3:
Clans and epimorphisms / 4.2:
Homomorphism theorem / 4.2.1:
Prime clans in quotients / 4.2.2:
Primitive quotients / 4.2.3:
Other operations / 4.3:
Premorphisms / 4.3.1:
Extensions / 4.3.2:
Clan Decomposition / Chapter 5:
The clan decomposition theorem / 5.1:
Maximal prime clans / 5.1.1:
Special sibas and 2-structures / 5.1.2:
The relationship of sibas to 2-structures / 5.1.3:
The shape of a 2-structure / 5.2:
The shape and its representation as a tree / 5.2.1:
Same shapes / 5.2.2:
A construction of prime clans / 5.3:
A construction of clans / 5.3.1:
Primitive 2-Structures / 5.3.2:
Small primitive substructures / 6.1:
Uniformly imprimitive 2-structures / 6.1.1:
Primitive substructures of 3 or 4 nodes / 6.1.2:
Hereditary properties / 6.2:
Local and global nodes / 6.2.1:
Critically primitive 2-structures / 6.2.2:
The parity theorem / 6.3.1:
The list of critically primitive 2-structures / 6.3.2:
Angular 2-Structures / Chapter 7:
Angularity / 7.1:
All-connectivity / 7.1.1:
All-connected skew angular 2-structures / 7.1.2:
T-structures / 7.2:
T-structures and partial orders / 7.2.1:
T[subscript 2]-structures / 7.2.2:
Linear orders and Schroder numbers / 7.3:
Bi-orders and linear orders / 7.3.1:
Uniformly imprimitive linear orders / 7.3.2:
Parenthesis words and Schroder numbers / 7.3.3:
Labelled 2-Structures / Chapter 8:
Introduction to l2-structures / 8.1:
Definitions / 8.1.1:
Substructures, clans and quotients / 8.1.2:
Clan decomposition of l2-structures / 8.2:
Uniqueness of decompositions / 8.2.1:
The shape of an l2-structure / 8.2.2:
Graphs and their representations / 8.2.3:
Graphs as l2-structures / 8.3.1:
On comparability graphs / 8.3.2:
Unstable Labelled 2-Structures / Chapter 9:
Triangle free and unstable l2-structures / 9.1:
Removable edges / 9.1.1:
Internal and external nodes / 9.1.2:
Triangle-free l2-structures / 9.1.3:
Heredity in unstable l2-structures / 9.2:
The partition of nodes / 9.2.1:
Alternating structures / 9.2.2:
Degrees of nodes / 9.2.3:
A composition of unstable l2-structures / 9.3:
A constructive reduction of primitive l2-structures / 9.3.1:
Pendant components / 9.3.2:
Automorphisms of Labelled 2-Structures / Chapter 10:
Label preserving automorphisms / 10.1:
The l-automorphism groups / 10.1.1:
Transitivity / 10.1.2:
Automorphic actions on factors / 10.1.3:
Universality of l-automorphism groups / 10.1.4:
Nonpreserving automorphisms / 10.2:
Connections to l-automorphisms / 10.2.1:
Transitivity and associated permutations / 10.2.2:
Representing labels by automorphisms / 10.2.3:
Switching of Graphs / Chapter 11:
Introduction to switching / 11.1:
The group of graphs / 11.1.1:
Switching classes / 11.1.3:
Structural properties of switching classes / 11.2:
A local characterization / 11.2.1:
Automorphisms / 11.2.2:
Special problems on undirected graphs / 11.3:
Two-graphs / 11.3.1:
Eulerian graphs / 11.3.2:
Pancyclic graphs / 11.3.3:
Trees / 11.3.4:
Labelled Structures over Groups / Chapter 12:
Introduction / 12.1:
Groups and involutions / 12.1.1:
Selectors and switching classes / 12.1.2:
An interpretation in networks / 12.2:
Concurrent behaviour in networks / 12.2.1:
Reducing the actions to groups / 12.2.2:
Introducing reversibility / 12.2.3:
Examples for some special groups / 12.3:
The cyclic groups Z[subscript 3] and Z[subscript 4] / 12.3.1:
The symmetric group S[subscript 3] / 12.3.2:
Clans of Switching Classes / Chapter 13:
Associated groups / 13.1:
The group of selectors / 13.1.1:
The group of abelian switching classes / 13.1.2:
Clans and horizons / 13.2:
Spanning trees / 13.2.1:
Horizons and constant selectors / 13.2.2:
Clans / 13.2.3:
Cardinalities of switching classes / 13.3:
Some special cases / 13.3.1:
Centralizers / 13.3.2:
Some improvements / 13.3.3:
Quotients and Plane Trees / Chapter 14:
Quotients of switching classes / 14.1:
Planes and plane trees / 14.1.1:
Planes / 14.2.1:
Plane trees / 14.2.2:
Bijective correspondence of plane trees / 14.2.3:
Forms / 14.2.4:
Invariants / Chapter 15:
Free invariants / 15.1:
General invariants / 15.1.1:
Edge monoids / 15.1.2:
Variable functions and free invariants / 15.1.3:
Group properties of free invariants / 15.2:
Abelian property / 15.2.1:
Graphs of words / 15.2.2:
Verbal identities / 15.2.3:
Invariants on abelian groups / 15.3:
Independency of free invariants / 15.3.1:
Complete sets of invariants / 15.3.2:
Invariants on nonabelian groups / 15.4:
General observations / 15.4.1:
Central characters / 15.4.2:
A characterization theorem / 15.4.3:
Bibliography
Index
Preface
Preliminaries / Chapter 1:
Notations / 1.1:
46.

学位論文

学位
Jin-Ho Lee
出版情報: 東京工業大学, 1997
所蔵情報: loading…
47.

電子ブック

EB
Sophie Pell??
出版情報: Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , Wiley-ISTE, 2017
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Foreword
Introduction
Responsibility in Business and Enterprise / Chapter 1:
Different notions of responsibility / 1.1:
Legal responsibility / 1.2:
Civil liability of companies and directors / 1.2.1:
Criminal liability of physical and moral persons / 1.2.2:
Structure and responsibility / 1.3:
Corporate social responsibility / 1.4:
Different definitions of CSR / 1.4.1:
Different levels of "social" responsibility / 1.4.2:
Tools for CSR / 1.4.3:
Conclusion / 1.5:
Justifications for Corporate Responsibility / Chapter 2:
Social and legal responsibility / 2.1:
Shareholder rights and interests / 2.1.1:
The company as a locus of responsibility / 2.1.2:
Economic efficiency, financial performance and CSR / 2.2:
Ethical principles and informational asymmetry / 2.2.1:
Promoting profitable ethics / 2.2.2:
Stakeholder interests and transaction costs / 2.2.3:
The search for empirical correlation / 2.2.4:
Explicitly normative justifications for responsibility / 2.3:
Innovation and Responsibility / 2.4:
Defining innovation / 3.1:
Corporate social responsibility and the promotion of innovation / 3.2:
Innovation and classic forms of responsibility / 3.2.1:
CSR and innovation: scope and limitations / 3.2.2:
The need for moral innovation / 3.3:
Epistemological and moral innovation / 3.3.1:
The financial crisis and the responsibility of theorists / 3.3.2:
Responsible innovation / 3.4:
Understandings of responsible innovation / 3.4.1:
The conflict between innovation and responsibility / 3.4.2:
Practices of responsible innovation / 3.5:
Co-construction, participation and responsible innovation / 3.5.1:
"Social" innovation / 3.5.2:
Responsibility as Virtue in Innovation / 3.6:
Responsibility as virtue or care / 4.1:
Broadening perspectives / 4.4.1:
Networks of interrelations as the basis for responsibility / 4.4.2:
Responsibility and virtue in CSR / 4.2:
"Moral capitalism" / 4.2.1:
Determiners of moral reasoning / 4.2.2:
Bibliography / 4.3:
Index
Foreword
Introduction
Responsibility in Business and Enterprise / Chapter 1:
48.

電子ブック

EB
Adam Todd, Jason H. Gill, Paul W. Groundwater
出版情報: Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2018
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Introduction / Section 1:
The Global Burden of Cancer / 1.1:
References
Cancer Staging and Classification / 1.2:
Benign Tumour (or neoplasm) / 1.2.1:
Malignant Tumour (or cancer) / 1.2.2:
Tumour Nomenclature and Classification / 1.2.3:
Cellular Differentiation and Tumour Grade / 1.2.4:
Tumour Invasion and Metastasis / 1.2.5:
Clinical Staging of Cancer / 1.2.6:
Cellular and Molecular Basis of Cancer / 1.3:
Oncogenes / 1.3.1:
Tumour Suppressor Genes / 1.3.2:
Role of Epigenetics and Gene Promoter Regulation in Tumourigenesis / 1.3.3:
Multistage Tumourigenesis / 1.3.4:
Oncogene Addiction / 1.3.5:
Hallmarks of Cancer / 1.3.6:
Principles of Cancer Treatment / 1.3.7:
The Anticancer Agents / Section 2:
Agents Which Act Directly on DNA / 2.1:
Nitrogen Mustards and Nitrosoureas / 2.1.1:
Temozolomide / 2.1.2:
Platinum-containing Agents / 2.1.3:
Gemcitabine / 2.1.4:
Camptothecin and Its Analogues / 2.1.5:
Podophyllotoxins / 2.1.6:
Anthracyclines / 2.1.7:
Epigenetic Targeting Agents / 2.1.8:
Antimetabolites / 2.2:
Cytarabine / 2.2.1:
Methotrexate / 2.2.2:
5-Fluorouracil / 2.2.3:
6-Mercaptopurine / 2.2.4:
Antimicrotubule Agents / 2.3:
Taxanes / 2.3.1:
Vinca Alkaloids / 2.3.2:
Anti-hormonal Agents / 2.4:
Bicalutamide / 2.4.1:
Tamoxifen / 2.4.2:
Anastrozole / 2.4.3:
Kinase Inhibitors / 2.5:
Discovery / 2.5.1:
Synthesis / 2.5.2:
Mode of Action / 2.5.3:
Mechanism of Resistance / 2.5.4:
Adverse Drug Reactions / 2.5.5:
The Cancers / Section 3:
Breast Cancer / 3.1:
Key points
Epidemiology / 3.1.1:
Presentation / 3.1.2:
Diagnosis / 3.1.3:
Staging / 3.1.4:
Treatments / 3.1.5:
Colorectal Cancer / 3.2:
Leukaemia / 3.2.1:
Lung Cancer / 3.3.1:
Oesophageal Cancer / 3.4.1:
Ovarian Cancer / 3.5.1:
Pancreatic Cancer / 3.6.1:
Prostate Cancer / 3.7.1:
Skin Cancers / 3.8.1:
Testicular Cancer / 3.9.1:
Index / 3.10.1:
Preface
Introduction / Section 1:
The Global Burden of Cancer / 1.1:
49.

電子ブック

EB
Zivorad R. Lazic
出版情報: Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2004
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Discrete Distributions / I Introduction to Statistics for Engineers:
Continuous Distribution / 1.1.2:
Normal Distributions / 1.1.3:
Statistical Inference / 1.2:
Statistical Hypotheses / 1.2.1:
Statistical Estimation / 1.3:
Point Estimates / 1.3.1:
Interval Estimates / 1.3.2:
Control Charts / 1.3.3:
Control of Type II error-b / 1.3.4:
Sequential Tests / 1.3.5:
Tests and Estimates on Statistical Variance / 1.4:
Analysis of Variance / 1.5:
Regression analysis / 1.6:
Simple Linear Regression / 1.6.1:
Multiple Regression / 1.6.2:
Polynomial Regression / 1.6.3:
Nonlinear Regression / 1.6.4:
Correlation Analysis / 1.7:
Correlation in Linear Regression / 1.7.1:
Correlation in Multiple Linear Regression / 1.7.2:
Design and Analysis of Experiments / II:
Introduction to Design of Experiments (DOE) / 2.0:
Preliminary Examination of Subject of Research / 2.1:
Defining Research Problem / 2.1.1:
Selection of the Responses / 2.1.2:
Selection of Factors, Levels and Basic Level / 2.1.3:
Measuring Errors of Factors and Responses / 2.1.4:
Screening Experiments / 2.2:
Preliminary Ranking of the Factors / 2.2.1:
Active Screening Experiment-Method of Random Balance / 2.2.2:
Active Screening Experiment Plackett-Burman Designs / 2.2.3:
Completely Randomized Block Design
Latin Squares / 2.2.4:
Graeco-Latin Square / 2.2.5:
Youdens Squares / 2.2.6:
Basic Experiment-Mathematical Modeling / 2.3:
Full Factorial Experiments and Fractional Factorial Experiments / 2.3.1:
Second-order Rotatable Design (Box-Wilson Design) / 2.3.2:
Orthogonal Second-order Design (Box-Benken Design) / 2.3.3:
D-optimality, B k -designs and Hartleys Second-order Designs / 2.3.4:
Conclusion after Obtaining Second-order Model / 2.3.5:
Statistical Analysis / 2.4:
Determination of Experimental Error / 2.4.1:
Significance of the Regression Coefficients / 2.4.2:
Lack of Fit of Regression Models / 2.4.3:
Experimental Optimization of Research Subject / 2.5:
Problem of Optimization / 2.5.1:
Gradient Optimization Methods / 2.5.2:
Nongradient Methods of Optimization / 2.5.3:
Simplex Sum Rotatable Design / 2.5.4:
Canonical Analysis of the Response surface / 2.6:
Examples of Complex Optimizations / 2.7:
Mixture Design "Composition-Property" / III:
Screening Design "Composition-Property" / 3.1:
Simplex Lattice Screening Designs / 3.1.1:
Full Factorial Combined with Mixture Design-Crossed Design / 3.1.2:
Answers to Selected Problems / Appendix.A.1:
Tables of Statistical Functions / A.2:
Index
Preface
Discrete Distributions / I Introduction to Statistics for Engineers:
Continuous Distribution / 1.1.2:
50.

電子ブック

EB
Mahmoud Hamdan, Dominic M. Desiderio, Mahmoud H. Hamdan
出版情報: Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , Hoboken : John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2007
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Acknowledgments
Introduction
Overview / 1:
Cancer Biomarkers / 1.1:
Phases of Biomarkers Development / 1.3:
New Approach to Biomarkers Discovery / 1.4:
New and Powerful Technologies / 1.4.1:
Promising Sources for Biomarkers / 1.4.2:
DNA Methylation / 1.4.2.1:
Mitochondrial DNA Mutations / 1.4.2.2:
Phosphatidylinositol-3 Kinases (PI3Ks) / 1.4.2.3:
Profi ling Tyrosine Phosphorylation / 1.4.2.4:
Proteins Expression / 1.4.2.5:
Initiatives Relevant to Biomarkers Discovery / 1.5:
Initiatives of the Human Proteome Organization (HUPO) / 1.5.1:
Data Mining in Cancer Research / 1.5.2:
Concluding Remarks / 1.6:
References
Proteomic Platforms for Biomarkers Discovery / 2:
Surface Enhanced Laser Desorption Ionization / 2.1:
Some Basic Considerations / 2.1.1:
Protein Capture Surfaces / 2.1.2:
Enrichment/prefractionation Prior to SELDI Analysis / 2.1.3:
Combinatorial Affi nity / 2.1.3.1:
Magnetic Beads / 2.1.3.2:
Stacked Sorbents / 2.1.3.3:
Organic Solvent Extraction / 2.1.3.4:
Bioinformatics in SELDI / 2.2:
Some Representative SELDI Applications / 2.3:
Addressing Reproducibility in SELDI Analysis / 2.3.1:
Limitations and Other Open Questions Regarding Current SELDI / 2.3.2:
Other Open Questions / 2.3.3:
Outlook / 2.3.4:
Two-dimensional Polyacrylamide Gel Electrophoresis / 2.4:
Sample Preparation / 2.4.1:
Reducing Sample Complexity / 2.4.2:
Various Nomenclatures In-gel Analysis / 2.4.3:
Multiple-gels Two-dimensional Analyses / 2.4.3.1:
Two-dimensional DIGE Analysis / 2.4.3.2:
Multiphoton Detection Imaging / 2.4.3.3:
Stable-isotope Labeling with Amino Acids in Cell Culture (SILAC) / 2.4.3.4:
Laser Capture Microdissection / 2.5:
MS Analysis of Gel-separated Proteins / 2.6:
Representative Applications of 2-DE for Biomarkers Discovery / 2.7:
Protein Microarrays / 2.8:
Analytical Protein Microarrays / 2.8.1:
Substrates and Protein Attachment Methods / 2.8.2:
Detection Strategies / 2.8.3:
Surface Plasmon Resonance (SPR) / 2.8.3.1:
Atomic Force Microscopy (AFM) / 2.8.3.2:
Enzyme-linked Immunosorbent Assay (ELISA) / 2.8.3.3:
Radio Isotope Labeling / 2.8.3.4:
Fluorescence Detection / 2.8.3.5:
Functional Protein Microarrays / 2.8.4:
Reverse-phase Protein Microarrays / 2.8.5:
Future Prospects / 2.8.6:
Multidimensional Liquid Chromatography Coupled to MS / 2.9:
Protein Labeling / 2.9.1:
Labeling a Specifi c Amino Acid / 2.9.2:
Stable Isotope Incorporation / 2.9.3:
Limitations of Labeling / 2.9.4:
Chromatographic Separation / 2.10:
Three Dimensional Separation / 2.10.1:
Two-dimensional Chromatography / 2.10.2:
Basic Considerations Regarding MudPIT / 2.10.3:
Mass Spectrometry and Data Analysis / 2.10.4:
Data Analysis and Interpretation / 2.10.5:
Application of Multidimensional Chromatography/MS / 2.10.6:
Outlook for Multidimensional LC/MS / 2.10.7:
Imaging Mass Spectrometry / 2.11:
Tissue Preparation and Matrix Application / 2.11.1:
MS Acquisition / 2.11.2:
Some Representative Applications of Imaging MS / 2.11.3:
Current Limitations and Potential Developments / 2.11.4:
Some Existing Cancer Biomarkers / 3:
Historic Glimpse at PSA / 3.1:
Prostate-specifi c Antigen / 3.3:
PSA as a Screening Marker / 3.4:
Improving the Specifi city of PSA / 3.5:
Free/Complexed PSA / 3.5.1:
PSA Isoforms / 3.5.2:
Impact of Age, Race, and PSA Velocity / 3.5.3:
Looking for Other Solutions / 3.6:
Genetic Alterations / 3.6.1:
Phosphorylated Akt / 3.6.2:
Existing Biomarkers for Ovarian Cancer / 3.7:
Preface
Acknowledgments
Introduction
51.

電子ブック

EB
Abhishek Singh., Abhishek Singh, Baibhav Singh
出版情報: Springer eBooks Computer Science , Springer US, 2009
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Assembly Language
Introduction / 1.0:
Registers / 1.1:
General Purpose Register / 1.1.1:
FLAGS Register / 1.1.2:
80x86 Instruction Format / 1.2:
Instruction Prefix / 1.2.1:
Lock and Repeat Prefixes / 1.2.2:
Segment Override Prefixes / 1.2.3:
Opcode / 1.2.4:
Instructions / 1.3:
Basic Instructions / 1.3.1:
Floating Point Instruction / 1.3.2:
Stack Setup / 1.4:
Passing Parameters in C to the Procedure / 1.4.1:
Local Data Space on the Stack / 1.4.2:
Calling Conventions / 1.5:
cdecl calling convention / 1.5.1:
fastcall calling convention / 1.5.2:
stdcall calling convention / 1.5.3:
thiscall / 1.5.4:
Data Constructs / 1.6:
Global Variables / 1.6.1:
Local Variables / 1.6.2:
Imported Variables / 1.6.3:
Thread Local Storage (TLS) / 1.6.5:
Executable Data Section / 1.6.6:
Representation of Arithmetic Operations in Assembly / 1.7:
Multiplication / 1.7.1:
Division / 1.7.2:
Modulo / 1.7.3:
Representation of Data Structure in Assembly / 1.8:
Representation of Array in Assembly / 1.8.1:
Representation of Linked List in Assembly / 1.8.2:
Virtual Function Call in Assembly / 1.9:
Representation of classes in Assembly / 1.9.1:
Conclusion / 1.10:
Fundamental of Windows
Memory Management / 2.0:
Virtual Memory Management / 2.1.1:
Virtual Memory Management in Windows NT / 2.1.1.1:
Impact of Hooking / 2.1.1.2:
Segmented Memory Management / 2.1.2:
Paged Memory Management / 2.1.3:
Kernel Memory and User Memory / 2.2:
Kernel Memory Space / 2.2.1:
Section Object / 2.2.2:
Virtual Address Descriptor / 2.3:
User Mode Address Space / 2.3.1:
Memory Management in Windows / 2.3.2:
Objects and Handles / 2.3.3:
Named Objects / 2.3.4:
Processes and Threads / 2.4:
Context Switching / 2.4.1:
Context Switches and Mode Switches / 2.4.1.1:
Synchronization Objects / 2.4.2:
Critical Section / 2.4.2.1:
Mutex / 2.4.2.2:
Semaphore / 2.4.2.3:
Event / 2.4.2.4:
Metered Section / 2.4.2.5:
Process Initialization Sequence / 2.5:
Application Programming Interface / 2.5.1:
Reversing Windows NT / 2.6:
ExpEchoPoolCalls / 2.6.1:
ObpShowAllocAndFree / 2.6.2:
LpcpTraceMessages / 2.6.3:
MmDebug / 2.6.4:
NtGlobalFlag / 2.6.5:
SepDumpSD / 2.6.6:
CmLogLevel and CmLogSelect / 2.6.7:
Security Features in Vista / 2.7:
Address Space Layout Randomization (ASLR) / 2.7.1:
Stack Randomization / 2.7.2:
Heap Defenses / 2.7.3:
NX / 2.7.4:
/GS / 2.7.5:
Pointer Encoding / 2.7.6:
Cryptographic API in Windows Vista / 2.7.7:
Crypto-Agility / 2.7.8:
CryptoAgility in CNG / 2.7.9:
Algorithm Providers / 2.7.10:
Random Number Generator / 2.7.11:
Hash Functions / 2.7.12:
Symmetric Encryption / 2.7.13:
Asymmetric Encryption / 2.7.14:
Signatures and Verification / 2.7.15:
Portable Executable File Format / 2.8:
PE file Format / 3.0:
Import Address Table / 3.2:
Executable and Linking Format / 3.3:
ELF Header / 3.3.1:
The Program Header Table / 3.3.2:
Reversing Binaries for Identifying Vulnerabilities / 3.4:
Stack Overflow / 4.0:
CAN-2002-1123 Microsoft SQL Server 'Hello' Authentication Buffer Overflow" / 4.1.1:
CAN-2004-0399 Exim Buffer Overflow / 4.1.2:
Stack Checking / 4.1.3:
Off-by-One Overflow / 4.2:
OpenBSD 2.7 FTP Daemon Off-by-One / 4.2.1:
Non-Executable Memory / 4.2.3:
Heap Overflows / 4.3:
Heap Based Overflows / 4.3.1:
Integer Overflows / 4.4:
Types Integer Overflow / 4.4.1:
CAN-2004-0417 CVS Max dotdot Protocol Command Integer Overflow / 4.4.2:
Format String / 4.5:
Format String Vulnerability / 4.5.1:
Format String Denial of Service Attack / 4.5.2:
Format String Vulnerability Reading Attack / 4.5.3:
SEH Structure Exception Handler / 4.6:
Exploiting the SEH / 4.6.1:
Writing Exploits General Concepts / 4.7:
Stack Overflow Exploits / 4.7.1:
Injection Techniques / 4.7.2:
Optimizing the Injection Vector / 4.7.3:
The Location of the Payload / 4.8:
Direct Jump (Guessing Offsets) / 4.8.1:
Blind Return / 4.8.2:
Pop Return / 4.8.3:
No Operation Sled / 4.8.4:
Call Register / 4.8.5:
Push Return / 4.8.6:
Calculating Offset / 4.8.7:
Fundamental of Reverse Engineering / 4.9:
Anti-Reversing Method / 5.0:
Anti Disassembly / 5.2.1:
Linear Sweep Disassembler / 5.2.1.1:
Recursive Traversal Disassembler / 5.2.1.2:
Evasion of Disassemble / 5.2.1.3:
Self Modifying Code / 5.2.2:
Virtual Machine Obfuscation / 5.2.3:
Anti Debugging Techniques / 5.3:
BreakPoints / 5.3.1:
Software Breakpoint / 5.3.1.1:
Hardware Breakpoint / 5.3.1.2:
Detecting Hardware BreakPoint / 5.3.1.3:
Virtual Machine Detection / 5.4:
Checking Fingerprint Inside Memory, File System and Registry / 5.4.1:
Checking System Tables / 5.4.2:
Checking Processor Instruction Set / 5.4.3:
Unpacking / 5.5:
Manual Unpacking of Software / 5.5.1:
Finding an Original Entry Point of an Executable / 5.5.1.1:
Taking Memory Dump / 5.5.1.2:
Import Table Reconstruction / 5.5.1.3:
Import Redirection and Code emulation / 5.5.1.4:
Appendix / 5.6:
Index
Assembly Language
Introduction / 1.0:
Registers / 1.1:
52.

電子ブック

EB
Abhishek Singh., Abhishek Singh, Baibhav Singh
出版情報: SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer US, 2009
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Assembly Language
Introduction / 1.0:
Registers / 1.1:
General Purpose Register / 1.1.1:
FLAGS Register / 1.1.2:
80x86 Instruction Format / 1.2:
Instruction Prefix / 1.2.1:
Lock and Repeat Prefixes / 1.2.2:
Segment Override Prefixes / 1.2.3:
Opcode / 1.2.4:
Instructions / 1.3:
Basic Instructions / 1.3.1:
Floating Point Instruction / 1.3.2:
Stack Setup / 1.4:
Passing Parameters in C to the Procedure / 1.4.1:
Local Data Space on the Stack / 1.4.2:
Calling Conventions / 1.5:
cdecl calling convention / 1.5.1:
fastcall calling convention / 1.5.2:
stdcall calling convention / 1.5.3:
thiscall / 1.5.4:
Data Constructs / 1.6:
Global Variables / 1.6.1:
Local Variables / 1.6.2:
Imported Variables / 1.6.3:
Thread Local Storage (TLS) / 1.6.5:
Executable Data Section / 1.6.6:
Representation of Arithmetic Operations in Assembly / 1.7:
Multiplication / 1.7.1:
Division / 1.7.2:
Modulo / 1.7.3:
Representation of Data Structure in Assembly / 1.8:
Representation of Array in Assembly / 1.8.1:
Representation of Linked List in Assembly / 1.8.2:
Virtual Function Call in Assembly / 1.9:
Representation of classes in Assembly / 1.9.1:
Conclusion / 1.10:
Fundamental of Windows
Memory Management / 2.0:
Virtual Memory Management / 2.1.1:
Virtual Memory Management in Windows NT / 2.1.1.1:
Impact of Hooking / 2.1.1.2:
Segmented Memory Management / 2.1.2:
Paged Memory Management / 2.1.3:
Kernel Memory and User Memory / 2.2:
Kernel Memory Space / 2.2.1:
Section Object / 2.2.2:
Virtual Address Descriptor / 2.3:
User Mode Address Space / 2.3.1:
Memory Management in Windows / 2.3.2:
Objects and Handles / 2.3.3:
Named Objects / 2.3.4:
Processes and Threads / 2.4:
Context Switching / 2.4.1:
Context Switches and Mode Switches / 2.4.1.1:
Synchronization Objects / 2.4.2:
Critical Section / 2.4.2.1:
Mutex / 2.4.2.2:
Semaphore / 2.4.2.3:
Event / 2.4.2.4:
Metered Section / 2.4.2.5:
Process Initialization Sequence / 2.5:
Application Programming Interface / 2.5.1:
Reversing Windows NT / 2.6:
ExpEchoPoolCalls / 2.6.1:
ObpShowAllocAndFree / 2.6.2:
LpcpTraceMessages / 2.6.3:
MmDebug / 2.6.4:
NtGlobalFlag / 2.6.5:
SepDumpSD / 2.6.6:
CmLogLevel and CmLogSelect / 2.6.7:
Security Features in Vista / 2.7:
Address Space Layout Randomization (ASLR) / 2.7.1:
Stack Randomization / 2.7.2:
Heap Defenses / 2.7.3:
NX / 2.7.4:
/GS / 2.7.5:
Pointer Encoding / 2.7.6:
Cryptographic API in Windows Vista / 2.7.7:
Crypto-Agility / 2.7.8:
CryptoAgility in CNG / 2.7.9:
Algorithm Providers / 2.7.10:
Random Number Generator / 2.7.11:
Hash Functions / 2.7.12:
Symmetric Encryption / 2.7.13:
Asymmetric Encryption / 2.7.14:
Signatures and Verification / 2.7.15:
Portable Executable File Format / 2.8:
PE file Format / 3.0:
Import Address Table / 3.2:
Executable and Linking Format / 3.3:
ELF Header / 3.3.1:
The Program Header Table / 3.3.2:
Reversing Binaries for Identifying Vulnerabilities / 3.4:
Stack Overflow / 4.0:
CAN-2002-1123 Microsoft SQL Server 'Hello' Authentication Buffer Overflow" / 4.1.1:
CAN-2004-0399 Exim Buffer Overflow / 4.1.2:
Stack Checking / 4.1.3:
Off-by-One Overflow / 4.2:
OpenBSD 2.7 FTP Daemon Off-by-One / 4.2.1:
Non-Executable Memory / 4.2.3:
Heap Overflows / 4.3:
Heap Based Overflows / 4.3.1:
Integer Overflows / 4.4:
Types Integer Overflow / 4.4.1:
CAN-2004-0417 CVS Max dotdot Protocol Command Integer Overflow / 4.4.2:
Format String / 4.5:
Format String Vulnerability / 4.5.1:
Format String Denial of Service Attack / 4.5.2:
Format String Vulnerability Reading Attack / 4.5.3:
SEH Structure Exception Handler / 4.6:
Exploiting the SEH / 4.6.1:
Writing Exploits General Concepts / 4.7:
Stack Overflow Exploits / 4.7.1:
Injection Techniques / 4.7.2:
Optimizing the Injection Vector / 4.7.3:
The Location of the Payload / 4.8:
Direct Jump (Guessing Offsets) / 4.8.1:
Blind Return / 4.8.2:
Pop Return / 4.8.3:
No Operation Sled / 4.8.4:
Call Register / 4.8.5:
Push Return / 4.8.6:
Calculating Offset / 4.8.7:
Fundamental of Reverse Engineering / 4.9:
Anti-Reversing Method / 5.0:
Anti Disassembly / 5.2.1:
Linear Sweep Disassembler / 5.2.1.1:
Recursive Traversal Disassembler / 5.2.1.2:
Evasion of Disassemble / 5.2.1.3:
Self Modifying Code / 5.2.2:
Virtual Machine Obfuscation / 5.2.3:
Anti Debugging Techniques / 5.3:
BreakPoints / 5.3.1:
Software Breakpoint / 5.3.1.1:
Hardware Breakpoint / 5.3.1.2:
Detecting Hardware BreakPoint / 5.3.1.3:
Virtual Machine Detection / 5.4:
Checking Fingerprint Inside Memory, File System and Registry / 5.4.1:
Checking System Tables / 5.4.2:
Checking Processor Instruction Set / 5.4.3:
Unpacking / 5.5:
Manual Unpacking of Software / 5.5.1:
Finding an Original Entry Point of an Executable / 5.5.1.1:
Taking Memory Dump / 5.5.1.2:
Import Table Reconstruction / 5.5.1.3:
Import Redirection and Code emulation / 5.5.1.4:
Appendix / 5.6:
Index
Assembly Language
Introduction / 1.0:
Registers / 1.1:
53.

電子ブック

EB
Serge Linckels, Christoph Meinel
出版情報: Springer eBooks Computer Science , Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 2011
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction to E-Librarian Services / 1:
From Ancient to Digital Libraries / 1.1:
From Searching to Finding / 1.2:
Searching the Web / 1.2.1:
Searching Multimedia Knowledge Bases / 1.2.2:
Exploratory Search / 1.2.3:
E-Librarian Services / 1.3:
Overview / 1.3.1:
Early Question-Answering Systems / 1.3.2:
Natural Language Interface / 1.3.3:
No Library without a Librarian / 1.3.4:
Characteristics of an E-Librarian Service / 1.3.5:
Overview and Organization of the Book / 1.4:
Key Technologies of E-Librarian Services / Part I:
Semantic Web and Ontologies / 2:
What is the Semantic Web? / 2.1:
The Vision of the Semantic Web / 2.1.1:
Semantic Web vs. Web N.O / 2.1.2:
Three Principles Ruling the Semantic Web / 2.1.3:
Architecture / 2.1.4:
Ontologies / 2.2:
Ontology Structure / 2.2.1:
Upper and Domain Ontologies / 2.2.2:
Linked Data / 2.2.3:
Expressivity of Ontologies / 2.2.4:
XML Extensible Markup Language / 2.3:
XML: Elements, Attributes and Values / 2.3.1:
Namespaces and Qualified Names / 2.3.2:
XML Schema / 2.3.3:
Complete Example / 2.3.4:
Limitations of XML / 2.3.5:
RDF-Resource Description Framework / 2.4:
RDF Triples and Serialization / 2.4.1:
RDF Schema / 2.4.2:
Limitations of RDF / 2.4.3:
Owl 1 and Owl 2 - Web Ontology Language / 2.5:
Instances, Classes and Restrictions in Owl / 2.5.1:
From Owl 1 to Owl 2 / 2.5.2:
Sparql, the Query Language / 2.5.4:
Description Logics and Reasoning / 3:
DL- Description Logics / 3.1:
Concept Descriptions / 3.1.1:
DL Languages / 3.1.2:
Equivalences between OWL and DL / 3.1.3:
DL Knowledge Base / 3.2:
Terminologies (TBox) / 3.2.1:
World Descriptions (ABox) / 3.2.2:
Interpretations / 3.3:
Interpreting Individuals, Concepts, and Roles / 3.3.1:
Modeling the Real World / 3.3.2:
Inferences / 3.4:
Standard Inferences / 3.4.1:
Non-Standard Inferences / 3.4.2:
Natural Language Processing / 4:
Overview and Challenges / 4.1:
Syntax, Semantics and Pragmatics / 4.1.1:
Difficulties of NLP / 4.1.2:
Zipf's law / 4.1.3:
Dealing with Single Words / 4.2:
Tokenization and Tagging / 4.2.1:
Morphology / 4.2.2:
Building Words over an Alphabet / 4.2.3:
Operations over Words / 4.2.4:
Semantic Knowledge Sources / 4.3:
Semantic relations / 4.3.1:
Semantic resources / 4.3.2:
Dealing with Sentences / 4.4:
Phrase Types / 4.4.1:
Phrase Structure / 4.4.2:
Grammar / 4.4.3:
Formal languages / 4.4.4:
Phrase structure ambiguities / 4.4.5:
Alternative parsing techniques / 4.4.6:
Multi-Language / 4.5:
Semantic Interpretation / 4.6:
Information Retrieval / 5:
Retrieval Process / 5.1:
Document Indexation and Weighting / 5.2:
Index of terms / 5.2.1:
Weighting / 5.2.2:
Retrieval Models / 5.3:
Boolean Model / 5.3.1:
Vector Model / 5.3.2:
Probabilistic Model / 5.3.3:
Page Rank / 5.3.4:
Semantic Distance / 5.3.5:
Other Models / 5.3.6:
Retrieval Evaluation / 5.4:
Precision, Recall, and Accuracy / 5.4.1:
Design and Utilization of E-Librarian Services / Part II:
Ontological Approach / 6:
Expert Systems / 6.1:
Classical Expert Systems / 6.1.1:
Ontology-Driven Expert Systems / 6.1.2:
Towards an E-Librarian Service / 6.2:
Reasoning Capabilities of an E-Librarian Service / 6.2.1:
Deploying an Ontology / 6.2.2:
Designing the Ontological Background / 6.2.3:
Semantic Annotation of the Knowledge Base / 6.3:
Computer-Assisted Creation of metadata / 6.3.1:
Automatic Generation of metadata / 6.3.2:
Design of the Natural Language Processing Module / 7:
Overview of the Semantic Interpretation / 7.1:
Logical Form / 7.1.1:
Processing of a User Question / 7.1.2:
NLP Pre-Processing / 7.2:
Domain Language / 7.2.1:
Lemmatization / 7.2.2:
Handling Spelling Errors / 7.2.3:
Ontology Mapping / 7.3:
Domain Dictionary / 7.3.1:
Mapping of Words / 7.3.2:
Resolving Ambiguities / 7.3.3:
Generation of a DL-Concept Description / 7.4:
Without Syntactic Analysis / 7.4.1:
With Syntactic Analysis / 7.4.2:
How much NLP is Sufficient? / 7.4.3:
Optimization and Normal Form / 7.4.4:
General Limitations and Constraints / 7.5:
Role Quantifiers / 7.5.1:
Conjunction and Disjunction / 7.5.2:
Negation / 7.5.3:
Open-Ended and Closed-Ended Questions / 7.5.4:
Formulations / 7.5.5:
Others / 7.5.6:
Multiple-Language Feature / 7.6:
Designing the Multimedia Information Retrieval Module / 8:
Overview of the MIR Module / 8.1:
Knowledge Base and metadata / 8.1.1:
Retrieval Principle / 8.1.2:
The Concept Covering Problem / 8.1.3:
Identifying Covers / 8.2:
Computing the Best Covers / 8.3:
Miss and Rest / 8.3.1:
Size of a Concept Description / 8.3.2:
Best Covers / 8.3.3:
Ranking / 8.4:
Algorithm for the Retrieval Problem / 8.5:
User Feedback / 8.6:
Direct User Feedback / 8.6.1:
Collaborative Tagging and Social Networks / 8.6.2:
Diversification of User Feedback / 8.6.3:
Implementation / 9:
Knowledge Layer / 9.1:
Inference Layer / 9.1.2:
Communication Layer / 9.1.3:
Presentation Layer / 9.1.4:
Development Details / 9.2:
Processing Owl and DL in Java / 9.2.1:
Client Front-End with Ajax Autocompleter / 9.2.2:
The Soap Web Service Interface / 9.2.3:
Applications / Part III:
Best practices / 10:
Computer History Expert System (CHESt) / 10.1:
Description / 10.1.1:
Experiment / 10.1.2:
Mathematics Expert System (MatES) / 10.2:
Benchmark Test / 10.2.1:
The Lecture Butler's E-Librarian Service / 10.2.3:
Benchmark Tests / 10.3.1:
Appendix / Part IV:
XML Schema Primitive Datatypes / A:
Reasoning Algorithms / B:
Structural Subsumption / B.1:
Example 1 / B.2.1:
Example 2 / B.2.2:
Brown Tag Set / C:
Part-of-Speech Taggers and Parsers / D:
POS Taggers / D.1:
Parsers / D.2:
Probabilistic IR Model / E:
Probability Theory / E.1:
References / E.2:
Index
Introduction to E-Librarian Services / 1:
From Ancient to Digital Libraries / 1.1:
From Searching to Finding / 1.2:
54.

電子ブック

EB
Ivars Bilinskis
出版情報: Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , Chichester : John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2007
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Frequently Used Symbols and Abbreviations
Introduction: Signal Digitizing and Digital Processing / 1:
Subject Matter / 1.1:
Digitizing Dictates Processing Preconditions / 1.2:
Connecting Computers to the Real-life World / 1.2.1:
Widening of the Digital Domain / 1.2.2:
Digital Signal Representation / 1.2.3:
Complexity Reduction of Systems / 1.2.4:
Approach to the Development of Signal Processing Systems / 1.3:
Alias-free Sampling Option / 1.4:
Anti-aliasing Irregularity of Sampling / 1.4.1:
Sparse Nonuniform Sampling / 1.4.2:
Nonuniform Sampling Events / 1.4.3:
Remarks in Conclusion / 1.5:
Bibliography
Digitizing / Part 1:
Randomization as a Tool / 2:
Randomized Versus Statistical Signal Processing / 2.1:
Accumulation of Empirical Experience / 2.2:
Using Monte Carlo Methods for Signal Processing / 2.2.1:
Polarity Coincidence Methods / 2.2.2:
Stochastic-Ergodic Method / 2.2.3:
Stochastic Computing / 2.2.4:
Dithering / 2.2.5:
Generalized Scheme of Randomized Digitizing / 2.2.6:
Discovery of Alias-free Signal Processing / 2.3:
Early Academic Research in Randomized Temporal Sampling / 2.3.1:
Early Research in Randomized Spatial Signal Processing / 2.3.2:
Engineering Experience / 2.3.3:
Randomization Leading to DASP / 2.4:
DASP Mission / 2.4.1:
Demonstrator of DASP Advantages and Limitations / 2.4.2:
Some of the Typically Targeted Benefits / 2.5:
Periodic Versus Randomized Sampling / 3:
Periodic Sampling as a Particular Sampling Case / 3.1:
Generalized Sampling Model / 3.1.1:
Spectra of Sampled Signals / 3.2:
Spectra of Periodically Sampled Signals / 3.2.1:
Spectra of Randomly Sampled Signals / 3.2.2:
Aliasing Induced Errors at Seemingly Correct Sampling / 3.3:
Overlapping of Sampled Signal Components / 3.4:
Various Approaches to Randomization of Sampling / 3.5:
Randomized Quantization / 4:
Randomized Versus Deterministic Quantization / 4.1:
Basics / 4.1.1:
Input-Output Characteristics / 4.1.2:
Rationale of Randomizing / 4.1.3:
Deliberate Introduction of Randomness / 4.2:
Various Models / 4.2.1:
Quantization Errors / 4.3:
Probability Density Function of Errors / 4.3.1:
Variance of Randomly Quantized Signals / 4.3.2:
Quantization Noise / 4.4:
Covariance between the Signal and Quantization Noise / 4.4.1:
Spectrum / 4.4.2:
Pseudo-randomized Quantizing / 5:
Pseudo-randomization Approach / 5.1:
Optimal Quantizing / 5.2:
Single-threshold Quantizing / 5.2.1:
Multithreshold Quantizing / 5.2.2:
Implementation Approaches / 5.2.3:
Input-Output Relationships / 5.3:
Covariance between Signal and Quantization Noise / 5.4:
Spectrum of the Pseudo-randomized Quantization Noise / 5.5.2:
Preface
Frequently Used Symbols and Abbreviations
Introduction: Signal Digitizing and Digital Processing / 1:
55.

電子ブック

EB
Serge Linckels, Christoph Meinel
出版情報: SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 2011
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction to E-Librarian Services / 1:
From Ancient to Digital Libraries / 1.1:
From Searching to Finding / 1.2:
Searching the Web / 1.2.1:
Searching Multimedia Knowledge Bases / 1.2.2:
Exploratory Search / 1.2.3:
E-Librarian Services / 1.3:
Overview / 1.3.1:
Early Question-Answering Systems / 1.3.2:
Natural Language Interface / 1.3.3:
No Library without a Librarian / 1.3.4:
Characteristics of an E-Librarian Service / 1.3.5:
Overview and Organization of the Book / 1.4:
Key Technologies of E-Librarian Services / Part I:
Semantic Web and Ontologies / 2:
What is the Semantic Web? / 2.1:
The Vision of the Semantic Web / 2.1.1:
Semantic Web vs. Web N.O / 2.1.2:
Three Principles Ruling the Semantic Web / 2.1.3:
Architecture / 2.1.4:
Ontologies / 2.2:
Ontology Structure / 2.2.1:
Upper and Domain Ontologies / 2.2.2:
Linked Data / 2.2.3:
Expressivity of Ontologies / 2.2.4:
XML Extensible Markup Language / 2.3:
XML: Elements, Attributes and Values / 2.3.1:
Namespaces and Qualified Names / 2.3.2:
XML Schema / 2.3.3:
Complete Example / 2.3.4:
Limitations of XML / 2.3.5:
RDF-Resource Description Framework / 2.4:
RDF Triples and Serialization / 2.4.1:
RDF Schema / 2.4.2:
Limitations of RDF / 2.4.3:
Owl 1 and Owl 2 - Web Ontology Language / 2.5:
Instances, Classes and Restrictions in Owl / 2.5.1:
From Owl 1 to Owl 2 / 2.5.2:
Sparql, the Query Language / 2.5.4:
Description Logics and Reasoning / 3:
DL- Description Logics / 3.1:
Concept Descriptions / 3.1.1:
DL Languages / 3.1.2:
Equivalences between OWL and DL / 3.1.3:
DL Knowledge Base / 3.2:
Terminologies (TBox) / 3.2.1:
World Descriptions (ABox) / 3.2.2:
Interpretations / 3.3:
Interpreting Individuals, Concepts, and Roles / 3.3.1:
Modeling the Real World / 3.3.2:
Inferences / 3.4:
Standard Inferences / 3.4.1:
Non-Standard Inferences / 3.4.2:
Natural Language Processing / 4:
Overview and Challenges / 4.1:
Syntax, Semantics and Pragmatics / 4.1.1:
Difficulties of NLP / 4.1.2:
Zipf's law / 4.1.3:
Dealing with Single Words / 4.2:
Tokenization and Tagging / 4.2.1:
Morphology / 4.2.2:
Building Words over an Alphabet / 4.2.3:
Operations over Words / 4.2.4:
Semantic Knowledge Sources / 4.3:
Semantic relations / 4.3.1:
Semantic resources / 4.3.2:
Dealing with Sentences / 4.4:
Phrase Types / 4.4.1:
Phrase Structure / 4.4.2:
Grammar / 4.4.3:
Formal languages / 4.4.4:
Phrase structure ambiguities / 4.4.5:
Alternative parsing techniques / 4.4.6:
Multi-Language / 4.5:
Semantic Interpretation / 4.6:
Information Retrieval / 5:
Retrieval Process / 5.1:
Document Indexation and Weighting / 5.2:
Index of terms / 5.2.1:
Weighting / 5.2.2:
Retrieval Models / 5.3:
Boolean Model / 5.3.1:
Vector Model / 5.3.2:
Probabilistic Model / 5.3.3:
Page Rank / 5.3.4:
Semantic Distance / 5.3.5:
Other Models / 5.3.6:
Retrieval Evaluation / 5.4:
Precision, Recall, and Accuracy / 5.4.1:
Design and Utilization of E-Librarian Services / Part II:
Ontological Approach / 6:
Expert Systems / 6.1:
Classical Expert Systems / 6.1.1:
Ontology-Driven Expert Systems / 6.1.2:
Towards an E-Librarian Service / 6.2:
Reasoning Capabilities of an E-Librarian Service / 6.2.1:
Deploying an Ontology / 6.2.2:
Designing the Ontological Background / 6.2.3:
Semantic Annotation of the Knowledge Base / 6.3:
Computer-Assisted Creation of metadata / 6.3.1:
Automatic Generation of metadata / 6.3.2:
Design of the Natural Language Processing Module / 7:
Overview of the Semantic Interpretation / 7.1:
Logical Form / 7.1.1:
Processing of a User Question / 7.1.2:
NLP Pre-Processing / 7.2:
Domain Language / 7.2.1:
Lemmatization / 7.2.2:
Handling Spelling Errors / 7.2.3:
Ontology Mapping / 7.3:
Domain Dictionary / 7.3.1:
Mapping of Words / 7.3.2:
Resolving Ambiguities / 7.3.3:
Generation of a DL-Concept Description / 7.4:
Without Syntactic Analysis / 7.4.1:
With Syntactic Analysis / 7.4.2:
How much NLP is Sufficient? / 7.4.3:
Optimization and Normal Form / 7.4.4:
General Limitations and Constraints / 7.5:
Role Quantifiers / 7.5.1:
Conjunction and Disjunction / 7.5.2:
Negation / 7.5.3:
Open-Ended and Closed-Ended Questions / 7.5.4:
Formulations / 7.5.5:
Others / 7.5.6:
Multiple-Language Feature / 7.6:
Designing the Multimedia Information Retrieval Module / 8:
Overview of the MIR Module / 8.1:
Knowledge Base and metadata / 8.1.1:
Retrieval Principle / 8.1.2:
The Concept Covering Problem / 8.1.3:
Identifying Covers / 8.2:
Computing the Best Covers / 8.3:
Miss and Rest / 8.3.1:
Size of a Concept Description / 8.3.2:
Best Covers / 8.3.3:
Ranking / 8.4:
Algorithm for the Retrieval Problem / 8.5:
User Feedback / 8.6:
Direct User Feedback / 8.6.1:
Collaborative Tagging and Social Networks / 8.6.2:
Diversification of User Feedback / 8.6.3:
Implementation / 9:
Knowledge Layer / 9.1:
Inference Layer / 9.1.2:
Communication Layer / 9.1.3:
Presentation Layer / 9.1.4:
Development Details / 9.2:
Processing Owl and DL in Java / 9.2.1:
Client Front-End with Ajax Autocompleter / 9.2.2:
The Soap Web Service Interface / 9.2.3:
Applications / Part III:
Best practices / 10:
Computer History Expert System (CHESt) / 10.1:
Description / 10.1.1:
Experiment / 10.1.2:
Mathematics Expert System (MatES) / 10.2:
Benchmark Test / 10.2.1:
The Lecture Butler's E-Librarian Service / 10.2.3:
Benchmark Tests / 10.3.1:
Appendix / Part IV:
XML Schema Primitive Datatypes / A:
Reasoning Algorithms / B:
Structural Subsumption / B.1:
Example 1 / B.2.1:
Example 2 / B.2.2:
Brown Tag Set / C:
Part-of-Speech Taggers and Parsers / D:
POS Taggers / D.1:
Parsers / D.2:
Probabilistic IR Model / E:
Probability Theory / E.1:
References / E.2:
Index
Introduction to E-Librarian Services / 1:
From Ancient to Digital Libraries / 1.1:
From Searching to Finding / 1.2:
56.

電子ブック

EB
Joakim Nivre
出版情報: SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer Netherlands, 2006
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction / 1:
Inductive Dependency Parsing / 1.1:
The Need for Robust Disambiguation / 1.2:
Outline of the Book / 1.3:
Natural Language Parsing / 2:
Syntactic Representations / 2.1:
Two Notions of Parsing / 2.2:
Grammar Parsing / 2.2.1:
Text Parsing / 2.2.2:
Competence and Performance / 2.2.3:
Methods for Text Parsing / 2.3:
Grammar-Driven Text Parsing / 2.3.1:
Data-Driven Text Parsing / 2.3.2:
Converging Approaches / 2.3.3:
Evaluation Criteria / 2.3.4:
Robustness / 2.4.1:
Disambiguation / 2.4.2:
Accuracy / 2.4.3:
Efficiency / 2.4.4:
Dependency Parsing / 3:
Dependency Grammar / 3.1:
The Notion of Dependency / 3.1.1:
Varieties of Dependency Grammar / 3.1.2:
Parsing with Dependency Representations / 3.2:
Grammar-Driven Dependency Parsing / 3.2.1:
Data-Driven Dependency Parsing / 3.2.2:
The Case for Dependency Parsing / 3.2.3:
A Framework for Dependency Parsing / 3.3:
Texts, Sentences and Tokens / 3.3.1:
Dependency Graphs / 3.3.2:
Parsing Algorithm / 3.3.3:
Configurations / 3.4.1:
Transitions / 3.4.2:
Deterministic Parsing / 3.4.3:
Algorithm Analysis / 3.4.4:
Evaluation Criteria Revisited / 3.4.5:
A Framework for Inductive Dependency Parsing / 4:
Inductive Inference / 4.1.1:
History-Based Models / 4.1.3:
Parsing Methods / 4.1.4:
Learning Methods / 4.1.5:
Oracle Parsing / 4.1.6:
Features and Models / 4.2:
Feature Functions / 4.2.1:
Static Features / 4.2.2:
Dynamic Features / 4.2.3:
Feature Models / 4.2.4:
Memory-Based Learning / 4.3:
Memory-Based Learning and Classification / 4.3.1:
Learning Algorithm Parameters / 4.3.2:
Memory-Based Language Processing / 4.3.3:
MaltParser / 4.4:
Architecture / 4.4.1:
Implementation / 4.4.2:
Treebank Parsing / 5:
Treebanks and Parsing / 5.1:
Treebank Evaluation / 5.1.1:
Treebank Learning / 5.1.2:
Treebanks for Dependency Parsing / 5.1.3:
Experimental Methodology / 5.2:
Treebank Data / 5.2.1:
Models and Algorithms / 5.2.2:
Evaluation / 5.2.3:
Feature Model Parameters / 5.3:
Part-of-Speech Context / 5.3.1:
Dependency Structure / 5.3.2:
Lexicalization / 5.3.3:
Learning Curves / 5.3.4:
Neighbor Space and Distance Metric / 5.4:
Weighting Schemes / 5.4.2:
Final Evaluation / 5.5:
Accuracy and Efficiency / 5.5.1:
Related Work / 5.5.2:
Error Analysis / 5.5.3:
Conclusion / 6:
Main Contributions / 6.1:
Future Directions / 6.2:
References
Index
Introduction / 1:
Inductive Dependency Parsing / 1.1:
The Need for Robust Disambiguation / 1.2:
57.

電子ブック

EB
Henri Ulrich
出版情報: Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2009
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Acknowledgements
General Introduction / 1:
References
1-Carbon Cumulenes / 2:
Sulfines, R2C SO / 2.1:
Sulfenes, R2C S(O)O / 2.2:
Other 1-Carbon Cumulenes / 2.3:
2-Carbon Cumulenes / 3:
Carbon Oxides, O C O, CO / 3.1:
Carbon Sulfides, S C S, S CO / 3.2:
Carbon Nitrides / 3.3:
Center Carbon Phosphorallenes, P C P / 3.4:
1,2-Dicarbon Cumulenes / 4:
Ketenes, R2C C O / 4.1:
Thioketenes, R2C C S / 4.2:
Ketenimines, R2C C NR / 4.3:
1-Silaallenes, R2C C Si / 4.4:
1-Phosphaallenes, R2C C P / 4.5:
Other Metal Allenes / 4.6:
1,3-Dicarbon Cumulenes / 5:
Thiocarbonyl S-ylides, R2C S CH2 / 5.1:
2-Azaallenium Salts, R(Ce)C N+ C(Ce)R / 5.2:
1-Oxa-3-azoniabutatriene Salts, R2C N+ C O / 5.3:
1-Thia-3-azabutatriene Salts, R2C N+ C S / 5.4:
Phosphorus Ylides / 5.5:
1,2,3-Tricarbon Cumulenes / 6:
Allenes, R2C CR2 / 6.1:
[3] Cumulenes, R2C C C CR2 / 6.2:
[4] Cumulenes, R2C C C C CR2 / 6.3:
[5] Cumulenes, R2C C C C C CR2 / 6.4:
Noncarbon Cumulenes / 7:
Azides, RN N N / 7.1:
Triazaallenium Salts, RN N+ NR / 7.2:
Sulfur Oxides / 7.3:
Sulfur Nitrides / 7.4:
Cationic Boron Cumulenes, R2N B NR / 7.5:
Index
Preface
Acknowledgements
General Introduction / 1:
58.

電子ブック

EB
Tze-Chien Sum
出版情報: Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2019
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Basic Properties and Early Works in Organic-Inorganic Perovskites / Part 1:
Structural, Optical, and Related Properties of Some Perovskites Based on Lead and Tin Halides: The Effects on Going from Bulk to Small Particles / George C. Papavassiliou and George A. Mousdis and Ioannis Koutselas1.1:
Introduction / 1.1.1:
Materials Based on Saturated Organic Moiety / 1.1.2:
Bulk Perovskites (SC)MX3 / 1.1.2.1:
Particulate Perovskites (SC)MX3 / 1.1.2.2:
Bulk Perovskites of the Type (BC) 2MX4 / 1.1.2.3:
Particulate Perovskites of the Type (BC) 2MX4 / 1.1.2.4:
Bulk Perovskites of the Type (SC) n-1 (BC) 2MnX3n+1 / 1.1.2.5:
Particulate Perovskites of the Type n-1 (BC) 2MnX3n+1 / 1.1.2.6:
Some Common Features in the Properties of 3D and q-2D Systems / 1.1.2.7:
Low-Dimensional (LD) Perovskites / 1.1.2.8:
Related Properties / 1.1.2.9:
Perovskites Consisting of Non-saturated Organic Moiety BC / 1.1.3:
Other Perovskite Structures / 1.1.4:
References
Ab Initio and First Principles Studies of Halide Perovskites / Jacky Even and Claudine Katan1.2:
Introduction to Ab Initio and DFT Studies of All-inorganic, 3D and Layered Hybrid Organic Metal Halide Perovskites / 1.2.1:
Brillouin Zone Folding, Lattice Strain, and Topology of the Electronic Structure / 1.2.2:
Importance of Spin-Orbit Coupling (SOC) / 1.2.3:
Interplay of SOC and Loss of Inversion Symmetry: Rashba and Dresselhaus Effects / 1.2.4:
Collective Vibrations, Stochastic Cation Reorientations, and Molecular Dynamics / 1.2.5:
Excitonics in 2D Perovskites / Wee Kiang Chong and David Giovanni and Tze-Chien Sum1.3:
Introduction to Two-dimensional Perovskites / 1.3.1:
Excitonic Properties and Optical Transitions in 2D-OlHPs / 1.3.2:
White Light Emission (WLE) from 2D-OIHPs / 1.3.3:
Energy Transfer Mechanism / 1.3.3.1:
Broadband Defect Emission / 1.3.3.2:
Self-trapped Excitons / 1.3.3.3:
Role of Organic Framework in Broadband 2D-OIHP Emitters / 1.3.3.4:
Strong Exciton-Photon Coupling in 2D-OIHPs / 1.3.4:
Jaynes-Cummings Model / 1.3.4.1:
Exciton-Photon Coupling in 2D Perovskites Thin Films: Optical Stark Effect / 1.3.4.2:
Exciton-Photon Coupling in 2D Perovskite Microcavities: Exciton-Polariton / 1.3.4.3:
Concluding Remarks / 1.3.5:
Working Principles of Perovskite Solar Cells / Pablo P. Boix and Sonia R. Raga and Nripan Mathewsl:
Charge Generation / 2.1.1:
Charge Transport / 2.1.3:
Charge Recombination / 2.1.4:
Charge Extraction/Injection: Interfacial Effects / 2.1.5:
Ionic Mechanisms / 2.1.6:
The Photophysics of Halide Perovskite Solar Cells / Mingjie Li and Bo Wu and Tze-Chien Sum2.1.7:
Introduction to Photophysics Studies of Halide Perovskites / 2.2.1:
Optical Properties of CH3NH3PbI3 Polycrystalline Thin Films / 2.2.2:
Electronic Band Structure and Optical Transitions / 2.2.2.1:
Exciton Binding Energies and Photoexcited Species: Excitons Versus Free Carriers / 2.2.2.2:
Carrier Diffusion Lengths, Carrier Mobilities, and Defects / 2.2.2.3:
Transient Spectral Features and Charge Dynamics / 2.2.2.4:
Photophysical Processes and Their Recombination Constants / 2.2.2.5:
Hot Carriers in Perovskites / 2.2.2.6:
Summary and Outlook / 2.2.2.7:
Energetics and Charge Dynamics at Perovskite Interfaces / 2.2.3:
Energetics at the Perovskite/Charge Transport Layer Interfaces / 2.2.3.1:
Charge-Transfer Dynamics at the Perovskite/Charge-Transport Layer Interface / 2.2.3.3:
Toward Perovskite Single-Crystal Photovoltaics / 2.2.3.4:
Absorption and Emission Properties / 2.2.4.1:
Surface Versus Bulk Optical Properties / 2.2.4.2:
Carrier Lifetimes, Diffusion Lengths, and Diffusion Coefficients / 2.2.4.3:
Transient Spectral Features and Excitation Dynamics / 2.2.4.4:
Recombination Constants in the Surface and Bulk Regions of Perovskite Single Crystals / 2.2.4.5:
Charge-Selective Contact Materials for Perovskite Solar Cells (PSCs) / Peng Gao and Mohammad Khaja Nazeeruddin2.2.5:
Hole-Selective Electron-Blocking Materials (HTMs) / 2.3.1:
Organic HTMs / 2.3.1.1:
Molecular HTMs / 2.3.1.1.1:
Polymeric HTMs / 2.3.1.1.2:
Organometallic Complex HTMs / 2.3.1.1.3:
Inorganic Hole-Selective Electron-Blocking Materials / 2.3.1.2:
Electron-Selective Hole-Blocking Materials / 2.3.2:
Inorganic Electron-Selective Hole-Blocking Materials / 2.3.2.1:
TiO2 / 2.3.2.1.1:
ZnO / 2.3.2.1.2:
SnO2 / 2.3.2.1.3:
Organic Electron-Selective Hole-Blocking Materials / 2.3.2.2:
Composite ETMs / 2.3.2.3:
Conclusion / 2.3.3:
Beyond Methylammonium Lead Iodide Perovskite / TeckM. Koh and Biplab Ghosh and Padinhare C. Harikesh and Subodh Mhaisaikar and Nripan Mathews2.4:
Introduction: Beyond CH3NH3PbI3 / 2.4.1:
Multidimensional Perovskites / 2.4.1.1:
Multidimensional Perovskite Photovoltaics / 2.4.1.2:
Theoretical Calculations for Pb-Free Halide Perovskites / 2.4.2:
ASnX3 Perovskites: 3D Pb-Free Structures / 2.4.2.1:
A2SnX6 Perovskites: Metal-Deficient Structures / 2.4.2.2:
Germanium-Based Perovskites / 2.4.2.3:
Bismuth/Antimony-Based Perovskites / 2.4.2.4:
Double Perovskites: Hybrid Binary Metal Structures / 2.4.2.5:
Experimental Efforts in Pb-Free Perovskite Photovoltaics / 2.4.3:
Sn2+ and Ge2+ as Replacements for Pb2+ / 2.4.3.1:
A2SnX6 as a Stable Alternative to ASnX3 / 2.4.3.2:
Cu2+: an Alternative Divalent Metal Cation / 2.4.3.3:
Bi3+ and Sb3+: Toward Trivalent Metal Cations / 2.4.3.4:
Concluding Remarks and Outlook / 2.4.4:
Halide Perovskite Tandem Solar Cells / Teodor K. Todorov and Oki Gunowan and Supratik Guha2.5:
Tandem Device Type and Performance Limitations / 2.5.1:
Single TCE/Two-Terminal (2-T) Monolithic Stack / 2.5.2.1:
Multi-TCE/Two-Terminal (2-T) Mechanical Stack / 2.5.2.2:
Multi-TCE/Three-Terminal (3-T) Mechanical Stack / 2.5.2.3:
Multi-TCE/Four-Terminal (4-T) Mechanical Stack / 2.5.2.4:
Multi-TCE/Four-Terminal (4-T) Spectrum Split / 2.5.2.5:
Perovskite Tandem Photovoltaic Device Research / 2.5.3:
Conclusion and Outlook / 2.5.4:
Perovskite Light Emitting Devices / Part III:
Perovskite Light-Emitting Devices - Fundamentals and Working Principles / Michele Sessolo and Maria-Grazia La-Placa and Laura Martínez-Sarti and Henk J. Bolink3.1:
Excitons, Free Carriers, and Trap States in Hybrid Perovskite Thin Films / 3.1.1:
Hybrid Perovskite Light-Emitting Diodes / 3.1.2:
Hybrid Perovskite Nanostructures and Nanoparticles / 3.1.3:
Inorganic Cesium Lead Halide Quantum Dots / 3.1.3.1:
Quasi-2D Hybrid Lead Halide Perovskites / 3.1.3.2:
Final Considerations / 3.1.3.3:
Toward Electrically Driven Perovskite Lasers - Prospects and Obstacles / Songtao Chen and Arto Nurmikko3.2:
Electrical Injection in Perovskite-Based Light-Emitting Diodes (LEDs) / 3.2.1:
Optical Gain in Thin-film Solid-state Perovskites / 3.2.3:
Integrating Optical Resonators and Perovskite Gain Media / 3.2.4:
The Way Forward Toward Electrical Injection / 3.2.5:
Summary / 3.2.6:
Beyond Perovskite Photovoltaics / Part IV:
Novel Spin Physics in Organic-Inorganic Perovskites / Chuang Zhang and Dali Sun and Zeev V. Vardeny4.1:
Magnetic Field Effect (MFE) on Photocurrent (PC), Photoluminescence (PL), and Electroluminescence (EL) / 4.1.1:
Observation of MFE in the CH3NH3PbI3-x Clx Films and Devices / 4.1.2.1:
MFE in Hybrid Perovskites; Morphology Dependence / 4.1.2.2:
The "Universal" Plot and the Spin-mixing Process via ¿g of Electrons and Holes / 4.1.2.3:
High Magnetic Field Optical Phenomena / 4.1.3:
Direct Measurement of ¿g by Field-Induced Circularly Polarized Emission / 4.1.3.1:
Magneto-absorption Spectroscopy at Ultrahigh Magnetic Field / 4.1.3.2:
Spin-Polarized Carrier Dynamics / 4.1.4:
Direct Measurement of Spin-pair Lifetime by Picosecond Pump-Probe Spectroscopy / 4.1.4.1:
Determination of Spin Relaxation Time from Circular Pump-Probe Technique / 4.1.4.2:
Acknowledgements / 4.1.5:
Perovskite Solar Cells for Photoelectrochemical Water Splitting and CO2 Reduction / Gurudayal and Joel Ager and Nripan Mathews4.2:
Photoelectrochemical Generation of H2 / 4.2.1:
PEC Electrode Materials / 4.2.1.2:
Tandem Configurations / 4.2.2:
Photoanode-Photocathode Strategy / 4.2.2.1:
PEC-PV Tandem System / 4.2.2.2:
Photovoltaic-Electrocatalyst (PV-EC) Structure / 4.2.2.3:
EC/PEC-PV Approach for CO2 Reduction / 4.2.3:
Index / 4.2.4:
Basic Properties and Early Works in Organic-Inorganic Perovskites / Part 1:
Structural, Optical, and Related Properties of Some Perovskites Based on Lead and Tin Halides: The Effects on Going from Bulk to Small Particles / George C. Papavassiliou and George A. Mousdis and Ioannis Koutselas1.1:
Introduction / 1.1.1:
59.

電子ブック

EB
Jelke G. Bethlehem, Fannie Cobben, Barry Schouten
出版情報: Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , Hoboken : John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2011
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
The Nonresponse Problem / Chapter 1:
Introduction / 1.1:
Theory / 1.2:
Causes and Effect of Nonresponse / 1.2.1:
Errors in Surveys / 1.2.2:
Nonresponse and Undercoverage / 1.2.3:
Response Rates / 1.2.4:
Representativity / 1.2.5:
Application / 1.3:
Summary / 1.4:
Key Terms / 1.5:
References / 1.6:
Exercises / 1.7:
Basic Theoretical Concepts / Chapter 2:
Basic Concepts of Sampling / 2.1:
Basic Concepts of Estimation / 2.2.2:
The Fixed Response Model / 2.2.3:
The Random Response Model / 2.2.4:
The Effect of Nonresponse on the Confidence Interval / 2.2.5:
Missing Data Mechanisms / 2.2.6:
Reducing Nonresponse / 2.3:
Influences of Sociodemographic and Survey Design Features / 3.1:
Respondent-Interviewer Interaction / 3.2.3:
Tailoring and Maintaining Interaction / 3.2.4:
Language Problems / 3.3:
Noncontact / 3.3.3:
Refusals / 3.3.4:
Nonresponse and the Mode of Data Collection / 3.4:
The Early History / 4.1:
The Rise of Sampling / 4.1.2:
The Impact of Computer Technology / 4.1.3:
Face-to-Face Surveys / 4.2:
Telephone Surveys / 4.2.2:
Mail Surveys / 4.2.3:
Web Surveys / 4.2.4:
Mixed Mode Surveys / 4.2.5:
Analysis of Nonresponse / 4.3:
How to Detect a Bias? / 5.1:
Where to Find Auxiliary Variables? / 5.2.2:
Methods of Analysis / 5.2.3:
Bivariate Analysis / 5.3:
Multivariate Analysis / 5.3.2:
An International Comparison of Nonresponse / 5.4:
Correspondence Analysis / 6.1:
Multinomial Multilevel Modeling / 6.2.2:
Nonresponse and Representativity / 6.3:
What Is Representative Response? / 7.1:
Indicators for Representative Response / 7.2.2:
Worst-Case Nonresponse Bias / 7.2.3:
Partial Indicators for Representative Response / 7.2.4:
How to Use R-Indicators? / 7.2.5:
R-Indicators / 7.3:
Partial R-Indicators / 7.3.2:
Weighting Adjustment Techniques / 7.4:
Poststratification / 8.1:
Linear Weighting / 8.2.1:
Multiplicative Weighting / 8.3.1:
Other Weighting Issues / 8.4.1:
Calibration Estimation / 8.5.1:
Constraining the Values of Weights / 8.5.2:
Consistent Person and Household Weights / 8.5.3:
Selection of Auxiliary Variables / 8.6:
The Auxiliary Variable Selection Problem / 9.1:
The Construction of Auxiliary Variables / 9.2.2:
Linked Data and Population Totals / 9.2.3:
Variable Selection Strategies / 9.2.4:
Modeling Nonresponse / 9.3:
Modeling Survey Target Variables / 9.3.2:
Combining Models for Nonresponse and Target Variables / 9.3.3:
Selection Based on Variance of Calibration Weights / 9.3.4:
Selection Based on Worst-Case Nonresponse Bias / 9.3.5:
A Comparision of the Various Selection Strategies / 9.3.6:
Re-Approaching Nonrespondents / 9.4:
The Callback Approach / 10.1:
The Basic-Question Approach / 10.2.2:
The Politz and Simmons Approach / 10.2.3:
Design of the Study / 10.3:
Analysis of Response in the LFS and the Re-Approaches / 10.3.2:
Conclusions / 10.3.3:
The Use of Response Propensities / 10.4:
The Response Propensity / 11.1:
Traditional Nonresponse Adjustment Methods / 11.2.2:
Nonresponse Adjustment Methods Based on the Response Propensity / 11.2.3:
Estimating Response Propensities / 11.3:
Balancing Property / 11.3.2:
Application to GPS Data / 11.3.3:
Analysis and Adjustment Accounting for the Cause of Nonresponse / 11.4:
Methods for Nonresponse Analysis / 12.1:
Alternative Methods for Nonresponse Adjustment / 12.2.2:
Nonresponse Analysis with Different Types of Response / 12.3:
A Sequential Weight Adjustment for Nonresponse / 12.3.2:
Sample Selection Model to Adjust for Nonresponse / 12.3.3:
Adaptive Survey Designs / 12.4:
What are Adaptive Survey Designs? / 13.1:
Survey Strategies and Survey Design Features / 13.2.2:
Quality Objective Functions / 13.2.3:
Cost Functions / 13.2.4:
Estimating Response Probabilities / 13.2.5:
Item Nonresponse / 13.3:
Single Imputation Techniques / 14.1:
A General Imputation Model / 14.2.2:
Properties of Single Imputation / 14.2.3:
Effects of Imputation of the Mean on Bias and Variance / 14.2.4:
Effects of Random Imputation / 14.2.5:
EM Imputation / 14.2.6:
Multiple Imputation / 14.2.7:
Miscellaneous Topics / 14.3:
Combined Treatment of Unit and Item Nonresponse / 15.1:
Nonresponse in Longitudinal Studies / 15.2.2:
Paradata / 15.2.3:
Consistency Between Survey Statistics / 15.2.4:
Index / 15.3:
Preface
The Nonresponse Problem / Chapter 1:
Introduction / 1.1:
60.

電子ブック

EB
Jin Zhang
出版情報: Springer eBooks Computer Science , Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 2008
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Information Retrieval and Visualization / Chapter 1:
Visualization / 1.1:
Definition / 1.1.1:
Scientific visualization and information visualization / 1.1.2:
Information retrieval / 1.2:
Browsing vs. query searching / 1.2.1:
Information at micro-level and macro-level / 1.2.2:
Spatial Characteristics of information space / 1.2.3:
Spatial characteristics of browsing / 1.2.4:
Perceptual and cognitive perspectives of visualization / 1.3:
Perceptual perspective / 1.3.1:
Cognitive perspective / 1.3.2:
Visualization for information retrieval / 1.4:
Rationale / 1.4.1:
Three information retrieval visualization paradigms / 1.4.2:
Procedures of establishing an information retrieval visualization model / 1.4.3:
Summary / 1.5:
Information Retrieval Preliminaries / Chapter 2:
Vector space model / 2.1:
Term weighting methods / 2.2:
Stop words / 2.2.1:
Inverse document frequency / 2.2.2:
The Salton term weighting method / 2.2.3:
Another term weighting method / 2.2.4:
Probability term weighting method / 2.2.5:
Similarity measures / 2.3:
Inner product similarity measure / 2.3.1:
Dice co-efficient similarity measure / 2.3.2:
The Jaccard co-efficient similarity measure / 2.3.3:
Overlap co-efficient similarity measure / 2.3.4:
Cosine similarity measure / 2.3.5:
Distance similarity measure / 2.3.6:
Angle-distance integrated similarity measure / 2.3.7:
The Pearson r correlation measure / 2.3.8:
Information retrieval (evaluation) models / 2.4:
Direction-based retrieval (evaluation) model / 2.4.1:
Distance-based retrieval (evaluation) model / 2.4.2:
Ellipse retrieval (evaluation) model / 2.4.3:
Conjunction retrieval (evaluation) model / 2.4.4:
Disjunction evaluation model / 2.4.5:
The Cassini oval retrieval (evaluation) model / 2.4.6:
Clustering algorithms / 2.5:
Non-hierarchical clustering algorithm / 2.5.1:
Hierarchical clustering algorithm / 2.5.2:
Evaluation of retrieval results / 2.6:
Visualization Models for Multiple Reference Points / 2.7:
Multiple references points / 3.1:
Model for fixed multiple reference points / 3.2:
Models for movable multiple reference points / 3.3:
Description of the original VIBE algorithm / 3.3.1:
Discussions about the model / 3.3.2:
Model for automatic reference point rotation / 3.4:
Definition of the visual space / 3.4.1:
Rotation of a reference point / 3.4.2:
Implication of information retrieval / 3.5:
Euclidean Spatial Characteristic Based Visualization Models / 3.6:
Euclidean space and its characteristics / 4.1:
Introduction to the information retrieval evaluation models / 4.2:
The distance-angel-based visualization model / 4.3:
The visual space definition / 4.3.1:
Visualization for information retrieval evaluation models / 4.3.2:
The angle-angle-based visualization model / 4.4:
The distance-distance-based visualization model / 4.4.1:
Kohonen Self-Organizing Map-An Artificial Neural Network / 4.5.1:
Introduction to neural networks / 5.1:
Definition of neural network / 5.1.1:
Characteristics and structures of neuron network / 5.1.2:
Kohonen self-organizing maps / 5.2:
Kohonen self-organizing map structures / 5.2.1:
Learning processing of the SOM algorithm / 5.2.2:
Feature map labeling / 5.2.3:
The SOM algorithm description / 5.2.4:
Implication of the SOM in information retrieval / 5.3:
Pathfinder Associative Network / 5.4:
Pathfinder associative network properties and descriptions / 6.1:
Definitions of concepts and explanations / 6.1.1:
The algorithm description / 6.1.2:
Graph layout method / 6.1.3:
Implications on information retrieval / 6.2:
Author co-citation analysis / 6.2.1:
Term associative network / 6.2.2:
Hyperlink / 6.2.3:
Search in Pathfinder associative networks / 6.2.4:
Multidimensional Scaling / 6.3:
MDS analysis method descriptions / 7.1:
Classical MDS / 7.1.1:
Non-metric MDS / 7.1.2:
Metric MDS / 7.1.3:
Implications of MDS techniques for information retrieval / 7.2:
Definitions of displayed objects and proximity between objects / 7.2.1:
Exploration in a MDS display space / 7.2.2:
Discussion / 7.2.3:
Internet Information Visualization / 7.3:
Introduction / 8.1:
Internet characteristics / 8.1.1:
Internet information organization and presentation methods / 8.1.2:
Internet information utilization / 8.1.3:
Challenges of the internet / 8.1.4:
Internet information visualization / 8.2:
Visualization of internet information structure / 8.2.1:
Internet information seeking visualization / 8.2.2:
Visualization of web traffic information / 8.2.3:
Discussion history visualization / 8.2.4:
Ambiguity in Information Visualization / 8.3:
Ambiguity and its implication in information visualization / 9.1:
Reason of ambiguity in information visualization / 9.1.1:
Implication of ambiguity for information visualization / 9.1.2:
Ambiguity analysis in information retrieval visualization models / 9.2:
Ambiguity in the Euclidean spatial characteristic based information models / 9.2.1:
Ambiguity in the multiple reference point based information visualization models / 9.2.2:
Ambiguity in the Pathfinder network / 9.2.3:
Ambiguity in SOM / 9.2.4:
Ambiguity in MDS / 9.2.5:
The Implication of Metaphors in Information Visualization / 9.3:
Definition, basic elements, and characteristics of a metaphor / 10.1:
Cognitive foundation of metaphors / 10.2:
Mental models, metaphors, and human computer interaction / 10.3:
Metaphors in human computer interaction / 10.3.1:
Mental models / 10.3.2:
Mental models in HCI / 10.3.3:
Metaphors in information visualization retrieval / 10.4:
Rationales for using metaphors / 10.4.1:
Metaphorical information retrieval visualization environments / 10.4.2:
Procedures and principles for metaphor application / 10.5:
Procedure for metaphor application / 10.5.1:
Guides for designing a good metaphorical visual information retrieval environment / 10.5.2:
Benchmarks and Evaluation Criteria for Information Retrieval Visualization / 10.6:
Information retrieval visualization evaluation / 11.1:
Benchmarks and evaluation standards / 11.2:
Factors affecting evaluation standards / 11.2.1:
Principles for developing evaluation benchmarks / 11.2.2:
Four proposed categories for evaluation criteria / 11.2.3:
Descriptions of proposed benchmarks / 11.2.4:
Afterthoughts / 11.3:
Comparisons of the introduced visualization models / 12.1:
Issues and challenges / 12.3:
Bibliography / 12.4:
Index
Information Retrieval and Visualization / Chapter 1:
Visualization / 1.1:
Definition / 1.1.1:
61.

電子ブック

EB
Jin Zhang
出版情報: SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 2008
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Information Retrieval and Visualization / Chapter 1:
Visualization / 1.1:
Definition / 1.1.1:
Scientific visualization and information visualization / 1.1.2:
Information retrieval / 1.2:
Browsing vs. query searching / 1.2.1:
Information at micro-level and macro-level / 1.2.2:
Spatial Characteristics of information space / 1.2.3:
Spatial characteristics of browsing / 1.2.4:
Perceptual and cognitive perspectives of visualization / 1.3:
Perceptual perspective / 1.3.1:
Cognitive perspective / 1.3.2:
Visualization for information retrieval / 1.4:
Rationale / 1.4.1:
Three information retrieval visualization paradigms / 1.4.2:
Procedures of establishing an information retrieval visualization model / 1.4.3:
Summary / 1.5:
Information Retrieval Preliminaries / Chapter 2:
Vector space model / 2.1:
Term weighting methods / 2.2:
Stop words / 2.2.1:
Inverse document frequency / 2.2.2:
The Salton term weighting method / 2.2.3:
Another term weighting method / 2.2.4:
Probability term weighting method / 2.2.5:
Similarity measures / 2.3:
Inner product similarity measure / 2.3.1:
Dice co-efficient similarity measure / 2.3.2:
The Jaccard co-efficient similarity measure / 2.3.3:
Overlap co-efficient similarity measure / 2.3.4:
Cosine similarity measure / 2.3.5:
Distance similarity measure / 2.3.6:
Angle-distance integrated similarity measure / 2.3.7:
The Pearson r correlation measure / 2.3.8:
Information retrieval (evaluation) models / 2.4:
Direction-based retrieval (evaluation) model / 2.4.1:
Distance-based retrieval (evaluation) model / 2.4.2:
Ellipse retrieval (evaluation) model / 2.4.3:
Conjunction retrieval (evaluation) model / 2.4.4:
Disjunction evaluation model / 2.4.5:
The Cassini oval retrieval (evaluation) model / 2.4.6:
Clustering algorithms / 2.5:
Non-hierarchical clustering algorithm / 2.5.1:
Hierarchical clustering algorithm / 2.5.2:
Evaluation of retrieval results / 2.6:
Visualization Models for Multiple Reference Points / 2.7:
Multiple references points / 3.1:
Model for fixed multiple reference points / 3.2:
Models for movable multiple reference points / 3.3:
Description of the original VIBE algorithm / 3.3.1:
Discussions about the model / 3.3.2:
Model for automatic reference point rotation / 3.4:
Definition of the visual space / 3.4.1:
Rotation of a reference point / 3.4.2:
Implication of information retrieval / 3.5:
Euclidean Spatial Characteristic Based Visualization Models / 3.6:
Euclidean space and its characteristics / 4.1:
Introduction to the information retrieval evaluation models / 4.2:
The distance-angel-based visualization model / 4.3:
The visual space definition / 4.3.1:
Visualization for information retrieval evaluation models / 4.3.2:
The angle-angle-based visualization model / 4.4:
The distance-distance-based visualization model / 4.4.1:
Kohonen Self-Organizing Map-An Artificial Neural Network / 4.5.1:
Introduction to neural networks / 5.1:
Definition of neural network / 5.1.1:
Characteristics and structures of neuron network / 5.1.2:
Kohonen self-organizing maps / 5.2:
Kohonen self-organizing map structures / 5.2.1:
Learning processing of the SOM algorithm / 5.2.2:
Feature map labeling / 5.2.3:
The SOM algorithm description / 5.2.4:
Implication of the SOM in information retrieval / 5.3:
Pathfinder Associative Network / 5.4:
Pathfinder associative network properties and descriptions / 6.1:
Definitions of concepts and explanations / 6.1.1:
The algorithm description / 6.1.2:
Graph layout method / 6.1.3:
Implications on information retrieval / 6.2:
Author co-citation analysis / 6.2.1:
Term associative network / 6.2.2:
Hyperlink / 6.2.3:
Search in Pathfinder associative networks / 6.2.4:
Multidimensional Scaling / 6.3:
MDS analysis method descriptions / 7.1:
Classical MDS / 7.1.1:
Non-metric MDS / 7.1.2:
Metric MDS / 7.1.3:
Implications of MDS techniques for information retrieval / 7.2:
Definitions of displayed objects and proximity between objects / 7.2.1:
Exploration in a MDS display space / 7.2.2:
Discussion / 7.2.3:
Internet Information Visualization / 7.3:
Introduction / 8.1:
Internet characteristics / 8.1.1:
Internet information organization and presentation methods / 8.1.2:
Internet information utilization / 8.1.3:
Challenges of the internet / 8.1.4:
Internet information visualization / 8.2:
Visualization of internet information structure / 8.2.1:
Internet information seeking visualization / 8.2.2:
Visualization of web traffic information / 8.2.3:
Discussion history visualization / 8.2.4:
Ambiguity in Information Visualization / 8.3:
Ambiguity and its implication in information visualization / 9.1:
Reason of ambiguity in information visualization / 9.1.1:
Implication of ambiguity for information visualization / 9.1.2:
Ambiguity analysis in information retrieval visualization models / 9.2:
Ambiguity in the Euclidean spatial characteristic based information models / 9.2.1:
Ambiguity in the multiple reference point based information visualization models / 9.2.2:
Ambiguity in the Pathfinder network / 9.2.3:
Ambiguity in SOM / 9.2.4:
Ambiguity in MDS / 9.2.5:
The Implication of Metaphors in Information Visualization / 9.3:
Definition, basic elements, and characteristics of a metaphor / 10.1:
Cognitive foundation of metaphors / 10.2:
Mental models, metaphors, and human computer interaction / 10.3:
Metaphors in human computer interaction / 10.3.1:
Mental models / 10.3.2:
Mental models in HCI / 10.3.3:
Metaphors in information visualization retrieval / 10.4:
Rationales for using metaphors / 10.4.1:
Metaphorical information retrieval visualization environments / 10.4.2:
Procedures and principles for metaphor application / 10.5:
Procedure for metaphor application / 10.5.1:
Guides for designing a good metaphorical visual information retrieval environment / 10.5.2:
Benchmarks and Evaluation Criteria for Information Retrieval Visualization / 10.6:
Information retrieval visualization evaluation / 11.1:
Benchmarks and evaluation standards / 11.2:
Factors affecting evaluation standards / 11.2.1:
Principles for developing evaluation benchmarks / 11.2.2:
Four proposed categories for evaluation criteria / 11.2.3:
Descriptions of proposed benchmarks / 11.2.4:
Afterthoughts / 11.3:
Comparisons of the introduced visualization models / 12.1:
Issues and challenges / 12.3:
Bibliography / 12.4:
Index
Information Retrieval and Visualization / Chapter 1:
Visualization / 1.1:
Definition / 1.1.1:
62.

電子ブック

EB
Masao Nagasaki, Atsushi Doi, Andreas Dress, Hiroshi Matsuno, Satoru Miyano, Ayumu Saito, Martin Vingron, Martin Vingron, Gene Myers, Robert Giegerich, Walter Fitch, Pavel A. Pevzner. edited by Andreas Dress
出版情報: Springer eBooks Computer Science , Springer London, 2009
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Foreword
Preface
Introduction / 1:
Intracellular Events / 1.1:
Transcription, Translation, and Regulation / 1.1.1:
Signaling Pathways and Proteins / 1.1.2:
Metabolism and Genes / 1.1.3:
Intracellular Reactions and Pathways / 1.2:
Pathway Databases / 2:
Major Pathway Databases / 2.1:
KEGG / 2.1.1:
BioCyc / 2.1.2:
Ingenuity Pathways Knowledge Base / 2.1.3:
TRANSPATH / 2.1.4:
ResNet / 2.1.5:
Signal Transduction Knowledge Environment (STKE): Database of Cell Signaling / 2.1.6:
Reactome / 2.1.7:
Metabolome.jp / 2.1.8:
Summary and Conclusion / 2.1.9:
Software for Pathway Display / 2.2:
Ingenuity Pathway Analysis (IPA) / 2.2.1:
Pathway Builder / 2.2.2:
Pathway Studio / 2.2.3:
Connections Maps / 2.2.4:
Cytoscape / 2.2.5:
File Formats for Pathways / 2.3:
Gene Ontology / 2.3.1:
PSI MI / 2.3.2:
CellML / 2.3.3:
SBML / 2.3.4:
BioPAX / 2.3.5:
CSML/CSO / 2.3.6:
Pathway Simulation Software / 3:
Simulation Software Backend / 3.1:
Architecture: Deterministic, Probabilistic, or Hybrid? / 3.1.1:
Methods of Pathway Modeling / 3.1.2:
Major Simulation Software Tools / 3.2:
Gepasi/COPASI / 3.2.1:
Virtual Cell / 3.2.2:
Systems Biology Workbench (SBW), Cell Designer, JDesigner / 3.2.3:
Dizzy / 3.2.4:
E-Cell / 3.2.5:
Cell Illustrator / 3.2.6:
Summary / 3.2.7:
Starting Cell Illustrator / 4:
Installing Cell Illustrator / 4.1:
Operating Systems and Hardware Requirements / 4.1.1:
Cell Illustrator Lineup / 4.1.2:
Installing and Running Cell Illustrator / 4.1.3:
License Install / 4.1.4:
Basic Concepts in Cell Illustrator / 4.2:
Basic Concepts / 4.2.1:
Entity / 4.2.2:
Process / 4.2.3:
Connector / 4.2.4:
Rules for Connecting Elements / 4.2.5:
Icons for Elements / 4.2.6:
Editing a Model on Cell Illustrator / 4.3:
Adding Elements / 4.3.1:
Model Editing and Canvas Controls / 4.3.2:
Simulating Models / 4.4:
Simulation Settings / 4.4.1:
Graph Settings / 4.4.2:
Executing Simulation / 4.4.3:
Simulation Parameters and Rules / 4.5:
Creating a Model with Discrete Entity and Process / 4.5.1:
Creating a Model with Continuous Entity and Process / 4.5.2:
Concepts of Discrete and Continuous / 4.5.3:
Pathway Modeling Using Illustrated Elements / 4.6:
Creating Pathway Models Using Cell Illustrator / 4.7:
Degradation / 4.7.1:
Translocation / 4.7.2:
Transcription / 4.7.3:
Binding / 4.7.4:
Dissociation / 4.7.5:
Inhibition / 4.7.6:
Phosphorylation by Enzyme Reaction / 4.7.7:
Conclusion / 4.8:
Pathway Modeling and Simulation / 5:
Modeling Signaling Pathway / 5.1:
Main Players: Ligand and Receptor / 5.1.1:
Modeling EGFR Signaling with EGF Stimulation / 5.1.2:
Modeling Metabolic Pathways / 5.2:
Chemical Equations and Pathway Representations / 5.2.1:
Michaelis-Menten Kinetics and Cell Illustrator Pathway Representation / 5.2.2:
Creating Glycolysis Pathway Model / 5.2.3:
Simulation of Glycolysis Pathway / 5.2.4:
Improving the Model / 5.2.5:
Modeling Gene Regulatory Networks / 5.3:
Biological Clocks and Circadian Rhythms / 5.3.1:
Gene Regulatory Network for Circadian Rhythms in Mice / 5.3.2:
Modeling Circadian Rhythms in Mice / 5.3.3:
Creating Hypothesis by Simulation / 5.3.4:
Computational Platform for Systems Biology / 5.4:
Gene Network of Yeast / 6.1:
Computational Analysis of Gene Network / 6.2:
Displaying Gene Network / 6.2.1:
Layout of Gene Networks / 6.2.2:
Pathway Search Function / 6.2.3:
Extracting Subnetworks / 6.2.4:
Comparing Two Subnetworks / 6.2.5:
Further Functionalities for Systems Biology / 6.3:
Languages for Pathways: CSML 3.0 and CSO / 6.3.1:
SaaS Technology / 6.3.2:
Pathway Parameter Search / 6.3.3:
Much Faster Simulation / 6.3.4:
Exporting Pathway Models to Programming Languages / 6.3.5:
Pathway Layout Algorithms / 6.3.6:
Pathway Database Management System / 6.3.7:
More Visually: Automatic Generation of Icons / 6.3.8:
Bibliographic Notes
Index
Foreword
Preface
Introduction / 1:
63.

図書

図書
[редакция ... В.Г. Озерова ... и др.]
出版情報: Москва : "Книга", 1927-  v. ; 27 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
64.

電子ブック

EB
Masao Nagasaki, Atsushi Doi, Andreas Dress, Hiroshi Matsuno, Satoru Miyano, Ayumu Saito, Martin Vingron, Martin Vingron, Gene Myers, Robert Giegerich, Walter Fitch, Pavel A. Pevzner. edited by Andreas Dress, Gene Myers
出版情報: SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer London, 2009
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Foreword
Preface
Introduction / 1:
Intracellular Events / 1.1:
Transcription, Translation, and Regulation / 1.1.1:
Signaling Pathways and Proteins / 1.1.2:
Metabolism and Genes / 1.1.3:
Intracellular Reactions and Pathways / 1.2:
Pathway Databases / 2:
Major Pathway Databases / 2.1:
KEGG / 2.1.1:
BioCyc / 2.1.2:
Ingenuity Pathways Knowledge Base / 2.1.3:
TRANSPATH / 2.1.4:
ResNet / 2.1.5:
Signal Transduction Knowledge Environment (STKE): Database of Cell Signaling / 2.1.6:
Reactome / 2.1.7:
Metabolome.jp / 2.1.8:
Summary and Conclusion / 2.1.9:
Software for Pathway Display / 2.2:
Ingenuity Pathway Analysis (IPA) / 2.2.1:
Pathway Builder / 2.2.2:
Pathway Studio / 2.2.3:
Connections Maps / 2.2.4:
Cytoscape / 2.2.5:
File Formats for Pathways / 2.3:
Gene Ontology / 2.3.1:
PSI MI / 2.3.2:
CellML / 2.3.3:
SBML / 2.3.4:
BioPAX / 2.3.5:
CSML/CSO / 2.3.6:
Pathway Simulation Software / 3:
Simulation Software Backend / 3.1:
Architecture: Deterministic, Probabilistic, or Hybrid? / 3.1.1:
Methods of Pathway Modeling / 3.1.2:
Major Simulation Software Tools / 3.2:
Gepasi/COPASI / 3.2.1:
Virtual Cell / 3.2.2:
Systems Biology Workbench (SBW), Cell Designer, JDesigner / 3.2.3:
Dizzy / 3.2.4:
E-Cell / 3.2.5:
Cell Illustrator / 3.2.6:
Summary / 3.2.7:
Starting Cell Illustrator / 4:
Installing Cell Illustrator / 4.1:
Operating Systems and Hardware Requirements / 4.1.1:
Cell Illustrator Lineup / 4.1.2:
Installing and Running Cell Illustrator / 4.1.3:
License Install / 4.1.4:
Basic Concepts in Cell Illustrator / 4.2:
Basic Concepts / 4.2.1:
Entity / 4.2.2:
Process / 4.2.3:
Connector / 4.2.4:
Rules for Connecting Elements / 4.2.5:
Icons for Elements / 4.2.6:
Editing a Model on Cell Illustrator / 4.3:
Adding Elements / 4.3.1:
Model Editing and Canvas Controls / 4.3.2:
Simulating Models / 4.4:
Simulation Settings / 4.4.1:
Graph Settings / 4.4.2:
Executing Simulation / 4.4.3:
Simulation Parameters and Rules / 4.5:
Creating a Model with Discrete Entity and Process / 4.5.1:
Creating a Model with Continuous Entity and Process / 4.5.2:
Concepts of Discrete and Continuous / 4.5.3:
Pathway Modeling Using Illustrated Elements / 4.6:
Creating Pathway Models Using Cell Illustrator / 4.7:
Degradation / 4.7.1:
Translocation / 4.7.2:
Transcription / 4.7.3:
Binding / 4.7.4:
Dissociation / 4.7.5:
Inhibition / 4.7.6:
Phosphorylation by Enzyme Reaction / 4.7.7:
Conclusion / 4.8:
Pathway Modeling and Simulation / 5:
Modeling Signaling Pathway / 5.1:
Main Players: Ligand and Receptor / 5.1.1:
Modeling EGFR Signaling with EGF Stimulation / 5.1.2:
Modeling Metabolic Pathways / 5.2:
Chemical Equations and Pathway Representations / 5.2.1:
Michaelis-Menten Kinetics and Cell Illustrator Pathway Representation / 5.2.2:
Creating Glycolysis Pathway Model / 5.2.3:
Simulation of Glycolysis Pathway / 5.2.4:
Improving the Model / 5.2.5:
Modeling Gene Regulatory Networks / 5.3:
Biological Clocks and Circadian Rhythms / 5.3.1:
Gene Regulatory Network for Circadian Rhythms in Mice / 5.3.2:
Modeling Circadian Rhythms in Mice / 5.3.3:
Creating Hypothesis by Simulation / 5.3.4:
Computational Platform for Systems Biology / 5.4:
Gene Network of Yeast / 6.1:
Computational Analysis of Gene Network / 6.2:
Displaying Gene Network / 6.2.1:
Layout of Gene Networks / 6.2.2:
Pathway Search Function / 6.2.3:
Extracting Subnetworks / 6.2.4:
Comparing Two Subnetworks / 6.2.5:
Further Functionalities for Systems Biology / 6.3:
Languages for Pathways: CSML 3.0 and CSO / 6.3.1:
SaaS Technology / 6.3.2:
Pathway Parameter Search / 6.3.3:
Much Faster Simulation / 6.3.4:
Exporting Pathway Models to Programming Languages / 6.3.5:
Pathway Layout Algorithms / 6.3.6:
Pathway Database Management System / 6.3.7:
More Visually: Automatic Generation of Icons / 6.3.8:
Bibliographic Notes
Index
Foreword
Preface
Introduction / 1:
65.

電子ブック

EB
Ben Liblit, David Hutchison, Takeo Kanade, Association for Computing Machinery.
出版情報: Springer eBooks Computer Science , Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 2007
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction / 1:
Perfect, or Close Enough / 1.1:
Automatic Failure Reporting / 1.2:
The Next Step Forward / 1.3:
Cooperative Bug Isolation / 1.4:
Instrumentation Framework / 2:
Basic Instrumentation Strategy / 2.1:
Sampling the Bernoulli Way / 2.1.1:
From Blocks to Functions / 2.1.2:
Interprocedural Issues / 2.1.3:
Instrumentation Schemes for Distributed Debugging / 2.2:
Issues in Remote Sampling / 2.2.1:
Counter-Based Instrumentation Schemes / 2.2.2:
Additional Instrumentation Schemes / 2.2.3:
Performance and Optimizations / 2.3:
Static Branch Prediction / 2.3.1:
Weightless Functions / 2.3.2:
Empty and Singleton Regions / 2.3.3:
Local Countdown Caching / 2.3.4:
Random Countdown Generation / 2.3.5:
Path Balancing / 2.3.6:
Statically Selective Sampling / 2.3.7:
Optimization Recap / 2.3.8:
Adaptive Sampling / 2.4:
Nonuniformity Via Multiple Countdowns / 2.4.1:
Nonuniformity Via Non-Unit Site Weights / 2.4.2:
Policy Notes / 2.4.3:
Realistic Sampling Rates / 2.5:
Practical Considerations / 3:
Native Compiler Integration / 3.1:
Static Site Information / 3.1.1:
Libraries and Plugins / 3.2:
Threads / 3.3:
Next-Sample Countdown / 3.3.1:
Predicate Counters / 3.3.2:
Compilation Unit Registry and Report File / 3.3.3:
Time Stamp Clock / 3.3.4:
Performance Evaluation / 3.3.5:
Privacy and Security / 3.4:
User Interaction / 3.5:
Status of the Public Deployment / 3.6:
Resource Requirements / 3.6.1:
Reporting Trends / 3.6.2:
Techniques for Statistical Debugging / 4:
Notation and Terminology / 4.1:
Predicate Elimination / 4.2:
Instrumentation Strategy / 4.2.1:
Elimination Strategies / 4.2.2:
Data Collection and Analysis / 4.2.3:
Refinement over time / 4.2.4:
Performance Impact / 4.2.5:
Limitations and Insights / 4.2.6:
Regularized Logistic Regression / 4.3:
Crash Prediction Using Logistic Regression / 4.3.1:
Moss: A Multiple-Bug Challenge / 4.3.2:
Nonuniform Sampling / 4.4.1:
Analysis Results / 4.4.2:
Iterative Bug Isolation and Elimination / 4.5:
Increase Scores / 4.5.1:
Statistical Interpretation / 4.5.2:
Balancing Specificity and Sensitivity / 4.5.3:
Redundancy Elimination / 4.5.4:
Case Studies / 4.6:
Moss / 4.6.1:
CCRYPT / 4.6.2:
BC / 4.6.3:
EXIF / 4.6.4:
Rhythmbox / 4.6.5:
Related Work / 5:
Static Analysis / 5.1:
Profiling and Tracing / 5.2:
Dynamic Analysis / 5.3:
Conclusion / 6:
References
Introduction / 1:
Perfect, or Close Enough / 1.1:
Automatic Failure Reporting / 1.2:
66.

電子ブック

EB
Jean-Pierre Briffaut
出版情報: Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , Wiley-ISTE, 2019
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Dedication
Complexity and Systems Thinking / Chapter 1:
Introduction: complexity as a problem / 1.1:
Complexity in perspective / 1.2:
Etymology and semantics / 1.2.1:
Methods proposed for dealing with complexity from the Middle Ages to the 17th Century and their current outfalls / 1.2.2:
System-based current methods proposed for dealing with complexity / 1.3:
Evolution of system-based methods in the 20th Century / 1.3.1:
The emergence of anew science of mind / 1.3.2:
Systems thinking and structuralism / 1.4:
Systems thinking / 1.4.1:
Structuralism / 1.4.2:
Systems modeling / 1.4.3:
Biodata of two figureheads in the development of cybernetics / 1.5:
Ludwig von Bertalanffy (1901-1972) / 1.5.1:
Heinz von Forster (1911-2002) / 1.5.2:
References / 1.6:
Agent-based Modeling of Human Organizations / Chapter 2:
Introduction / 2.1:
Concept of agenthood in the technical world / 2.2:
Some words about agents explained / 2.2.1:
Some implementations of the agenthood paradigm / 2.2.2:
Concept of agenthood in the social world / 2.3:
Cursory perspective of agenthood in the social world / 2.3.1:
Organization as a collection of agents / 2.3.2:
BDI agents as models of organization agents / 2.4:
Description of BDI agents / 2.4.1:
Comments on the structural components of BDI agents / 2.4.2:
Patterns of agent coordination / 2.5:
Organizational coordination / 2.5.1:
Contracting for coordination / 2.5.2:
Coordination by multi-agent planning / 2.5.3:
Negotiation patterns / 2.6:
Theories behind the organization theory / 2.7:
Structural and functional theories / 2.7.1:
Cognitive and behavioral theories / 2.7.2:
Organization theory and German culture / 2.7.3:
Organizations and complexity / 2.8:
Structural complexity / 2.8.1:
Behavioral complexity in group decision-making / 2.8.2:
Autonomous agents and complexity in organization operations: inexorable stretch to artificial organization / 2.8.3:
Complexity and Chaos / 2.9:
Complexity and chaos in physics and chemistry / 3.1:
Introductory considerations / 3.2.1:
Quadratic iterator modeling the dynamic behavior of animal and plant populations / 3.2.2:
Traces of chaotic behavior in different contexts / 3.2.3:
Order out of chaos / 3.3:
Determinism out of an apparent random algorithm / 3.3.1:
Chaos game and MRCM (Multiple Reduction Copy Machine) / 3.3.2:
Randomness and its foolery / 3.3.3:
Chaos in organizations - the certainty of uncertainty / 3.4:
Chaos and big data: what is data deluge? / 3.4.1:
Change management and adaptation of information systems / 3.4.2:
Conclusion / 3.5:
Appendices
Notions of Graph Theory for Analyzing Social Networks / Appendix 1:
Time Series Analysis with a View to Deterministic Chaos / Appendix 2:
Index
Preface
Dedication
Complexity and Systems Thinking / Chapter 1:
67.

電子ブック

EB
Ben Liblit, David Hutchison, Takeo Kanade, Association for Computing Machinery.
出版情報: SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 2007
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction / 1:
Perfect, or Close Enough / 1.1:
Automatic Failure Reporting / 1.2:
The Next Step Forward / 1.3:
Cooperative Bug Isolation / 1.4:
Instrumentation Framework / 2:
Basic Instrumentation Strategy / 2.1:
Sampling the Bernoulli Way / 2.1.1:
From Blocks to Functions / 2.1.2:
Interprocedural Issues / 2.1.3:
Instrumentation Schemes for Distributed Debugging / 2.2:
Issues in Remote Sampling / 2.2.1:
Counter-Based Instrumentation Schemes / 2.2.2:
Additional Instrumentation Schemes / 2.2.3:
Performance and Optimizations / 2.3:
Static Branch Prediction / 2.3.1:
Weightless Functions / 2.3.2:
Empty and Singleton Regions / 2.3.3:
Local Countdown Caching / 2.3.4:
Random Countdown Generation / 2.3.5:
Path Balancing / 2.3.6:
Statically Selective Sampling / 2.3.7:
Optimization Recap / 2.3.8:
Adaptive Sampling / 2.4:
Nonuniformity Via Multiple Countdowns / 2.4.1:
Nonuniformity Via Non-Unit Site Weights / 2.4.2:
Policy Notes / 2.4.3:
Realistic Sampling Rates / 2.5:
Practical Considerations / 3:
Native Compiler Integration / 3.1:
Static Site Information / 3.1.1:
Libraries and Plugins / 3.2:
Threads / 3.3:
Next-Sample Countdown / 3.3.1:
Predicate Counters / 3.3.2:
Compilation Unit Registry and Report File / 3.3.3:
Time Stamp Clock / 3.3.4:
Performance Evaluation / 3.3.5:
Privacy and Security / 3.4:
User Interaction / 3.5:
Status of the Public Deployment / 3.6:
Resource Requirements / 3.6.1:
Reporting Trends / 3.6.2:
Techniques for Statistical Debugging / 4:
Notation and Terminology / 4.1:
Predicate Elimination / 4.2:
Instrumentation Strategy / 4.2.1:
Elimination Strategies / 4.2.2:
Data Collection and Analysis / 4.2.3:
Refinement over time / 4.2.4:
Performance Impact / 4.2.5:
Limitations and Insights / 4.2.6:
Regularized Logistic Regression / 4.3:
Crash Prediction Using Logistic Regression / 4.3.1:
Moss: A Multiple-Bug Challenge / 4.3.2:
Nonuniform Sampling / 4.4.1:
Analysis Results / 4.4.2:
Iterative Bug Isolation and Elimination / 4.5:
Increase Scores / 4.5.1:
Statistical Interpretation / 4.5.2:
Balancing Specificity and Sensitivity / 4.5.3:
Redundancy Elimination / 4.5.4:
Case Studies / 4.6:
Moss / 4.6.1:
CCRYPT / 4.6.2:
BC / 4.6.3:
EXIF / 4.6.4:
Rhythmbox / 4.6.5:
Related Work / 5:
Static Analysis / 5.1:
Profiling and Tracing / 5.2:
Dynamic Analysis / 5.3:
Conclusion / 6:
References
Introduction / 1:
Perfect, or Close Enough / 1.1:
Automatic Failure Reporting / 1.2:
68.

電子ブック

EB
Christian M. Reidys
出版情報: SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer New York, 2011
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction / 1:
RNA secondary structures / 1.1:
RNA pseudoknot structures / 1.2:
Sequence to structure maps / 1.3:
Folding / 1.4:
RNA tertiary interactions: a combinatorial perspective / 1.5:
Basic concepts / 2:
k-Noncrossing partial matchings / 2.1:
Young tableaux, RSK algorithm, and Weyl chambers / 2.1.1:
The Weyl group / 2.1.2:
From tableaux to paths and back / 2.1.3:
The generating function via the reflection principle / 2.1.4:
D-finiteness / 2.1.5:
Symbolic enumeration / 2.2:
Singularity analysis / 2.3:
Transfer theorems / 2.3.1:
The supercritical paradigm / 2.3.2:
Some ODEs / 2.4:
n-Cubes / 2.4.2:
Some basic facts / 2.5.1:
Random subgraphs of the n-cube / 2.5.2:
Vertex boundaries / 2.5.3:
Branching processes and Janson's inequality / 2.5.4:
Exercises / 2.6:
Tangled diagrams / 3:
Tangled diagrams and vacillating tableaux / 3.1:
The bijection / 3.2:
Enumeration / 3.3:
Combinatorial analysis / 4:
Cores and Shapes / 4.1:
Cores / 4.1.1:
Shapes / 4.1.2:
Generating functions / 4.2:
The GF of cores / 4.2.1:
The GF of k-noncrossing, ?-canonical structures / 4.2.2:
Asymptotics / 4.3:
k-Noncrossing structures / 4.3.1:
Canonical structures / 4.3.2:
Modular k-noncrossing structures / 4.4:
Colored shapes / 4.4.1:
The main theorem / 4.4.2:
Probabilistic Analysis / 4.5:
Uniform generation / 5.1:
Partial matchings / 5.1.1:
Central limit theorems / 5.1.2:
The central limit theorem / 5.2.1:
Arcs and stacks / 5.2.2:
Hairpin loops, interior loops, and bulges / 5.2.3:
Discrete limit laws / 5.3:
Irreducible substructures / 5.3.1:
The limit distribution of nontrivial returns / 5.3.2:
DP folding based on loop energies / 5.4:
Secondary structures / 6.1.1:
Pseudoknot structures / 6.1.2:
Combinatorial folding / 6.2:
Motifs / 6.2.1:
Skeleta / 6.2.3:
Saturation / 6.2.4:
Neutral networks / 7:
Neutral networks as random graphs / 7.1:
The giant / 7.2:
Cells / 7.2.1:
The number of vertices contained in cells / 7.2.2:
The largest component / 7.2.3:
Neutral paths / 7.3:
Connectivity / 7.4:
References / 7.5:
Index
Introduction / 1:
RNA secondary structures / 1.1:
RNA pseudoknot structures / 1.2:
69.

電子ブック

EB
Gian Piero Zarri
出版情報: Springer eBooks Computer Science , Springer London, 2009
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Basic Principles / 1:
Narrative Information in an NKRL Context / 1.1:
Narratology and NKRL / 1.1.1:
The Notion of "Event" in an NKRL Context / 1.1.2:
Knowledge Representation and NKRL / 1.2:
"Standard" Ontologies and the "n-ary" Problem / 1.2.1:
A Plain "n-ary" Solution and Some Related Problems / 1.2.2:
In the Guise of Winding Up / 1.3:
The Knowledge Representation Strategy / 2:
Architecture of NKRL: the Four "Components" / 2.1:
The Data Structures of the Four Components / 2.2:
Definitional/Enumerative Data Structures / 2.2.1:
Descriptive/Factual Data Structures / 2.2.2:
Second-order Structures / 2.3:
The Completive Construction / 2.3.1:
Binding Occurrences / 2.3.2:
The Semantic and Ontological Contents / 2.4:
The Organization of the HClass Hierarchy / 3.1:
General Notions about Ontologies / 3.1.1:
HClass Architecture / 3.1.2:
The Organization of the HTemp Hierarchy / 3.2:
Recent Examples of "Structured" Ontological Systems / 3.2.1:
Main Features of Some Specific HTemp Structures / 3.2.2:
The Query and Inference Procedures / 3.3:
"Search Patterns" and Low-level Inferences / 4.1:
The Algorithmic Structure of Fum / 4.1.1:
Temporal Information and Indexing / 4.1.2:
High-level Inference Procedures / 4.2:
General Remarks about Some Reasoning Paradigms / 4.2.1:
Hypothesis Rules / 4.2.2:
Transformation Rules / 4.2.3:
Integrating the Two Main Inferencing Modes of NKRL / 4.2.4:
Inference Rules and Internet Filtering / 4.2.5:
Conclusion / 4.3:
Technological Enhancements / 5.1:
Theoretical Enhancements / 5.2:
Appendix A
Appendix B
References
Index
Basic Principles / 1:
Narrative Information in an NKRL Context / 1.1:
Narratology and NKRL / 1.1.1:
70.

電子ブック

EB
Jorge Ancheyta
出版情報: Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2017
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
About the Author
Preface
Fundamentals of Chemical Reaction Kinetics / 1:
Concepts of Stoichiometry / 1.1:
Stoichiometric Number and Coefficient / 1.1.1:
Molecularity / 1.1.2:
Reaction Extent / 1.1.3:
Molar Conversion / 1.1.4:
Types of Feed Composition in a Chemical Reaction / 1.1.5:
Limiting Reactant / 1.1.6:
Molar Balance in a Chemical Reaction / 1.1.7:
Relationship between Conversion and Physical Properties of the Reacting System / 1.1.8:
Reacting Systems / 1.2:
Mole Fraction, Weight Fraction and Molar Concentration / 1.2.1:
Partial Pressure / 1.2.2:
Isothermal Systems at Constant Density / 1.2.3:
Relationship between Partial Pressure (pA) and Conversion (xA) / 1.2.3.1:
Relationship between Partial Pressure (pA) and Total Pressure (P) / 1.2.3.2:
Relationship between Molar Concentration (CA) and Total Pressure (P) / 1.2.3.3:
Isothermal Systems at Variable Density / 1.2.4:
General Case of Reacting Systems / 1.2.5:
Kinetic Point of View of the Chemical Equilibrium / 1.2.6:
Concepts of Chemical Kinetics / 1.3:
Rate of Homogeneous Reactions / 1.3.1:
Power Law / 1.3.2:
Relationship between kp and kc / 1.3.2.1:
Units of kc and kp / 1.3.2.2:
Elemental and Non-elemental Reactions / 1.3.3:
Comments on the Concepts of Molecularity and Reaction Order / 1.3.4:
Dependency of k with Temperature / 1.3.5:
Arrhenius Equation / 1.3.5.1:
Frequency Factor and Activation Energy / 1.3.5.2:
Evaluation of the Parameters of the Arrhenius Equation / 1.3.5.3:
Modified Arrhenius Equation / 1.3.5.4:
Description of Ideal Reactors / 1.4:
Batch Reactors / 1.4.1:
Modes of Operation / 1.4.1.1:
Data Collection / 1.4.1.2:
Mass Balance / 1.4.1.3:
Continuous Reactors / 1.4.2:
Space-Time and Space-Velocity / 1.4.2.1:
Plug Flow Reactor / 1.4.2.2:
Continuous Stirred Tank Reactor / 1.4.2.3:
Irreversible Reactions of One Component / 2:
Integral Method / 2.1:
Reactions of Zero Order / 2.1.1:
Reactions of the First Order / 2.1.2:
Reaction of the Second Order / 2.1.3:
Reactions of the nth Order / 2.1.4:
Differential Method / 2.2:
Numerical Differentiation / 2.2.1:
Method of Approaching the Derivatives (-dCA/dt) to (δCA/δt) or (dxA/dt) to (δxA/δt) / 2.2.1.1:
Method of Finite Differences / 2.2.1.2:
Method of a Polynomial of the nth Order / 2.2.1.3:
Graphical Differentiation / 2.2.2:
Method of Area Compensation / 2.2.2.1:
Method of Approaching the Derivative (-dCA/dt) to (δCA/δt) / 2.2.2.2:
Summary of Results / 2.2.2.3:
Method of Total Pressure / 2.3:
Reactions of the Second Order / 2.3.1:
Differential Method with Data of Total Pressure / 2.3.4:
Method of the Half-Life Time / 2.4:
Reaction of the nth Order / 2.4.1:
Direct Method to Calculate k and n with Data of t1/2 / 2.4.5:
Extension of the Method of Half-Life Time (t1/2) to Any Fractional Life Time (t1/m) / 2.4.6:
Calculation of Activation Energy with Data of Half-Life Time / 2.4.7:
Some Observations of the Method of Half Life Time / 2.4.8:
Calculation of n with Two Data of t1/2 Measured with Different CAo / 2.4.8.1:
Generalization of the Method of Half-Life Time for Any Reaction Order / 2.4.8.2:
Irreversible Reactions with Two or Three Components / 3:
Irreversible Reactions with Two Components / 3.1:
Method of Stoichiometric Feed Composition / 3.1.1:
Method of Non-stoichiometric Feed Composition / 3.1.1.2:
Method of a Reactant in Excess / 3.1.1.3:
Stoichiometric Feed Composition / 3.1.2:
Feed Composition with a Reactant in Excess / 3.1.2.2:
Non-stoichiometric Feed Compositions / 3.1.2.3:
Method of Initial Reaction Rates / 3.1.3:
Irreversible Reactions between Three Components / 3.2:
Case 1: Stoichiometric Feed Composition / 3.2.1:
Case 2: Non-stoichiometric Feed Composition / 3.2.2:
Case 3: Feed Composition with One Reactant in Excess / 3.2.3:
Case 4: Feed Composition with Two Reactants in Excess / 3.2.4:
Reversible Reactions / 4:
Reversible Reactions of First Order / 4.1:
Reversible Reactions of Second Order / 4.2:
Reversible Reactions with Combined Orders / 4.3:
Complex Reactions / 5:
Yield and Selectivity / 5.1:
Simultaneous or Parallel Irreversible Reactions / 5.2:
Simultaneous Reactions with the Same Order / 5.2.1:
Case 1: Reactions with Only One Reactant / 5.2.1.1:
Case 2: Reactions with Two Reactants / 5.2.1.2:
Simultaneous Reactions with Combined Orders / 5.2.2:
Consecutive or In-Series Irreversible Reactions / 5.2.2.1:
Consecutive Reactions with the Same Order / 5.3.1:
Calculation of CRmax and t* / 5.3.1.1:
Calculation of CRmax and t* for k1 = k2 / 5.3.1.2:
Consecutive Reactions with Combined Orders / 5.3.2:
Special Topics in Kinetic Modelling / 6:
Data Reconciliation / 6.1:
Data Reconciliation Method / 6.1.1:
Results and Discussion / 6.1.2:
Source of Data / 6.1.2.1:
Global Mass Balances / 6.1.2.2:
Outlier Determination / 6.1.2.3:
Analysis of Results / 6.1.2.4:
Conclusions / 6.1.3:
Methodology for Sensitivity Analysis of Parameters / 6.2:
Description of the Method / 6.2.1:
Initialization of Parameters / 6.2.1.1:
Non-linear Parameter Estimation / 6.2.1.2:
Sensitivity Analysis / 6.2.1.3:
Residual Analysis / 6.2.1.4:
Experimental Data and the Reaction Rate Model from the Literature / 6.2.2:
Results of Non-linear Estimation / 6.2.2.2:
Analysis of Residuals / 6.2.2.4:
Methods for Determining Rate Coefficients in Enzymatic Catalysed Reactions / 6.2.3:
The Michaelis-Menten Model / 6.3.1:
Origin / 6.3.1.1:
Development of the Model / 6.3.1.2:
Importance of Vmax and Km / 6.3.1.3:
Methods to Determine the Rate Coefficients of the Michaelis-Menten Equation / 6.3.2:
Linear Regression / 6.3.2.1:
Graphic Method / 6.3.2.2:
Non-linear Regression / 6.3.2.3:
Application of the Methods / 6.3.3:
Experimental Data / 6.3.3.1:
Calculation of Kinetic Parameters / 6.3.3.2:
Discussion of Results / 6.3.4:
A Simple Method for Estimating Gasoline, Gas and Coke Yields in FCC Processes / 6.3.5:
Introduction / 6.4.1:
Methodology / 6.4.2:
Choosing the Kinetic Models / 6.4.2.1:
Reaction Kinetics / 6.4.2.2:
Estimation of Kinetic Parameters / 6.4.2.3:
Evaluation of Products Yields / 6.4.2.4:
Advantages and Limitations of the Methodology / 6.4.2.5:
Estimation, of Activation Energies during Hydrodesulphurization of Middle Distillates / 6.4.3:
Experiments / 6.5.1:
Experimental Results / 6.5.3:
Effect of Feed Properties on Kinetic Parameters / 6.5.3.2:
Problems / 6.5.4:
Nomenclature
References
Index
About the Author
Preface
Fundamentals of Chemical Reaction Kinetics / 1:
71.

電子ブック

EB
Gian Piero Zarri
出版情報: SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer London, 2009
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Basic Principles / 1:
Narrative Information in an NKRL Context / 1.1:
Narratology and NKRL / 1.1.1:
The Notion of "Event" in an NKRL Context / 1.1.2:
Knowledge Representation and NKRL / 1.2:
"Standard" Ontologies and the "n-ary" Problem / 1.2.1:
A Plain "n-ary" Solution and Some Related Problems / 1.2.2:
In the Guise of Winding Up / 1.3:
The Knowledge Representation Strategy / 2:
Architecture of NKRL: the Four "Components" / 2.1:
The Data Structures of the Four Components / 2.2:
Definitional/Enumerative Data Structures / 2.2.1:
Descriptive/Factual Data Structures / 2.2.2:
Second-order Structures / 2.3:
The Completive Construction / 2.3.1:
Binding Occurrences / 2.3.2:
The Semantic and Ontological Contents / 2.4:
The Organization of the HClass Hierarchy / 3.1:
General Notions about Ontologies / 3.1.1:
HClass Architecture / 3.1.2:
The Organization of the HTemp Hierarchy / 3.2:
Recent Examples of "Structured" Ontological Systems / 3.2.1:
Main Features of Some Specific HTemp Structures / 3.2.2:
The Query and Inference Procedures / 3.3:
"Search Patterns" and Low-level Inferences / 4.1:
The Algorithmic Structure of Fum / 4.1.1:
Temporal Information and Indexing / 4.1.2:
High-level Inference Procedures / 4.2:
General Remarks about Some Reasoning Paradigms / 4.2.1:
Hypothesis Rules / 4.2.2:
Transformation Rules / 4.2.3:
Integrating the Two Main Inferencing Modes of NKRL / 4.2.4:
Inference Rules and Internet Filtering / 4.2.5:
Conclusion / 4.3:
Technological Enhancements / 5.1:
Theoretical Enhancements / 5.2:
Appendix A
Appendix B
References
Index
Basic Principles / 1:
Narrative Information in an NKRL Context / 1.1:
Narratology and NKRL / 1.1.1:
72.

図書

図書
Joseph Wang
出版情報: New York, N.Y. : VCH, c1994  xi, 198 p. ; 25 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Abbreviations and Symbols
Fundamental Concepts / 1:
Why Electroanalysis? / 1.1:
Faradaic Processes / 1.2:
Mass-Transport-Controlled Reactions / 1.2.1:
Potential-Step Experiment / 1.2.1.1:
Potential-Sweep Experiments / 1.2.1.2:
Reactions Controlled by the Rate of Electron Transfer / 1.2.2:
Activated Complex Theory / 1.2.2.1:
Electrical Double Layer / 1.3:
Electrocapillary Effect / 1.4:
Supplementary Reading / 1.5:
Problems
References
Study of Electrode Reactions and Interfacial Properties / 2:
Cyclic Voltammetry / 2.1:
Data Interpretation / 2.1.1:
Reversible Systems / 2.1.1.1:
Irreversible and Quasi-reversible Systems / 2.1.1.2:
Study of Reaction Mechanisms / 2.1.2:
Study of Adsorption Processes / 2.1.3:
Quantitative Applications / 2.1.4:
Spectroelectrochemistry / 2.2:
Experimental Arrangement / 2.2.1:
Principles and Applications / 2.2.2:
Electrochemiluminescence / 2.2.3:
Optical Probing of Electrode-Solution Interfaces / 2.2.4:
Scanning Probe Microscopy / 2.3:
Scanning Tunneling Microscopy / 2.3.1:
Atomic Force Microscopy / 2.3.2:
Scanning Electrochemical Microscopy / 2.3.3:
Electrochemical Quartz Crystal Microbalance / 2.4:
Impedance Spectroscopy / 2.5:
Examples
Controlled-Potential Techniques / 3:
Chronoamperometry / 3.1:
Polarography / 3.2:
Pulse Voltammetry / 3.3:
Normal-Pulse Voltammetry / 3.3.1:
Differential-Pulse Voltammetry / 3.3.2:
Square-Wave Voltammetry / 3.3.3:
Staircase Voltammetry / 3.3.4:
AC Voltammetry / 3.4:
Stripping Analysis / 3.5:
Anodic Stripping Voltammetry / 3.5.1:
Potentiometric Stripping Analysis / 3.5.2:
Adsorptive Stripping Voltammetry and Potentiometry / 3.5.3:
Cathodic Stripping Voltammetry / 3.5.4:
Abrasive Stripping Voltammetry / 3.5.5:
Applications / 3.5.6:
Flow Analysis / 3.6:
Principles / 3.6.1:
Cell Design / 3.6.2:
Mass Transport and Current Response / 3.6.3:
Detection Modes / 3.6.4:
Practical Considerations / 4:
Electrochemical Cells / 4.1:
Solvents and Supporting Electrolytes / 4.2:
Oxygen Removal / 4.3:
Instrumentation / 4.4:
Working Electrodes / 4.5:
Mercury Electrodes / 4.5.1:
Solid Electrodes / 4.5.2:
Rotating Disk and Rotating Ring Disk Electrodes / 4.5.2.1:
Carbon Electrodes / 4.5.2.2:
Glassy Carbon Electrodes / 4.5.2.2.1:
Carbon Paste Electrodes / 4.5.2.2.2:
Carbon Fiber Electrodes / 4.5.2.2.3:
Diamond Electrodes / 4.5.2.2.4:
Metal Electrodes / 4.5.2.3:
Chemically Modified Electrodes / 4.5.3:
Self-Assembled Monolayers / 4.5.3.1:
Carbon-Nanotube-Modified Electrodes / 4.5.3.2:
Sol-gel Encapsulation of Reactive Species / 4.5.3.3:
Electrocatalytically Modified Electrodes / 4.5.3.4:
Preconcentrating Electrodes / 4.5.3.5:
Permselective Coatings / 4.5.3.6:
Conducting Polymers / 4.5.3.7:
Microelectrodes / 4.5.4:
Diffusion at Microelectrodes / 4.5.4.1:
Microelectrode Configurations / 4.5.4.2:
Composite Electrodes / 4.5.4.3:
Potentiometry / 5:
Principles of Potentiometric Measurements / 5.1:
Ion-Selective Electrodes / 5.2:
Glass Electrodes / 5.2.1:
pH Electrodes / 5.2.1.1:
Glass Electrodes for Other Cations / 5.2.1.2:
Liquid Membrane Electrodes / 5.2.2:
Ion Exchanger Electrodes / 5.2.2.1:
Neutral Carrier Electrodes / 5.2.2.2:
Solid-State Electrodes / 5.2.3:
Coated-Wire Electrodes and Solid-State Electrodes Without an Internal Filling Solution / 5.2.4:
On-line, On-site, and In Vivo Potentiometric Measurements / 5.3:
Electrochemical Sensors / 6:
Electrochemical Biosensors / 6.1:
Enzyme-Based Electrodes / 6.1.1:
Practical and Theoretical Considerations / 6.1.1.1:
Enzyme Electrodes of Analytical Significance / 6.1.1.2:
Glucose Sensors / 6.1.1.2.1:
Preface
Abbreviations and Symbols
Fundamental Concepts / 1:
73.

電子ブック

EB
Kathryn E. Merrick, Mary Lou Maher
出版情報: Springer eBooks Computer Science , Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 2009
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Non-Player Characters and Reinforcement Learning / Part I:
Non-Player Characters in Multiuser Games / 1:
Types of Multiuser Games / 1.1:
Massively Multiplayer Online Role-Playing Games / 1.1.1:
Multiuser Simulation Games / 1.1.2:
Open-Ended Virtual Worlds / 1.1.3:
Character Roles in Multiuser Games / 1.2:
Existing Artificial Intelligence Techniques for Non-Player Characters in Multiuser Games / 1.3:
Reflexive Agents / 1.3.1:
Learning Agents / 1.3.2:
Evolutionary Agents / 1.3.3:
Smart Terrain / 1.3.4:
Summary / 1.4:
References / 1.5:
Motivation in Natural and Artificial Agents / 2:
Defining Motivation / 2.1:
Biological Theories of Motivation / 2.2:
Drive Theory / 2.2.1:
Motivational State Theory / 2.2.2:
Arousal / 2.2.3:
Cognitive Theories of Motivation / 2.3:
Curiosity / 2.3.1:
Operant Theory / 2.3.2:
Incentive / 2.3.3:
Achievement Motivation / 2.3.4:
Attribution Theory / 2.3.5:
Intrinsic Motivation / 2.3.6:
Social Theories of Motivation / 2.4:
Conformity / 2.4.1:
Cultural Effect / 2.4.2:
Evolution / 2.4.3:
Combined Motivation Theories / 2.5:
Maslow's Hierarchy of Needs / 2.5.1:
Existence Relatedness Growth Theory / 2.5.2:
Towards Motivated Reinforcement Learning / 2.6:
Defining Reinforcement Learning / 3.1:
Dynamic Programming / 3.1.1:
Monte Carlo Methods / 3.1.2:
Temporal Difference Learning / 3.1.3:
Reinforcement Learning in Complex Environments / 3.2:
Partially Observable Environments / 3.2.1:
Function Approximation / 3.2.2:
Hierarchical Reinforcement Learning / 3.2.3:
Motivated Reinforcement Learning / 3.3:
Using a Motivation Signal in Addition to a Reward Signal / 3.3.1:
Using a Motivation Signal Instead of a Reward Signal / 3.3.2:
Comparing the Behaviour of Learning Agents / 3.4:
Player Satisfaction / 4.1:
Psychological Flow / 4.1.1:
Structural Flow / 4.1.2:
Formalising Non-Player Character Behaviour / 4.2:
Models of Optimality for Reinforcement Learning / 4.2.1:
Characteristics of Motivated Reinforcement Learning / 4.2.2:
Comparing Motivated Reinforcement Learning Agents / 4.3:
Statistical Model for Identifying Learned Tasks / 4.3.1:
Behavioural Variety / 4.3.2:
Behavioural Complexity / 4.3.3:
Developing Curious Characters Using Motivated Reinforcement Learning / 4.4:
Curiosity, Motivation and Attention Focus / 5:
Agents in Complex, Dynamic Environments / 5.1:
States / 5.1.1:
Actions / 5.1.2:
Reward and Motivation / 5.1.3:
Motivation and Attention Focus / 5.2:
Observations / 5.2.1:
Events / 5.2.2:
Tasks and Task Selection / 5.2.3:
Experience-Based Reward as Cognitive Motivation / 5.2.4:
Arbitration Functions / 5.2.5:
A General Experience-Based Motivation Function / 5.2.6:
Curiosity as Motivation for Support Characters / 5.3:
Curiosity as Interesting Events / 5.3.1:
Curiosity as Interesting and Competence / 5.3.2:
Motivated Reinforcement Learning Agents / 5.4:
A General Motivated Reinforcement Learning Model / 6.1:
Algorithms for Motivated Reinforcement Learning / 6.2:
Motivated Flat Reinforcement Learning / 6.2.1:
Motivated Multioption Reinforcement Learning / 6.2.2:
Motivated Hierarchical Reinforcement Learning / 6.2.3:
Curious Characters in Games / 6.3:
Curious Characters for Multiuser Games / 7:
Motivated Reinforcement Learning for Support Characters in Massively Multiplayer Online Role-Playing Games / 7.1:
Character Behaviour in Small-Scale, Isolated Games Locations / 7.2:
Case Studies of Individual Characters / 7.2.1:
General Trends in Character Behaviour / 7.2.2:
Curious Characters for Games in Complex, Dynamic Environments / 7.3:
Designing Characters That Can Multitask / 8.1:
Designing Characters for Complex Tasks / 8.1.1:
Games That Change While Characters Are Learning / 8.2.1:
Curious Characters for Games in Second Life / 8.3.1:
Motivated Reinforcement Learning in Open-Ended Simulation Games / 9.1:
Game Design / 9.1.1:
Character Design / 9.1.2:
Evaluating Character Behaviour in Response to Game Play Sequences / 9.2:
Discussion / 9.2.1:
Future / 9.3:
Towards the Future / 10:
Using Motivated Reinforcement Learning in Non-Player Characters / 10.1:
Other Gaming Applications for Motivated Reinforcement Learning / 10.2:
Dynamic Difficulty Adjustment / 10.2.1:
Procedural Content Generation / 10.2.2:
Beyond Curiosity / 10.3:
Biological Models of Motivation / 10.3.1:
Cognitive Models of Motivation / 10.3.2:
Social Models of Motivation / 10.3.3:
Combined Models of Motivation / 10.3.4:
New Models of Motivated Learning / 10.4:
Motivated Supervised Learning / 10.4.1:
Motivated Unsupervised Learning / 10.4.2:
Evaluating the Behaviour of Motivated Learning Agents / 10.5:
Concluding Remarks / 10.6:
Index / 10.7:
Non-Player Characters and Reinforcement Learning / Part I:
Non-Player Characters in Multiuser Games / 1:
Types of Multiuser Games / 1.1:
74.

電子ブック

EB
Kathryn E. Merrick, Mary Lou Maher
出版情報: SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 2009
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Non-Player Characters and Reinforcement Learning / Part I:
Non-Player Characters in Multiuser Games / 1:
Types of Multiuser Games / 1.1:
Massively Multiplayer Online Role-Playing Games / 1.1.1:
Multiuser Simulation Games / 1.1.2:
Open-Ended Virtual Worlds / 1.1.3:
Character Roles in Multiuser Games / 1.2:
Existing Artificial Intelligence Techniques for Non-Player Characters in Multiuser Games / 1.3:
Reflexive Agents / 1.3.1:
Learning Agents / 1.3.2:
Evolutionary Agents / 1.3.3:
Smart Terrain / 1.3.4:
Summary / 1.4:
References / 1.5:
Motivation in Natural and Artificial Agents / 2:
Defining Motivation / 2.1:
Biological Theories of Motivation / 2.2:
Drive Theory / 2.2.1:
Motivational State Theory / 2.2.2:
Arousal / 2.2.3:
Cognitive Theories of Motivation / 2.3:
Curiosity / 2.3.1:
Operant Theory / 2.3.2:
Incentive / 2.3.3:
Achievement Motivation / 2.3.4:
Attribution Theory / 2.3.5:
Intrinsic Motivation / 2.3.6:
Social Theories of Motivation / 2.4:
Conformity / 2.4.1:
Cultural Effect / 2.4.2:
Evolution / 2.4.3:
Combined Motivation Theories / 2.5:
Maslow's Hierarchy of Needs / 2.5.1:
Existence Relatedness Growth Theory / 2.5.2:
Towards Motivated Reinforcement Learning / 2.6:
Defining Reinforcement Learning / 3.1:
Dynamic Programming / 3.1.1:
Monte Carlo Methods / 3.1.2:
Temporal Difference Learning / 3.1.3:
Reinforcement Learning in Complex Environments / 3.2:
Partially Observable Environments / 3.2.1:
Function Approximation / 3.2.2:
Hierarchical Reinforcement Learning / 3.2.3:
Motivated Reinforcement Learning / 3.3:
Using a Motivation Signal in Addition to a Reward Signal / 3.3.1:
Using a Motivation Signal Instead of a Reward Signal / 3.3.2:
Comparing the Behaviour of Learning Agents / 3.4:
Player Satisfaction / 4.1:
Psychological Flow / 4.1.1:
Structural Flow / 4.1.2:
Formalising Non-Player Character Behaviour / 4.2:
Models of Optimality for Reinforcement Learning / 4.2.1:
Characteristics of Motivated Reinforcement Learning / 4.2.2:
Comparing Motivated Reinforcement Learning Agents / 4.3:
Statistical Model for Identifying Learned Tasks / 4.3.1:
Behavioural Variety / 4.3.2:
Behavioural Complexity / 4.3.3:
Developing Curious Characters Using Motivated Reinforcement Learning / 4.4:
Curiosity, Motivation and Attention Focus / 5:
Agents in Complex, Dynamic Environments / 5.1:
States / 5.1.1:
Actions / 5.1.2:
Reward and Motivation / 5.1.3:
Motivation and Attention Focus / 5.2:
Observations / 5.2.1:
Events / 5.2.2:
Tasks and Task Selection / 5.2.3:
Experience-Based Reward as Cognitive Motivation / 5.2.4:
Arbitration Functions / 5.2.5:
A General Experience-Based Motivation Function / 5.2.6:
Curiosity as Motivation for Support Characters / 5.3:
Curiosity as Interesting Events / 5.3.1:
Curiosity as Interesting and Competence / 5.3.2:
Motivated Reinforcement Learning Agents / 5.4:
A General Motivated Reinforcement Learning Model / 6.1:
Algorithms for Motivated Reinforcement Learning / 6.2:
Motivated Flat Reinforcement Learning / 6.2.1:
Motivated Multioption Reinforcement Learning / 6.2.2:
Motivated Hierarchical Reinforcement Learning / 6.2.3:
Curious Characters in Games / 6.3:
Curious Characters for Multiuser Games / 7:
Motivated Reinforcement Learning for Support Characters in Massively Multiplayer Online Role-Playing Games / 7.1:
Character Behaviour in Small-Scale, Isolated Games Locations / 7.2:
Case Studies of Individual Characters / 7.2.1:
General Trends in Character Behaviour / 7.2.2:
Curious Characters for Games in Complex, Dynamic Environments / 7.3:
Designing Characters That Can Multitask / 8.1:
Designing Characters for Complex Tasks / 8.1.1:
Games That Change While Characters Are Learning / 8.2.1:
Curious Characters for Games in Second Life / 8.3.1:
Motivated Reinforcement Learning in Open-Ended Simulation Games / 9.1:
Game Design / 9.1.1:
Character Design / 9.1.2:
Evaluating Character Behaviour in Response to Game Play Sequences / 9.2:
Discussion / 9.2.1:
Future / 9.3:
Towards the Future / 10:
Using Motivated Reinforcement Learning in Non-Player Characters / 10.1:
Other Gaming Applications for Motivated Reinforcement Learning / 10.2:
Dynamic Difficulty Adjustment / 10.2.1:
Procedural Content Generation / 10.2.2:
Beyond Curiosity / 10.3:
Biological Models of Motivation / 10.3.1:
Cognitive Models of Motivation / 10.3.2:
Social Models of Motivation / 10.3.3:
Combined Models of Motivation / 10.3.4:
New Models of Motivated Learning / 10.4:
Motivated Supervised Learning / 10.4.1:
Motivated Unsupervised Learning / 10.4.2:
Evaluating the Behaviour of Motivated Learning Agents / 10.5:
Concluding Remarks / 10.6:
Index / 10.7:
Non-Player Characters and Reinforcement Learning / Part I:
Non-Player Characters in Multiuser Games / 1:
Types of Multiuser Games / 1.1:
75.

図書

図書
Alexander Mamishev, Sean Williams
出版情報: Hoboken, N.J. : John Wiley & Sons, c2010  xvii, 243 p. ; 24 cm.
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Acknowledgments
Introduction / Chapter 1:
In this Chapter / 1.1:
Our Audience / 1.2:
A few horror stories / 1.2.1:
Some history / 1.2.2:
The Need For a Good "Writing System" / 1.3:
Introducing Stream Tools / 1.4:
What is STREAM Tools? / 1.4.1:
Why use STREAM Tools? / 1.4.2:
The software of STREAM Tools / 1.4.3:
Recommended packages / 1.4.3.1:
A brief comparison of Microsoft Word vs. LaTeX: history and myths / 1.4.3.2:
How to Use this Book / 1.5:
Exercises / 1.6:
Quick Start Guide For Stream Tools / Chapter 2:
A General Overview of the Writing Process / 2.1:
Introduction to Writing Quality Tools: The Stream Tools Editorial Mark-Up Table / 2.3:
Introduction to Document Design Tools / 2.4:
Important fundamental concepts / 2.4.1:
Step 1: Use template files to create your new manuscripts / 2.4.1.1:
Step 2: Copy existing elements and paste them into a new location / 2.4.1.2:
Step 3: Edit the element / 2.4.1.3:
Step 4: Cross-referencing elements / 2.4.1.4:
Creating Elements in a Document / 2.4.2:
Headings / 2.4.2.1:
Equations / 2.4.2.2:
Figures / 2.4.2.3:
Tables / 2.4.2.4:
References (literature citations) / 2.4.2.5:
Introduction to File Management: Optimizing Your Workflow / 2.5:
General principles / 2.5.1:
Using a wiki for file management / 2.5.2:
Version control / 2.5.3:
Conclusions / 2.6:
Document Design / 2.7:
Creating Templates / 3.1:
How to create and cross-reference a heading template / 3.2.1:
How to alter a heading template / 3.2.1.2:
Common formatting mistakes in headings / 3.2.1.3:
Common stylistic mistakes for headings / 3.2.1.4:
Tips and tricks / 3.2.1.5:
How to create and cross-reference an equation template / 3.2.2:
How to alter an equation template / 3.2.2.2:
Common formatting mistakes for equations / 3.2.2.3:
Common stylistic mistakes for equations / 3.2.2.4:
How to create and cross-reference a figure template / 3.2.2.5:
How to alter a figure template / 3.2.3.2:
Common formatting mistakes in figures / 3.2.3.3:
Common stylistic mistakes in figures / 3.2.3.4:
Tips and tricks for figures / 3.2.3.5:
How to create and cross-reference a table template / 3.2.4:
How to alter a table template / 3.2.4.2:
Common typesetting mistakes / 3.2.4.3:
Common stylistic mistakes in tables / 3.2.4.4:
Tips and tricks for tables / 3.2.4.5:
Front matter / 3.2.5:
Controlling page numbers / 3.2.5.1:
Table of contents / 3.2.5.2:
Back matter / 3.2.6:
Appendices / 3.2.6.1:
Indices / 3.2.6.2:
Using Multiple Templates / 3.3:
Controlling styles / 3.3.1:
Switching between single-column and double-column formats / 3.3.2:
Master documents / 3.3.3:
Practice Problems / 3.4:
Additional Resources / 3.4.1:
Using Bibliographic Databases / 3.6:
Why Use a Bibliographic Database? / 4.1:
Choice of Software / 4.3:
Using Endnote / 4.4:
Setting up the interface / 4.4.1:
Adding references / 4.4.2:
Citing references / 4.4.3:
Sharing a Database / 4.5:
Numbering the database entries / 4.5.1:
Compatibility with BiBTeX / 4.5.2:
Formatting References / 4.6:
Planning, Drafting, and Editing Documents / 4.7:
Definition Stage / 5.1:
Select your team members / 5.2.1:
Hold a kick-off meeting / 5.2.2:
Analyze the audience / 5.2.3:
Formulate the purpose / 5.2.4:
Persuasion / 5.2.4.1:
Exposition / 5.2.4.2:
Instruction / 5.2.4.3:
Select the optimum combination of STREAM Tools / 5.2.5:
Preparation Stage / 5.3:
Evaluate historical documents / 5.3.1:
Journal articles / 5.3.1.1:
Proceedings/papers / 5.3.1.2:
Theses and dissertations / 5.3.1.3:
Proposals / 5.3.1.4:
Reports / 5.3.1.5:
Populate the file repository / 5.3.2:
Create a comprehensive outline of the document / 5.3.3:
Using deductive structures / 5.3.3.1:
Using Microsoft Word's Outline feature / 5.3.3.2:
Populate all sections with "yellow text" / 5.3.4:
Distribute writing tasks among team members / 5.3.5:
Choose a drafting strategy / 5.3.5.1:
Synchronize writing styles / 5.3.5.2:
Writing Stage / 5.4:
Enter content / 5.4.1:
Legacy content / 5.4.1.1:
New content / 5.4.1.2:
Control versions of shared files / 5.4.1.3:
Request that team members submit their drafts / 5.4.2:
Verify that each section is headed in the right direction / 5.4.3:
Construct the whole document / 5.4.4:
Revise for content and distribute additional writing tasks / 5.4.5:
Comprehensive editing / 5.4.5.1:
STREAM Tools Editorial Mark-up table (STEM Table) / 5.4.5.2:
Strategies for editing electronic copy using Microsoft Word--an overview of Microsoft Word's commenting, reviewing, and proofing features / 5.4.5.3:
Distribute additional writing tasks / 5.4.6:
Completion Stage / 5.5:
Copy edit the document / 5.5.1:
Send out for a final review of content and clarity / 5.5.2:
Proofread the document / 5.5.3:
Submit the document / 5.5.4:
Conduct the final process-improvement review session / 5.5.5:
Building High Quality Writing Teams / 5.6:
Understanding the Benefits and Challenges of Teamwork / 6.1:
The payoff of teamwork / 6.2.1:
Some principle challenges of teamwork / 6.2.2:
Identifying Team Goals and Assigning Member Roles / 6.3:
Define roles and procedures clearly / 6.3.1:
Define team roles / 6.3.1.1:
Define team procedures / 6.3.1.2:
Managing Teamwork at a Distance / 6.4:
Building trust in virtual teams / 6.4.1:
Demonstrating sensitivity to cultural differences / 6.4.2:
Selecting Communication Tools To Support Teamwork / 6.5:
Wikis / 6.5.1:
Creating a wiki / 6.5.1.1:
Editing / 6.5.1.2:
Organizing / 6.5.1.3:
Monitoring edits / 6.5.1.4:
Other suggestions for wiki use / 6.5.1.5:
SharePoint / 6.5.2:
Lists / 6.5.2.1:
Web pages / 6.5.2.2:
Alerts and site management / 6.5.2.3:
Assuring Quality Writing / 6.6:
Choosing the Best Words 278 / 7.1:
Choose strong words / 7.2.1:
Use strong nouns and verbs / 7.2.1.1:
Choose words with the right level of formality / 7.2.1.2:
Avoid weak words / 7.2.2:
Check for confusing or frequently misused words / 7.2.2.1:
Avoid double negatives, and change negatives to affirmatives / 7.2.2.2:
Avoid changing verbs to nouns / 7.2.2.3:
Delete meaningless words and modifiers / 7.2.2.4:
Steer clear of jargon / 7.2.2.5:
Avoid sexist or discriminatory language / 7.2.2.6:
Writing Strong Sentences / 7.3:
Write economically / 7.3.1:
Include a variety of sentence types / 7.3.2:
Avoiding Weak Sentence Construction / 7.4:
Comma splices / 7.4.1.1:
Fragments / 7.4.1.2:
Fused or run-on sentences / 7.4.1.3:
Misplaced, dangling, or two-way modifiers / 7.4.1.4:
Faulty parallelism / 7.4.1.5:
Punctuating For Clarity / 7.5:
End punctuation / 7.5.1:
Periods / 7.5.1.1:
Question marks / 7.5.1.2:
Exclamation points / 7.5.1.3:
Commas / 7.5.2:
Semicolons / 7.5.3:
Colons / 7.5.4:
Apostrophes / 7.5.5:
Dashes and hyphens / 7.5.6:
Final Considerations / 7.6:
Abbreviations and acronyms / 7.6.1:
Capitalization / 7.6.2:
Numbers / 7.6.3:
Dates / 7.6.4:
Fractions and percentages / 7.6.5:
Units of measure / 7.6.6:
A Final Note on Grammar / 7.7:
Concluding Remarks / 7.8:
Business Case / 8.1:
Frequently Asked Questions / 8.3:
Success Stories / 8.4:
Additional Reading / 8.5:
Useful books and articles / 8.5.1:
Useful weblinks / 8.5.2:
EXERCISES / 8.6:
Preface
Acknowledgments
Introduction / Chapter 1:
76.

図書

図書
Ulrich Schubert, Nicola Hüsing
出版情報: Weinheim : Wiley-VCH, c2019  xviii, 404 p. ; 25 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Acknowledgements
Abbreviations
Introduction / 1:
Solid-State Reactions / 2:
Reactions Between Solid Compounds / 2.1:
Ceramic Method / 2.1.1:
General Aspects of Solid-State Reactions / 2.1.1.1:
Facilitating Solid-State Reactions / 2.1.1.2:
Mechanochemical Synthesis / 2.1.2:
Carbothermal Reduction / 2.1.3:
Combustion Synthesis / 2.1.4:
Solution Combustion Synthesis / 2.1.4.1:
Solid-Gas Reactions / 2.2:
Ceramics Processing / 2.3:
Sintering / 2.3.1:
Intercalation Reactions / 2.4:
Mechanistic Aspects / 2.4.1:
Preparative Methods / 2.4.2:
Intercalation of Polymers in Layered Systems / 2.4.3:
Pillaring of Layered Compounds / 2.4.4:
Further Reading
Formation of Solids from the Gas Phase / 3:
Chemical Vapour Transport / 3.1:
Halogen Lamps / 3.1.1:
Transport Reactions / 3.1.2:
Chemical Vapour Deposition / 3.2:
General Aspects / 3.2.1:
Techniques / 3.2.2:
Metal CVD / 3.2.3:
Silicon and Aluminium / 3.2.3.1:
Tungsten / 3.2.3.2:
Copper / 3.2.3.3:
CVD of Carbon / 3.2.4:
CVD of Binary and Multinary Compounds / 3.2.5:
Metal Oxides / 3.2.5.1:
Metal Nitrides / 3.2.5.2:
Metal Chalcogenides and Pnictides / 3.2.5.3:
Aerosol-Assisted CVD / 3.2.6:
Chemical Vapour Infiltration / 3.2.7:
Gas-Phase Powder Syntheses / 3.3:
Formation of Solids from Solutions and Melts / 4:
Glass / 4.1:
The Structural Theory of Glass Formation / 4.1.1:
Crystallization Versus Glass Formation / 4.1.2:
Glass Melting / 4.1.3:
Phase Separation / 4.1.4:
Metallic Glasses / 4.1.5:
Crystallization from Solution / 4.2:
Monodispersity / 4.2.1:
Shape Control of Crystals / 4.2.2:
Non-classical Crystallization / 4.2.3:
Biomineralization / 4.2.4:
Biogenic Materials / 4.2.4.1:
Bioinspired Materials Chemistry / 4.2.4.2:
Electrodeposition / 4.3:
Colloids / 4.3.1:
Electrodeposition of Ceramics / 4.3.2:
Solvothermal Processes / 4.4:
Fundamentals / 4.4.1:
Growing Single Crystals / 4.4.2:
Solvothermal Synthesis / 4.4.3:
Synthetic Calcium Phosphate Biomaterials / 4.4.3.1:
Zeolites / 4.4.3.3:
Sol-Gel Processes / 4.5:
The Chemistry of Alkoxide Precursors / 4.5.1:
Hydrolysis and Condensation / 4.5.2:
Silica-Based Materials / 4.5.2.1:
Metal Oxide-Based Materials / 4.5.2.2:
The Sol-Gel Transition (Gelation) / 4.5.3:
Aging and Drying / 4.5.4:
Nonhydrolytic Sol-Gel Processes / 4.5.5:
Inorganic-Organic Hybrid Materials / 4.5.6:
Aerogels / 4.5.7:
Preparation and Modification of Inorganic Polymers / 5:
Synthesis and Crosslinking / 5.1:
Copolymers / 5.1.2:
Polysiloxanes (Silicones) / 5.2:
Properties and Applications / 5.2.1:
Structure / 5.2.2:
Preparation / 5.2.3:
Curing ('Vulcanizing') / 5.2.4:
Polyphosphazenes / 5.3:
Preparation and Modification / 5.3.1:
Polysilanes / 5.4:
Polycarbosilanes / 5.4.1:
Polysilazanes and Related Polymers / 5.6:
Polymers with B-N Backbones / 5.7:
Other Inorganic Polymers / 5.8:
Other Phosphorus-Containing Polymers / 5.8.1:
Polymers with S-N Backbones / 5.8.2:
Metallopolymers / 5.8.3:
Polymer-to-Ceramic Transformation / 5.9:
Self-Assembly / 6:
Self-Assembled Monolayers / 6.1:
Metal-Organic Frameworks / 6.2:
Modularity of the Structures / 6.2.1:
Synthesis and Modification / 6.2.2:
Supramolecular Arrangements of Surfactants and Block Copolymers / 6.3:
Layer-by-Layer Assembly / 6.4:
Templating / 7:
Introduction to Porosity and High Surface Area Materials / 7.1:
Infiltration and Coating of Templates / 7.2:
Replica Technique / 7.2.1:
Sacrificial Templates / 7.2.2:
Colloidal Crystals / 7.2.2.1:
Hollow Particles / 7.2.2.2:
Direct Foaming / 7.2.3:
Nanocasting / 7.2.4:
In Situ Formation of Templates / 7.3:
Breath Figures / 7.3.1:
Freeze Casting / 7.3.2:
Supramolecular Assemblies of Amphiphiles / 7.3.3:
Synthesis of Periodic Mesoporous Silicas / 7.3.3.1:
Evaporation-Induced Self-Assembly / 7.3.3.2:
Incorporation of Organic Groups / 7.3.3.3:
Reorganization and Transformation Processes / 7.4:
Pseudomorphic Transformation / 7.4.1:
Kirkendall Effect / 7.4.2:
Galvanic Replacement / 7.4.3:
Phase Separation and Leaching / 7.4.4:
Nanomaterials / 8:
Properties of Nanomaterials / 8.1:
Properties Due to Surface Effects / 8.1.1:
Properties of Nanocrystalline Materials / 8.1.2:
Catalytic Properties / 8.1.3:
Optical Properties / 8.1.4:
Electrical Properties / 8.1.5:
Magnetic Properties / 8.1.6:
Syntheses of Nanoparticles / 8.2:
Severe Plastic Deformation / 8.2.1:
Formation from Vapours / 8.2.2:
Formation from Solution / 8.2.3:
Surface Modification with Organic Groups / 8.2.4:
One-Dimensional Nanostructures / 8.3:
Nanowires and Nanorods / 8.3.1:
Nanotubes / 8.3.2:
Carbon Nanotubes / 8.3.2.1:
Titania Nanotubes / 8.3.2.2:
Two-Dimensional Nanomaterials / 8.4:
Graphene / 8.4.1:
Other 2D Nanomaterials / 8.4.2:
Heterostructures and Composites / 8.5:
Core-Shell Nanoparticles / 8.5.1:
Vertical 2D Heterostructures / 8.5.2:
Polymer-Matrix Nanocomposites / 8.5.3:
Supported Metal Nanoparticles / 8.5.4:
Glossary
Index
Preface
Acknowledgements
Abbreviations
77.

図書

図書
editors, Hisham Z. Massoud, Edward H. Poindexter, C. Robert Helms
出版情報: Pennington, NJ : Electrochemical Society, c1996  xv, 780 p. ; 27 cm
シリーズ名: Proceedings / [Electrochemical Society] ; v. 96-1
所蔵情報: loading…
78.

図書

図書
Z.A. Kazei ... [et al.] ; Herausgeber, H.P.J. Wijn
出版情報: Berlin ; Tokyo : Springer-Verlag, c1991  ix, 263 p. ; 28 cm
シリーズ名: Landolt-Börnstein Zahlenwerte und Funktionen aus Naturwissenschaften und Technik, Neue Serie / Gesamtherausgabe, K.-H. Hellwege ; Gruppe 3 . Kristall- und Festkörperphysik ; Bd. 27 . Magnetische Eigenschaften nicht-metallischer anorganischer Verbindungen von Übergangselementen ; Teilbd. e
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introductory material
Magnetic properties of garnets / 4:
Iron garnets / P. Novak4.1:
Introduction / 4.1.1:
General remarks / 4.1.1.1:
List of frequently used symbols and abbreviations / 4.1.1.2:
Magnetic properties / 4.1.2:
Magnetic moments and molecular field data / 4.1.2.1:
Saturation magnetization and Curie temperature / 4.1.2.1.1:
Molecular-field- and exchange constants / 4.1.2.1.2:
Magnetic moments of the rare earth ions / 4.1.2.1.3:
Magnetic phase transitions / 4.1.2.2:
Spontaneous spin-reorientational transitions / 4.1.2.2.1:
Field induced transitions / 4.1.2.2.2:
Magnetocrystalline anisotropy / 4.1.2.3:
Cubic anisotropy / 4.1.2.3.1:
Non-cubic anisotropy / 4.1.2.3.2:
Ferromagnetic resonance (FMR) / 4.1.2.4:
Resonance field / 4.1.2.4.1:
FMR line width / 4.1.2.4.2:
g-factor / 4.1.2.4.3:
Spin waves, magnetostatic modes and relaxation / 4.1.2.5:
Spin waves and magnetostatic modes / 4.1.2.5.1:
Non-linear effects and relaxation / 4.1.2.5.2:
Nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) / 4.1.2.6:
Mossbauer spectroscopy / 4.1.2.7:
Magnetic domains (stripe and bubble domains) / 4.1.2.8:
Static properties / 4.1.2.8.1:
Dynamic properties / 4.1.2.8.2:
Magnetoelastic properties / 4.1.3:
Magnetostriction / 4.1.3.1:
Magnetoelastic waves / 4.1.3.2:
Elastic properties / 4.1.4:
Optical and magnetooptical properties / 4.1.5:
Optical properties / 4.1.5.1:
Absorption of light / 4.1.5.1.1:
Reflection of light / 4.1.5.1.2:
Refractive index / 4.1.5.1.3:
Magnetooptical properties / 4.1.5.2:
Faraday rotation / 4.1.5.2.1:
Magnetic circular dichroism (MCD) / 4.1.5.2.2:
Kerr effects / 4.1.5.2.3:
Magnetic linear birefringence (MLB) and nonmagnetic linear birefringence / 4.1.5.2.4:
Magnetic linear dichroism (MLD) / 4.1.5.2.5:
Photoinduced effects / 4.1.5.3:
Thermal properties / 4.1.6:
Electrical properties / 4.1.7:
Electrical conductivity / 4.1.7.1:
Magnetoresistance and magnetoelectric effect / 4.1.7.2:
Crystal structure / 4.1.8:
References for 4.1 / 4.1.9:
List of iron garnets in Vols.4A, 4B, 12A and 27E / 4.1.10:
Non-iron garnets / Z.A. Kazei ; N.P. Kolmakova ; V.I. Sokolov4.2:
List of frequently used symbols and abbreviation / 4.2.1:
Magnetic susceptibility / 4.2.2:
Rare earth garnets / 4.2.2.1:
3d-ion garnets / 4.2.2.2:
Magnetization and magnetic structure / 4.2.3:
Magnetic moments and magnetic anisotropies of terbium, dysprosium and holmium aluminum garnets / 4.2.3.1:
Magnetic moments of rare earth gallium garnets / 4.2.3.2:
Magnetic neutron scattering in dysprosium aluminum garnets / 4.2.3.3:
Magnetic neutron scattering in terbium, holmium and dysprosium gallium garnets / 4.2.3.4:
Magnetization and magnetic phase transitions in manganese germanium garnets / 4.2.3.5:
Garnets with several 3d-ions / 4.2.3.6:
Results of magnetic resonance experiments / 4.2.4:
Electron paramagnetic resonance of paramagnetic metal ions in diamagnetic garnets / 4.2.4.1:
Electron paramagnetic resonance of rare earth ions in diamagnetic garnets / 4.2.4.2:
Electron paramagnetic resonance of impurities in paramagnetic garnets / 4.2.4.3:
Nuclear magnetic resonance / 4.2.4.4:
Antiferromagnetic resonance / 4.2.4.5:
Crystal-field parameters / 4.2.5:
Optical spectra and index of refraction / 4.2.5.2:
Information on colour centres / 4.2.5.3:
Further references for results from optical measurements / 4.2.5.4:
Electron spin-lattice relaxation of paramagnetic ions in garnets / 4.2.5.5:
Heat capacity / 4.2.8:
Derived thermodynamic functions / 4.2.8.2:
Debye temperature / 4.2.8.3:
Thermal expansion / 4.2.8.4:
Kapitza conductance / 4.2.8.5:
Thermal conductivity / 4.2.8.6:
Ultrasound attenuation / 4.2.8.7:
Elastic and photoelastic properties / 4.2.9:
Elastic and photoelastic constants at room temperature / 4.2.9.1:
Temperature dependences / 4.2.9.2:
Magnetostriction of rare earth garnets / 4.2.10:
Magnetostriction of antiferromagnetic garnets with 3d-ions / 4.2.10.2:
Electrical conductivity and thermoelectric power / 4.2.11:
Photoconductivity / 4.2.11.2:
References for 4.2 / 4.2.12:
List of non-iron garnets in Vols.4B, 12A and 27E / 4.2.13:
Introductory material
Magnetic properties of garnets / 4:
Iron garnets / P. Novak4.1:
79.

電子ブック

EB
Marcus S. Fisher
出版情報: Springer eBooks Computer Science , Springer US, 2007
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction / Chapter 1:
Managing Verification and Validation / Chapter 2:
The Axioms of Leadership / Section 2.1:
Planning / Section 2.2:
Establishing the V&V Requirements / Section 2.2.1:
Establishing the V&V Plan / Section 2.2.2:
Managing the Plan / Section 2.3:
Effectiveness Measures / Section 2.3.2:
Control Gates / Section 2.3.3:
Risk Management / Section 2.4:
Identify / Section 2.4.1:
Analyze / Section 2.4.2:
Plan / Section 2.4.3:
Track / Section 2.4.4:
Control / Section 2.4.5:
Risk Management Plan / Section 2.4.6:
Communication Structures / Section 2.5:
References
The Verification and Validation Life Cycle / Chapter 3:
Traceability Analysis / Section 3.1:
Interface Analysis / Section 3.2:
Phase Dependent Analysis / Section 3.3:
Requirements Analysis / Section 3.3.1:
Design Analysis / Section 3.3.2:
Code Analysis / Section 3.3.3:
Test Analysis / Section 3.3.4:
V&V Testing / Section 3.4:
Systems V&V / Chapter 4:
Appendix A
Index
Introduction / Chapter 1:
Managing Verification and Validation / Chapter 2:
The Axioms of Leadership / Section 2.1:
80.

電子ブック

EB
Joseph Wang
出版情報: Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , Hoboken : John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2006
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Abbreviations and Symbols
Fundamental Concepts / 1:
Why Electroanalysis? / 1.1:
Faradaic Processes / 1.2:
Mass-Transport-Controlled Reactions / 1.2.1:
Potential-Step Experiment / 1.2.1.1:
Potential-Sweep Experiments / 1.2.1.2:
Reactions Controlled by the Rate of Electron Transfer / 1.2.2:
Activated Complex Theory / 1.2.2.1:
Electrical Double Layer / 1.3:
Electrocapillary Effect / 1.4:
Supplementary Reading / 1.5:
Problems
References
Study of Electrode Reactions and Interfacial Properties / 2:
Cyclic Voltammetry / 2.1:
Data Interpretation / 2.1.1:
Reversible Systems / 2.1.1.1:
Irreversible and Quasi-reversible Systems / 2.1.1.2:
Study of Reaction Mechanisms / 2.1.2:
Study of Adsorption Processes / 2.1.3:
Quantitative Applications / 2.1.4:
Spectroelectrochemistry / 2.2:
Experimental Arrangement / 2.2.1:
Principles and Applications / 2.2.2:
Electrochemiluminescence / 2.2.3:
Optical Probing of Electrode-Solution Interfaces / 2.2.4:
Scanning Probe Microscopy / 2.3:
Scanning Tunneling Microscopy / 2.3.1:
Atomic Force Microscopy / 2.3.2:
Scanning Electrochemical Microscopy / 2.3.3:
Electrochemical Quartz Crystal Microbalance / 2.4:
Impedance Spectroscopy / 2.5:
Examples
Controlled-Potential Techniques / 3:
Chronoamperometry / 3.1:
Polarography / 3.2:
Pulse Voltammetry / 3.3:
Normal-Pulse Voltammetry / 3.3.1:
Differential-Pulse Voltammetry / 3.3.2:
Square-Wave Voltammetry / 3.3.3:
Staircase Voltammetry / 3.3.4:
AC Voltammetry / 3.4:
Stripping Analysis / 3.5:
Anodic Stripping Voltammetry / 3.5.1:
Potentiometric Stripping Analysis / 3.5.2:
Adsorptive Stripping Voltammetry and Potentiometry / 3.5.3:
Cathodic Stripping Voltammetry / 3.5.4:
Abrasive Stripping Voltammetry / 3.5.5:
Applications / 3.5.6:
Flow Analysis / 3.6:
Principles / 3.6.1:
Cell Design / 3.6.2:
Mass Transport and Current Response / 3.6.3:
Detection Modes / 3.6.4:
Practical Considerations / 4:
Electrochemical Cells / 4.1:
Solvents and Supporting Electrolytes / 4.2:
Oxygen Removal / 4.3:
Instrumentation / 4.4:
Working Electrodes / 4.5:
Mercury Electrodes / 4.5.1:
Solid Electrodes / 4.5.2:
Rotating Disk and Rotating Ring Disk Electrodes / 4.5.2.1:
Carbon Electrodes / 4.5.2.2:
Glassy Carbon Electrodes / 4.5.2.2.1:
Carbon Paste Electrodes / 4.5.2.2.2:
Carbon Fiber Electrodes / 4.5.2.2.3:
Diamond Electrodes / 4.5.2.2.4:
Metal Electrodes / 4.5.2.3:
Chemically Modified Electrodes / 4.5.3:
Self-Assembled Monolayers / 4.5.3.1:
Carbon-Nanotube-Modified Electrodes / 4.5.3.2:
Sol-gel Encapsulation of Reactive Species / 4.5.3.3:
Electrocatalytically Modified Electrodes / 4.5.3.4:
Preconcentrating Electrodes / 4.5.3.5:
Permselective Coatings / 4.5.3.6:
Conducting Polymers / 4.5.3.7:
Microelectrodes / 4.5.4:
Diffusion at Microelectrodes / 4.5.4.1:
Microelectrode Configurations / 4.5.4.2:
Composite Electrodes / 4.5.4.3:
Potentiometry / 5:
Principles of Potentiometric Measurements / 5.1:
Ion-Selective Electrodes / 5.2:
Glass Electrodes / 5.2.1:
pH Electrodes / 5.2.1.1:
Glass Electrodes for Other Cations / 5.2.1.2:
Liquid Membrane Electrodes / 5.2.2:
Ion Exchanger Electrodes / 5.2.2.1:
Neutral Carrier Electrodes / 5.2.2.2:
Solid-State Electrodes / 5.2.3:
Coated-Wire Electrodes and Solid-State Electrodes Without an Internal Filling Solution / 5.2.4:
On-line, On-site, and In Vivo Potentiometric Measurements / 5.3:
Electrochemical Sensors / 6:
Electrochemical Biosensors / 6.1:
Enzyme-Based Electrodes / 6.1.1:
Practical and Theoretical Considerations / 6.1.1.1:
Enzyme Electrodes of Analytical Significance / 6.1.1.2:
Glucose Sensors / 6.1.1.2.1:
Ethanol Electrodes / 6.1.1.2.2:
Urea Electrodes / 6.1.1.2.3:
Toxin (Enzyme Inhibition) Biosensors / 6.1.1.2.4:
Tissue and Bacteria Electrodes / 6.1.1.3:
Affinity Biosensors / 6.1.2:
Immunosensors / 6.1.2.1:
DNA Hybridization Biosensors / 6.1.2.2:
Background and Principles / 6.1.2.2.1:
Electrical Transduction of DNA Hybridization / 6.1.2.2.2:
Other Electrochemical DNA Biosensors / 6.1.2.2.3:
Receptor-Based Sensors / 6.1.2.3:
Electrochemical Sensors Based on Molecularly Imprinted Polymers / 6.1.2.4:
Gas Sensors / 6.2:
Carbon Dioxide Sensors / 6.2.1:
Oxygen Electrodes / 6.2.2:
Solid-State Devices / 6.3:
Ion-Selective Field Effect Transistors / 6.3.1:
Microfabrication of Solid-State Sensor Assemblies / 6.3.2:
Microfabrication Techniques / 6.3.3:
Micromachined Analytical Microsystems / 6.3.4:
Sensor Arrays / 6.4:
Index
Preface
Abbreviations and Symbols
Fundamental Concepts / 1:
81.

電子ブック

EB
出版情報: IEEE Electronic Library (IEL) Standards , IEEE, 1998
所蔵情報: loading…
82.

電子ブック

EB
Dom Robinson
出版情報: Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , John Wiley & Sons, Incorporated, 2017
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Frontispiece
Topics Include
About the Book
Synposis
Unique Perspective
Market Need
Audience
Welcome / 1:
A Few Words of Introduction / 1.1:
The "Why" of this Book / 1.2:
Relevant Milestones of the Personal Voyage / 1.3:
Context and Orientation / 2:
History of Streaming / 2.1:
Foundations - What does "Streaming" Really Mean? / 2.1.1:
Streaming / 2.1.2:
Related Network Models / 2.1.3:
Physical Network Considerations / 2.1.4:
Internet Layer Considerations / 2.1.5:
Transport Layer Considerations / 2.1.6:
Applications - Transport Protocols / 2.1.7:
Protocol Evolution / 2.1.8:
Format Evolution / 2.1.9:
Industry Evolution / 2.2:
"Stack Creep" / 2.2.1:
Real World - Blue Chips and Video Delivery Networks / 2.2.2:
Consumer Adoption / 2.3:
The Audience / 2.3.1:
Traditional Ratings Companies and Audience Measurement / 2.3.2:
Streaming Media and Measurement / 2.3.3:
Predictions of Others / 2.3.4:
The Pending Collapse of the Value of Broadcasting to Advertisers / 2.3.5:
"Device Effect" and Formats / 2.3.6:
Video Formats (in Particular, Multicast and UDP) and Network Architecture / 2.3.7:
Discovery, Curation, and Social Media / 2.3.8:
Encode > Serve > Play / 2.4:
The Basic Building Blocks / 2.4.1:
The Acacia Patent / 2.4.2:
Akamai vs. Limelight / 2.4.3:
Standards, Standards, Standards,… / 2.4.4:
D-Book Connected TV Standards from the Digital Television Group / 2.4.5:
The CoDec Concerns / 2.4.6:
What is a CDN: A Simple Model / 2.5:
Setting the Scene for CDNs / 2.5.1:
CDNs as Money Savers / 2.5.2:
Request Routing / 2.5.3:
CDN Brokerage / 2.5.4:
SaaS Models within the CDN Ecosystems / 2.5.5:
Cloud Inside - New Generation / 2.6:
The Three Generations of CDN / 2.7:
Software Definition / 2.8:
Multicore CPU and Functional Programming / 2.8.1:
Functional Programming and Containers / 2.8.2:
"Service Velocity" and the Operator / 2.9:
Workflows / 3:
Live Event Focus / 3.1:
Approaches to Webcasting / 3.1.1:
Think Before You Start - Your Client Probably Hasn't! / 3.1.2:
Budgets / 3.1.3:
Objectives - Quality vs. Reliability / 3.1.4:
Production Principles / 3.1.5:
Backhaul/Contribution and Acquisition / 3.2:
Broadcast / 3.2.1:
Wire / 3.2.2:
Wireless / 3.2.3:
Satellite / 3.2.4:
3g/4G CellMux / 3.2.5:
Reliable UDP and HTTP/UDP Solutions / 3.2.6:
Throughput vs. Goodput / 3.2.7:
Cloud Saas / 3.3:
In Workflow "Treatment" (Transcode/Transmux, etc.) / 3.3.1:
DVR Workflows / 3.3.2:
Catch-up Workflows / 3.3.3:
VOD Workflows / 3.3.4:
Publishing / 4:
Publishers, OVPs, CDNs, and MCNs / 4.1:
Small Objects, Large Objects, or Continuous Streams / 4.2:
Compression / 4.2.1:
The "Quality Question" … / 4.2.2:
Latency / 4.2.3:
Application, Site, Web, and Games Acceleration / 4.2.4:
Desktop and Device Delivery Applications / 4.3:
Standalone Media Players and Applications / 4.3.1:
Video Tags in HTML5 / 4.3.2:
WebRTC - Beyond HTML5 / 4.3.3:
Request Routing (The Dark Art of the CDN) / 4.4:
Logging Analytics and the Devil in the Detail / 4.5:
Service Velocity / 5:
Charging for IP-Delivered Content / 6:
Lessons from the Music Industry / 6.1:
Success Cases / 6.2:
YouTube / 6.2.1:
Netflix / 6.2.2:
On the Horizon / 6.2.3:
Failure Cases / 6.3:
Scour.net / 6.3.1:
mp3.com / 6.3.2:
Napster / 6.3.3:
Broadcast.com / 6.3.4:
The "Yacht Projects" / 6.3.5:
General Commentary on Commercial Models / 6.4:
Cable TV / 6.4.1:
IPTV / 6.4.2:
OTT Pureplay + Operator CDN / 6.4.3:
Fog Distribution / 6.4.4:
Variation from Live Linear to VOD, and Everything in Between / 6.4.5:
DRM / 6.4.6:
Watermarking / 6.4.7:
Competition and the Regulatory Environment / 7:
ISOC, ITU, and WSIS / 7.1:
Policy - Net Neutrality / 7.2:
Value Chain Alignment with QoS and SLA Propositions / 7.3:
Layer-2 Workaround? / 7.4:
Cultural Change / 8:
Traditional Broadcasters / 8.1:
The Millenial Subscriber / 8.2:
ISP and Content Providers / 8.3:
Telco and Telecoms / 8.4:
Content Providers / 8.5:
Preparing for Change in Your Design / 9:
Preface and Philosophy / 9.1:
Models, Diagrams, and Schematics / 9.2:
How to do a Good Diagram? / 9.3:
Scenario Planning / 9.4:
Risk, Responsibility, and Reassurance / 9.5:
Optimization and Upsell / 9.6:
Value Creation/Agility / 9.7:
Expectation Management / 9.8:
Multicast - the Sleeping Giant / 10:
Multicast Recap / 10.1:
Basics / 10.1.1:
Routing Protocols / 10.1.2:
Flood, Prune, Storms, and a Bad Taste / 10.1.3:
Commercial Outcome / 10.1.4:
What Happens Now? / 10.2:
To Singularity and Beyond / 10.3:
Deep-Dives (Case Studies) / 11:
Hitting the TV Screen - IPTV/Hybrid TV and OTT / 11.1:
The Taxonomy of OTT Video / 11.1.1:
Arqiva Connect and Freeview Plus / 11.1.2:
Creating Nasdaq's Cloud-Based Virtual Workflow / 11.2:
The Genesis of a Virtual Workflow / 11.2.1:
The Technology Behind the Workflow / 11.2.2:
Why Amazon EC2? / 11.2.3:
A What Sort of Scaling Issues did You Face?
How about SLA? / 11.2.5:
What about Signal Acquisition? / 11.2.6:
What about OS Choices and Stacks? / 11.2.7:
How Is the System Controlled? / 11.2.8:
How Does it Report? / 11.2.9:
Wrap Up / 12:
Index
Frontispiece
Topics Include
About the Book
83.

図書

図書
Gabriel A. Pall ; forewords by A. Blantin [i.e. Blanton] Godfrey, Stephan H. Haeckelsa
出版情報: Boca Raton : St. Lucie Press, c2000  xxix, 325 p. ; 25 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
The Case for Process Centering / Part I:
Doing Business in the Face of Change / Chapter 1.:
The Changing Business Environment / 1.1:
The Fundamental Success Factors / 1.1.1:
The New Challenge: Accelerated and Unpredictable Change / 1.1.2:
The Results of Change: What Is Really Happening? / 1.1.3:
The History of Change / 1.1.4:
Where Are We Today? / 1.2:
Problems with Today's Corporation / 1.2.1:
Today's Challenge / 1.2.2:
Summary / 1.3:
Traditional Ways of Coping with Change / Chapter 2.:
The Nature and Sources of Change / 2.1:
The Ping-Pong Response of Organizations to Change / 2.1.1:
Today's Customer-Driven Environment / 2.1.2:
Competition in the 21st Century / 2.1.3:
Traditional Responses to Change / 2.2:
Total Quality Management / 2.2.1:
Business Process Reengineering / 2.2.2:
Limitations of Traditional Reengineering / 2.2.3:
Limitations of the Traditional Approaches to Process Change / 2.3:
The Imperfection of Customer Needs / 2.3.1:
The Process Paradox / 2.3.2:
What Now? A Change in Managerial Attitudes / 2.4:
The Economic Value in Process Centering / 2.5:
Managing Work for Value Enhancement / 3.1:
The Value Contribution of Work / 3.1.1:
The Questionable Value Contribution of Downsizing / 3.1.2:
Investment in Business Processes for Economic Value Added / 3.2:
Impact on the Customer / 3.2.1:
Relevance to Overall Strategic Direction / 3.2.2:
The Viability of the Process / 3.2.3:
The Worth of the Process / 3.2.4:
Process Cost / 3.3:
The Cost of Conformance / 3.3.1:
The Cost of Nonconformance / 3.3.2:
The Cost of Quality as Management Tool / 3.3.3:
Productivity and Value / 3.3.4:
The Intellectual Value in Process Centering / 3.4:
The Emergence of Intellectual Assets / 4.1:
Intellectual Value Added / 4.2:
Customer Capital / 4.2.1:
Intellectual Capital / 4.2.2:
Net Added Value of Information Processed / 4.2.3:
The Role of Knowledge Management in Process Design / 4.3:
Process Centering Fundamentals / 4.4:
Understanding Processes / Chapter 5.:
Process Fundamentals / 5.1:
Classic Definitions / 5.1.1:
Process Control / 5.1.2:
Process Capability / 5.1.3:
Core Concepts of Process Thinking / 5.2:
Subject Process / 5.2.1:
Example for Subject Processes / 5.2.2:
Process Feedback / 5.2.3:
Process Quality / 5.2.4:
The Concept of Social Processes: The Human Element / 5.3:
Open Systems / 5.3.1:
Business Processes / 5.3.2:
Process Centering: The Basic Approach / 5.4:
Process Centering as the Prerequisite for Change / 6.1:
Definition of Process Centering / 6.1.1:
Commitment Management / 6.1.2:
Process Reengineering / 6.1.3:
Organizational Adaptability / 6.1.4:
Process Performance and Adaptability / 6.2:
Definitions / 6.2.1:
Adaptive Loops in Processes / 6.2.2:
The Superiority of Process Centering / 6.2.3:
Commitment Coordination and Process Alignment / 6.2.4:
What Needs To Be Done / 6.2.5:
Process Centering: The Response to Change / 6.3:
Response to Change / 7.1:
Upsizing and Growth / 7.1.1:
The Nature of Change / 7.1.2:
Response Characteristics / 7.2:
Information Intensity and Process Adaptability / 7.2.1:
Process Robustness / 7.2.2:
The Economics of Increasing Returns / 7.2.3:
Response Strategies for Growth / 7.3:
Processes as Product Offerings / 7.3.1:
Market Preempting / 7.3.2:
Process Investment Strategies for Growth / 7.3.3:
Process Centering: Role of the Individual / 7.4:
Process People / 8.1:
Empowerment, Commitment and Accountability / 8.1.1:
The Process Professional / 8.1.2:
The Process Team / 8.1.3:
Process Work / 8.2:
Multifunctional Work / 8.2.1:
Multidimensional Work / 8.2.2:
Valuable Work / 8.2.3:
Productive Work / 8.2.4:
Knowledge-Based Work / 8.2.5:
Rewarding Work / 8.2.6:
Work-Driven Shift in Personal Characteristics and Skills / 8.2.7:
Process-Related Roles and Responsibilities / 8.3:
Process Centering: The Management Team / 8.4:
Overseers and Implementers / 9.1:
Enterprise Transformation Executive / 9.1.1:
Enterprise Transformation Council / 9.1.2:
Business Process Management Executive / 9.1.3:
Business Process Owner / 9.1.4:
Business Process Management Team / 9.1.5:
Business Process Management Team Leader / 9.1.6:
Business Process Stakeholders / 9.1.7:
Process Management Resources / 9.2:
Process Contract / 9.2.1:
Process Training / 9.2.2:
Information Technology: The Response Integrator / 9.3:
Change and Information Intensity / 10.1:
Information Technology / 10.1.1:
Information Management for Adaptability / 10.2:
Two Key Process Components / 10.2.1:
Basic Functional Capabilities / 10.2.2:
Technology Assessment / 10.2.3:
Networked Collaborative Systems / 10.3:
Employee Training / 10.3.1:
Collaborative Work Practices / 10.3.2:
Wide-Area Networks / 10.3.3:
Groupware and Collaborative Computing / 10.3.4:
Fundamentals of Online Collaborative Systems / 10.3.5:
Collaborative System Architecture / 10.3.6:
Information Technology as Integrator / 10.4:
Deductive Thinking / 10.4.1:
Inductive Thinking / 10.4.2:
The Need Paradox / 10.4.3:
Process-Centered Management / 10.5:
Basics of Business Process Management / Chapter 11.:
Process Management Overview / 11.1:
The Process Management Roadmap / 11.1.1:
Classification of Business Processes / 11.1.2:
Process Planning / 11.2:
Process Identification and Mapping / 11.2.1:
Process Selection for Reengineering / 11.2.2:
Process Definition / 11.2.3:
Customer Requirements / 11.2.4:
Effective Process-Centered Management / 11.3:
The Operational View / 12.1:
The Two Dimensions of Process Management / 12.1.1:
Commitment Management and Communications / 12.1.2:
Process Resources / 12.1.3:
Process Measurements and Controls / 12.1.4:
Process Adaptability / 12.1.5:
Process Centering / 12.2:
Process Structure: The Holistic View / 12.3:
The Dynamic Business Process / 13.1:
The Holistic Process Model / 13.1.1:
The Workflow and Adaptive Loops / 13.1.3:
Alignment Engineering / 13.2:
Process Performance and Resources / 13.3:
Performance Measurement and Control / 14.1:
Process Measurement / 14.1.1:
Cycle-Time Reduction / 14.1.2:
Cycle-Time Basics / 14.2.1:
Business Cycle Time / 14.2.2:
Time To Respond / 14.2.3:
Time to Commitment / 14.2.4:
Performance Cycle Time / 14.2.5:
Human Resources and Adaptive Management Organization / 14.3:
Groupware / 14.4:
Enterprise Applications / 14.4.2:
Business Processes as Assets / 14.4.3:
Design for Adaptability / 14.5:
Traditional Design Approach to Adaptability / 15.1:
The Holistic Design Approach / 15.2:
Process Design Concepts / 15.2.1:
Design of New Process Structure / 15.2.2:
Redesign of Existing Process Structure / 15.2.3:
Design for Robust Commitments / 15.3:
Design for Process Adaptability / 16.1:
Backbone Network of Commitments / 16.1.1:
Workflow Reconfiguration / 16.1.2:
Design for Accountability / 16.2:
Culture of Accountability / 16.3:
Continuous Improvement and Planning / 16.4:
Process Improvement / 16.4.1:
Launching the Process / 16.4.2:
Process Implementation Planning / 17.1:
Integrated Implementation Planning / 17.1.1:
The Three Steps of Implementation Planning / 17.1.2:
Planning for Implementation Problems / 17.2:
Company-Wide Constraints / 17.2.1:
Process-Level Impediments / 17.2.2:
Cultural Resistance / 17.2.3:
Technology Constraints / 17.2.4:
Planning for Action / 17.3:
Process Deployment / 17.4:
The Process-Centered Organization in Operation / 17.5:
The Business Process Level / 18.1:
Process Ownership / 18.1.1:
Accountability Framework / 18.1.2:
Process Stakeholders / 18.1.3:
Continuous Process Assessment / 18.1.4:
The Enterprise Level / 18.2:
Operational Responsibilities / 18.2.1:
The Millennium Enterprise / 18.2.2:
Appendixes / 18.3:
The Tools of Process Centering / Appendix 1.:
Stand-Alone Software Tools / A1.1:
Process Modeling Tools / A1.1.1:
Process Documentation Tools / A1.1.2:
Process Simulation Tools / A1.1.3:
Process Mapping-Related Activity-Based Costing Tools / A1.1.4:
Project Management Tools / A1.1.5:
Groupware/Software Tools for Team Effectiveness / A1.1.6:
ERP-Based Software Tools / A1.2:
SAP / A1.2.1:
Oracle / A1.2.2:
Abbreviations and Acronyms / Appendix 2.:
Glossary
Endnotes
Bibliography
Index
The Case for Process Centering / Part I:
Doing Business in the Face of Change / Chapter 1.:
The Changing Business Environment / 1.1:
84.

図書

図書
text, translation and notes by J.A.F. Roodbergen ; edited by S.D. Joshi
出版情報: Poona : University of Poona, 1974  lxix, 72, 252 p. ; 25 cm
シリーズ名: Publications of the Centre of Advanced Study in Sanskrit ; class C ; no. 9
所蔵情報: loading…
85.

電子ブック

EB
Rhodri H. Davies, Chris Taylor, Christopher J. Taylor, Carole Twining
出版情報: Springer eBooks Computer Science , Springer, 2008
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction / 1:
Example Applications of Statistical Models / 1.1:
Detecting Osteoporosis Using Dental Radiographs / 1.1.1:
Detecting Vertebral Fractures / 1.1.2:
Face Identification, Tracking, and Simulation of Ageing / 1.1.3:
Overview / 1.2:
Statistical Models of Shape and Appearance / 2:
Finite-Dimensional Representations of Shape / 2.1:
Shape Alignment / 2.1.1:
Statistics of Shapes / 2.1.2:
Principal Component Analysis / 2.1.3:
Modelling Distributions of Sets of Shapes / 2.2:
Gaussian Models / 2.2.1:
Kernel Density Estimation / 2.2.2:
Kernel Principal Component Analysis / 2.2.3:
Using Principal Components to Constrain Shape / 2.2.4:
Infinite-Dimensional Representations of Shape / 2.3:
Parameterised Representations of Shape / 2.3.1:
Applications of Shape Models / 2.4:
Active Shape Models / 2.4.1:
Active Appearance Models / 2.4.2:
Establishing Correspondence / 3:
The Correspondence Problem / 3.1:
Approaches to Establishing Correspondence / 3.2:
Manual Landmarking / 3.2.1:
Automatic Methods of Establishing Correspondence / 3.2.2:
Correspondence by Parameterisation / 3.2.2.1:
Distance-Based Correspondence / 3.2.2.2:
Feature-Based Correspondence / 3.2.2.3:
Correspondence Based on Physical Properties / 3.2.2.4:
Image-Based Correspondence / 3.2.2.5:
Summary / 3.2.3:
Correspondence by Optimisation / 3.3:
Objective Function / 3.3.1:
Manipulating Correspondence / 3.3.2:
Optimisation / 3.3.3:
Objective Functions / 4:
Shape-Based Objective Functions / 4.1:
Euclidian Distance and the Trace of the Model Covariance / 4.1.1:
Bending Energy / 4.1.2:
Curvature / 4.1.3:
Shape Context / 4.1.4:
Model-Based Objective Functions / 4.2:
The Determinant of the Model Covariance / 4.2.1:
Measuring Model Properties by Bootstrapping / 4.2.2:
Specificity / 4.2.2.1:
Generalization Ability / 4.2.2.2:
An Information Theoretic Objective Function / 4.3:
Shannon Codeword Length and Shannon Entropy / 4.3.1:
Description Length for a Multivariate Gaussian Model / 4.3.2:
Approximations to MDL / 4.3.3:
Gradient of Simplified MDL Objective Functions / 4.3.4:
Concluding Remarks / 4.4:
Re-parameterisation of Open and Closed Curves / 5:
Open Curves / 5.1:
Piecewise-Linear Re-parameterisation / 5.1.1:
Recursive Piecewise-Linear Re-parameterisation / 5.1.2:
Localized Re-parameterisation / 5.1.3:
Kernel-Based Representation of Re-parameterisation / 5.1.4:
Cauchy Kernels / 5.1.4.1:
Polynomial Re-parameterisation / 5.1.4.2:
Differentiable Re-parameterisations for Closed Curves / 5.2:
Wrapped Kernel Re-parameterisation for Closed Curves / 5.2.1:
Use in Optimisation / 5.3:
Parameterisation and Re-parameterisation of Surfaces / 6:
Surface Parameterisation / 6.1:
Initial Parameterisation for Open Surfaces / 6.1.1:
Initial Parameterisation for Closed Surfaces / 6.1.2:
Defining a Continuous Parameterisation / 6.1.3:
Removing Area Distortion / 6.1.4:
Consistent Parameterisation / 6.1.5:
Re-parameterisation of Surfaces / 6.2:
Re-parameterisation of Open Surfaces / 6.2.1:
Recursive Piecewise Linear Re-parameterisation / 6.2.1.1:
Re-parameterisation of Closed Surfaces / 6.2.1.2:
Recursive Piecewise-Linear Reparameterisation / 6.2.2.1:
Cauchy Kernel Re-parameterisation / 6.2.2.2:
Symmetric Theta Transformation / 6.2.2.4:
Asymmetric Theta Transformations / 6.2.2.5:
Shear Transformations / 6.2.2.6:
Re-parameterisation of Other Topologies / 6.2.3:
A Tractable Optimisation Approach / 6.3:
Optimising One Example at a Time / 7.1.1:
Stochastic Selection of Values for Auxiliary Parameters / 7.1.2:
Gradient Descent Optimisation / 7.1.3:
Optimising Pose / 7.1.4:
Tailoring Optimisation / 7.2:
Closed Curves and Surfaces / 7.2.1:
Open Surfaces / 7.2.2:
Multi-part Objects / 7.2.3:
Implementation Issues / 7.3:
Calculating the Covariance Matrix by Numerical Integration / 7.3.1:
Numerical Estimation of the Gradient / 7.3.2:
Sampling the Set of Shapes / 7.3.3:
Detecting Singularities in the Re-parameterisations / 7.3.4:
Example Optimisation Routines / 7.4:
Example 1: Open Curves / 7.4.1:
Example 2: Open Surfaces / 7.4.2:
Non-parametric Regularization / 8:
Regularization / 8.1:
Fluid Regularization / 8.1.1:
The Shape Manifold / 8.3:
The Induced Metric / 8.3.1:
Tangent Space / 8.3.2:
Covariant Derivatives / 8.3.3:
Shape Images / 8.4:
Iterative Updating of Shape Images / 8.5:
Dealing with Shapes with Spherical Topology / 8.5.2:
Avoiding Singularities by Re-gridding / 8.5.3:
Example Implementation of Non-parametric Regularization / 8.6:
Example Optimisation Routines Using Iterative Updating of Shape Images / 8.7:
Example 3: Open Surfaces Using Shape Images / 8.7.1:
Example 4: Optimisation of Closed Surfaces Using Shape Images / 8.7.2:
Evaluation of Statistical Models / 9:
Evaluation Using Ground Truth / 9.1:
Evaluation in the Absence of Ground Truth / 9.2:
Specificity and Generalization: Quantitative Measures / 9.2.1:
Specificity and Generalization as Graph-Based Estimators / 9.3:
Evaluating the Coefficients [beta subscript n, gamma] / 9.3.1:
Generalized Specificity / 9.3.2:
Specificity and Generalization in Practice / 9.4:
Discussion / 9.5:
Thin-Plate and Clamped-Plate Splines / Appendix A:
Curvature and Bending Energy / A.1:
Variational Formulation / A.2:
Green's Functions / A.3:
Green's Functions for the Thin-Plate Spline / A.3.1:
Green's Functions for the Clamped-Plate Spline / A.3.2:
Differentiating the Objective Function / Appendix B:
Finite-Dimensional Shape Representations / B.1:
The Pseudo-Inverse / B.1.1:
Varying the Shape / B.1.2:
From PCA to Singular Value Decomposition / B.1.3:
Infinite Dimensional Shape Representations / B.2:
Glossary
References
Index
Introduction / 1:
Example Applications of Statistical Models / 1.1:
Detecting Osteoporosis Using Dental Radiographs / 1.1.1:
86.

電子ブック

EB
Rhodri H. Davies, Chris Taylor, Christopher J. Taylor, Carole Twining
出版情報: SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer, 2008
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction / 1:
Example Applications of Statistical Models / 1.1:
Detecting Osteoporosis Using Dental Radiographs / 1.1.1:
Detecting Vertebral Fractures / 1.1.2:
Face Identification, Tracking, and Simulation of Ageing / 1.1.3:
Overview / 1.2:
Statistical Models of Shape and Appearance / 2:
Finite-Dimensional Representations of Shape / 2.1:
Shape Alignment / 2.1.1:
Statistics of Shapes / 2.1.2:
Principal Component Analysis / 2.1.3:
Modelling Distributions of Sets of Shapes / 2.2:
Gaussian Models / 2.2.1:
Kernel Density Estimation / 2.2.2:
Kernel Principal Component Analysis / 2.2.3:
Using Principal Components to Constrain Shape / 2.2.4:
Infinite-Dimensional Representations of Shape / 2.3:
Parameterised Representations of Shape / 2.3.1:
Applications of Shape Models / 2.4:
Active Shape Models / 2.4.1:
Active Appearance Models / 2.4.2:
Establishing Correspondence / 3:
The Correspondence Problem / 3.1:
Approaches to Establishing Correspondence / 3.2:
Manual Landmarking / 3.2.1:
Automatic Methods of Establishing Correspondence / 3.2.2:
Correspondence by Parameterisation / 3.2.2.1:
Distance-Based Correspondence / 3.2.2.2:
Feature-Based Correspondence / 3.2.2.3:
Correspondence Based on Physical Properties / 3.2.2.4:
Image-Based Correspondence / 3.2.2.5:
Summary / 3.2.3:
Correspondence by Optimisation / 3.3:
Objective Function / 3.3.1:
Manipulating Correspondence / 3.3.2:
Optimisation / 3.3.3:
Objective Functions / 4:
Shape-Based Objective Functions / 4.1:
Euclidian Distance and the Trace of the Model Covariance / 4.1.1:
Bending Energy / 4.1.2:
Curvature / 4.1.3:
Shape Context / 4.1.4:
Model-Based Objective Functions / 4.2:
The Determinant of the Model Covariance / 4.2.1:
Measuring Model Properties by Bootstrapping / 4.2.2:
Specificity / 4.2.2.1:
Generalization Ability / 4.2.2.2:
An Information Theoretic Objective Function / 4.3:
Shannon Codeword Length and Shannon Entropy / 4.3.1:
Description Length for a Multivariate Gaussian Model / 4.3.2:
Approximations to MDL / 4.3.3:
Gradient of Simplified MDL Objective Functions / 4.3.4:
Concluding Remarks / 4.4:
Re-parameterisation of Open and Closed Curves / 5:
Open Curves / 5.1:
Piecewise-Linear Re-parameterisation / 5.1.1:
Recursive Piecewise-Linear Re-parameterisation / 5.1.2:
Localized Re-parameterisation / 5.1.3:
Kernel-Based Representation of Re-parameterisation / 5.1.4:
Cauchy Kernels / 5.1.4.1:
Polynomial Re-parameterisation / 5.1.4.2:
Differentiable Re-parameterisations for Closed Curves / 5.2:
Wrapped Kernel Re-parameterisation for Closed Curves / 5.2.1:
Use in Optimisation / 5.3:
Parameterisation and Re-parameterisation of Surfaces / 6:
Surface Parameterisation / 6.1:
Initial Parameterisation for Open Surfaces / 6.1.1:
Initial Parameterisation for Closed Surfaces / 6.1.2:
Defining a Continuous Parameterisation / 6.1.3:
Removing Area Distortion / 6.1.4:
Consistent Parameterisation / 6.1.5:
Re-parameterisation of Surfaces / 6.2:
Re-parameterisation of Open Surfaces / 6.2.1:
Recursive Piecewise Linear Re-parameterisation / 6.2.1.1:
Re-parameterisation of Closed Surfaces / 6.2.1.2:
Recursive Piecewise-Linear Reparameterisation / 6.2.2.1:
Cauchy Kernel Re-parameterisation / 6.2.2.2:
Symmetric Theta Transformation / 6.2.2.4:
Asymmetric Theta Transformations / 6.2.2.5:
Shear Transformations / 6.2.2.6:
Re-parameterisation of Other Topologies / 6.2.3:
A Tractable Optimisation Approach / 6.3:
Optimising One Example at a Time / 7.1.1:
Stochastic Selection of Values for Auxiliary Parameters / 7.1.2:
Gradient Descent Optimisation / 7.1.3:
Optimising Pose / 7.1.4:
Tailoring Optimisation / 7.2:
Closed Curves and Surfaces / 7.2.1:
Open Surfaces / 7.2.2:
Multi-part Objects / 7.2.3:
Implementation Issues / 7.3:
Calculating the Covariance Matrix by Numerical Integration / 7.3.1:
Numerical Estimation of the Gradient / 7.3.2:
Sampling the Set of Shapes / 7.3.3:
Detecting Singularities in the Re-parameterisations / 7.3.4:
Example Optimisation Routines / 7.4:
Example 1: Open Curves / 7.4.1:
Example 2: Open Surfaces / 7.4.2:
Non-parametric Regularization / 8:
Regularization / 8.1:
Fluid Regularization / 8.1.1:
The Shape Manifold / 8.3:
The Induced Metric / 8.3.1:
Tangent Space / 8.3.2:
Covariant Derivatives / 8.3.3:
Shape Images / 8.4:
Iterative Updating of Shape Images / 8.5:
Dealing with Shapes with Spherical Topology / 8.5.2:
Avoiding Singularities by Re-gridding / 8.5.3:
Example Implementation of Non-parametric Regularization / 8.6:
Example Optimisation Routines Using Iterative Updating of Shape Images / 8.7:
Example 3: Open Surfaces Using Shape Images / 8.7.1:
Example 4: Optimisation of Closed Surfaces Using Shape Images / 8.7.2:
Evaluation of Statistical Models / 9:
Evaluation Using Ground Truth / 9.1:
Evaluation in the Absence of Ground Truth / 9.2:
Specificity and Generalization: Quantitative Measures / 9.2.1:
Specificity and Generalization as Graph-Based Estimators / 9.3:
Evaluating the Coefficients [beta subscript n, gamma] / 9.3.1:
Generalized Specificity / 9.3.2:
Specificity and Generalization in Practice / 9.4:
Discussion / 9.5:
Thin-Plate and Clamped-Plate Splines / Appendix A:
Curvature and Bending Energy / A.1:
Variational Formulation / A.2:
Green's Functions / A.3:
Green's Functions for the Thin-Plate Spline / A.3.1:
Green's Functions for the Clamped-Plate Spline / A.3.2:
Differentiating the Objective Function / Appendix B:
Finite-Dimensional Shape Representations / B.1:
The Pseudo-Inverse / B.1.1:
Varying the Shape / B.1.2:
From PCA to Singular Value Decomposition / B.1.3:
Infinite Dimensional Shape Representations / B.2:
Glossary
References
Index
Introduction / 1:
Example Applications of Statistical Models / 1.1:
Detecting Osteoporosis Using Dental Radiographs / 1.1.1:
87.

電子ブック

EB
Slav Petrov, Eugene Charniak
出版情報: SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 2012
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction / 1:
Coarse-to-Fine Models / 1.1:
Coarse-to-Fine Inference / 1.2:
Latent Variable Grammars for Natural Language Parsing / 2:
Experimental Setup / 2.1:
Manual Grammar Refinement / 2.2:
Vertical and Horizontal Markovization / 2.2.1:
Additional Linguistic Refinements / 2.2.2:
Generative Latent Variable Grammars / 2.3:
Hierarchical Estimation / 2.3.1:
Adaptive Refinement / 2.3.2:
Smoothing / 2.3.3:
An Infinite Alternative / 2.3.4:
Inference / 2.4:
Hierarchical Coarse-to-Fine Pruning / 2.4.1:
Objective Functions for Parsing / 2.4.2:
Additional Experiments / 2.5:
Baseline Grammar Variation / 2.5.1:
Final Results WSJ / 2.5.3:
Multilingual Parsing / 2.5.4:
Corpus Variation / 2.5.5:
Training Size Variation / 2.5.6:
Analysis / 2.6:
Lexical Subcategories / 2.6.1:
Phrasal Subcategories / 2.6.2:
Multilingual Analysis / 2.6.3:
Summary and Future Work / 2.7:
Discriminative Latent Variable Grammars / 3:
Log-Linear Latent Variable Grammars / 3.1:
Single-Scale Discriminative Grammars / 3.3:
Efficient Discriminative Estimation / 3.3.1:
Experiments / 3.3.2:
Multi-scale Discriminative Grammars / 3.4:
Hierarchical Refinement / 3.4.1:
Learning Sparse Multi-scale Grammars / 3.4.2:
Additional Features / 3.4.3:
Structured Acoustic Models for Speech Recognition / 3.4.4:
Learning / 4.1:
The Hand-Aligned Case / 4.2.1:
Splitting / 4.2.2:
Merging / 4.2.3:
The Automatically-Aligned Case / 4.2.4:
Phone Recognition / 4.3:
Phone Classification / 4.4.2:
Coarse-to-Fine Machine Translation Decoding / 4.5:
Coarse-to-Fine Decoding / 5.1:
Related Work / 5.2.1:
Language Model Projections / 5.2.2:
Multipass Decoding / 5.2.3:
Inversion Transduction Grammars / 5.3:
Learning Coarse Languages / 5.4:
Random Projections / 5.4.1:
Frequency Clustering / 5.4.2:
HMM Clustering / 5.4.3:
JCluster / 5.4.4:
Clustering Results / 5.4.5:
Clustering / 5.5:
Spacing / 5.5.2:
Encoding Versus Order / 5.5.3:
Final Results / 5.5.4:
Search Error Analysis / 5.5.5:
Conclusions and Future Work / 5.6:
References
Introduction / 1:
Coarse-to-Fine Models / 1.1:
Coarse-to-Fine Inference / 1.2:
88.

電子ブック

EB
John Aldo Lee, M. Jordan, John A. Lee, Michel Verleysen
出版情報: Springer eBooks Computer Science , Springer New York, 2007
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Notations
Acronyms
High-Dimensional Data / 1:
Practical motivations / 1.1:
Fields of application / 1.1.1:
The goals to be reached / 1.1.2:
Theoretical motivations / 1.2:
How can we visualize high-dimensional spaces? / 1.2.1:
Curse of dimensionality and empty space phenomenon / 1.2.2:
Some directions to be explored / 1.3:
Relevance of the variables / 1.3.1:
Dependencies between the variables / 1.3.2:
About topology, spaces, and manifolds / 1.4:
Two benchmark manifolds / 1.5:
Overview of the next chapters / 1.6:
Characteristics of an Analysis Method / 2:
Purpose / 2.1:
Expected functionalities / 2.2:
Estimation of the number of latent variables / 2.2.1:
Embedding for dimensionality reduction / 2.2.2:
Embedding for latent variable separation / 2.2.3:
Internal characteristics / 2.3:
Underlying model / 2.3.1:
Algorithm / 2.3.2:
Criterion / 2.3.3:
Example: Principal component analysis / 2.4:
Data model of PCA / 2.4.1:
Criteria leading to PCA / 2.4.2:
Functionalities of PCA / 2.4.3:
Algorithms / 2.4.4:
Examples and limitations of PCA / 2.4.5:
Toward a categorization of DR methods / 2.5:
Hard vs. soft dimensionality reduction / 2.5.1:
Traditional vs. generative model / 2.5.2:
Linear vs. nonlinear model / 2.5.3:
Continuous vs. discrete model / 2.5.4:
Implicit vs. explicit mapping / 2.5.5:
Integrated vs. external estimation of the dimensionality / 2.5.6:
Layered vs. standalone embeddings / 2.5.7:
Single vs. multiple coordinate systems / 2.5.8:
Optional vs. mandatory vector quantization / 2.5.9:
Batch vs. online algorithm / 2.5.10:
Exact vs. approximate optimization / 2.5.11:
The type of criterion to be optimized / 2.5.12:
Estimation of the Intrinsic Dimension / 3:
Definition of the intrinsic dimension / 3.1:
Fractal dimensions / 3.2:
The q-dimension / 3.2.1:
Capacity dimension / 3.2.2:
Information dimension / 3.2.3:
Correlation dimension / 3.2.4:
Some inequalities / 3.2.5:
Practical estimation / 3.2.6:
Other dimension estimators / 3.3:
Local methods / 3.3.1:
Trial and error / 3.3.2:
Comparisons / 3.4:
Data Sets / 3.4.1:
PCA estimator / 3.4.2:
Local PCA estimator / 3.4.3:
Concluding remarks / 3.4.5:
Distance Preservation / 4:
State-of-the-art / 4.1:
Spatial distances / 4.2:
Metric space, distances, norms and scalar product / 4.2.1:
Multidimensional scaling / 4.2.2:
Sammon's nonlinear mapping / 4.2.3:
Curvilinear component analysis / 4.2.4:
Graph distances / 4.3:
Geodesic distance and graph distance / 4.3.1:
Isomap / 4.3.2:
Geodesic NLM / 4.3.3:
Curvilinear distance analysis / 4.3.4:
Other distances / 4.4:
Kernel PC A / 4.4.1:
Semidefinite embedding / 4.4.2:
Topology Preservation / 5:
State of the art / 5.1:
Predefined lattice / 5.2:
Self-Organizing Maps / 5.2.1:
Generative Topographic Mapping / 5.2.2:
Data-driven lattice / 5.3:
Locally linear embedding / 5.3.1:
Laplacian eigenmaps / 5.3.2:
Isotop / 5.3.3:
Method comparisons / 6:
Toy examples / 6.1:
The Swiss roll / 6.1.1:
Manifolds having essential loops or spheres / 6.1.2:
Cortex unfolding / 6.2:
Image processing / 6.3:
Artificial faces / 6.3.1:
Real faces / 6.3.2:
Conclusions / 7:
Summary of the book / 7.1:
The problem / 7.1.1:
A basic solution / 7.1.2:
Dimensionality reduction / 7.1.3:
Latent variable separation / 7.1.4:
Intrinsic dimensionality estimation / 7.1.5:
Data flow / 7.2:
Variable Selection / 7.2.1:
Calibration / 7.2.2:
Linear dimensionality reduction / 7.2.3:
Nonlinear dimensionality reduction / 7.2.4:
Further processing / 7.2.5:
Model complexity / 7.3:
Taxonomy / 7.4:
Distance preservation / 7.4.1:
Topology preservation / 7.4.2:
Spectral methods / 7.5:
Nonspectral methods / 7.6:
Tentative methodology / 7.7:
Perspectives / 7.8:
Matrix Calculus / A:
Singular value decomposition / A.1:
Eigenvalue decomposition / A.2:
Square root of a square matrix / A.3:
Gaussian Variables / B:
One-dimensional Gaussian distribution / B.1:
Multidimensional Gaussian distribution / B.2:
Uncorrelated Gaussian variables / B.2.1:
Isotropic multivariate Gaussian distribution / B.2.2:
Linearly mixed Gaussian variables / B.2.3:
Optimization / C:
Newton's method / C.1:
Finding extrema / C.1.1:
Multivariate version / C.1.2:
Gradient ascent/descent / C.2:
Stochastic gradient descent / C.2.1:
Vector quantization / D:
Classical techniques / D.1:
Competitive learning / D.2:
Initialization and ""dead units"" / D.3:
Graph Building / E:
Without vector quantization / E.1:
K-rule / E.1.1:
e-rule / E.1.2:
r-rule / E.1.3:
With vector quantization / E.2:
Data rule / E.2.1:
Histogram rule / E.2.2:
Implementation Issues / F:
Dimension estimation / F.1:
Computation of the closest point(s) / F.1.1:
References / F.3:
Index
Notations
Acronyms
High-Dimensional Data / 1:
89.

電子ブック

EB
Dmitry Yu Ivanov
出版情報: Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , Weinheim : John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2008
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Foreword to the Russian Edition
Foreword to the English Edition
Editor's Preface
Introduction
The Statics of Critical Phenomena / Part I:
Statics of Critical Phenomena in the Nearest Vicinity of the Critical Point: Experimental Manifestation / 1:
Short History of Critical Phenomena Research / 1.1:
Peculiarities of the Experiment in the Nearest Vicinity of the Critical Point / 1.2:
"Experimental" Critical Indices / 1.2.1:
Determination of Critical Parameters / 1.2.2:
Purity of Matter / 1.2.3:
Determination of Critical Density / 1.2.4:
Determination of Critical Temperature and Pressure / 1.2.5:
Experiments Near the Critical Point in the Presence of the Gravitational Field / 1.3:
The Gravitational Effect / 1.3.1:
The Coexistence Curve / 1.3.2:
Singularity of the Diameter of the Coexistence Curve / 1.3.3:
The Critical Isotherm / 1.3.4:
Isothermal Compressibility Along the Critical Isochore / 1.3.5:
(p-T)-Dependence Along the Critical Isochore / 1.3.6:
Critical Indices and Amplitudes / 2:
Phenomenological Model of the Critical Behavior of Nonideal Systems / 2.1:
Critical Indices: External Field Effects / 2.2:
Critical Index [beta] / 2.2.1:
The Influence of Surface Forces / 2.2.1.1:
The Influence of Fields: Comparison with Magnetic Materials / 2.2.1.3:
Comparison with Metals / 2.2.1.4:
Critical Index [delta] / 2.2.2:
The Influence of Gravitation / 2.2.2.1:
The Influence of Coulomb Forces / 2.2.2.2:
Critical Index [gamma] / 2.2.3:
Critical Index [alpha] / 2.2.3.1:
Critical Index of the Correlation Radius [nu] / 2.2.4.1:
Micellar Systems / 2.2.6:
Influence of Boundaries: Finite-Size Effects / 2.2.7:
Results and Consequences / 2.2.8:
Some Unresolved Problems / 2.2.9:
Universal Relations Between Critical Indices / 2.3:
Universal Relations Between Critical Amplitudes / 2.3.2:
Correlation Between Critical Index and Critical Amplitude Values / 2.3.3:
Thermodynamics of the Metastable State / 3:
The "Pseudospinodal" Hypothesis / 3.1:
The History of the Occurrence of the "Pseudospinodal Hypthesis" / 3.1.1:
The Universal "Pseudospinodal" / 3.1.2:
The van der Waals Spinodal / 3.2:
First-Order Stability Conditions / 3.2.1:
Higher Order Stability Conditions / 3.2.2:
Approaching the Instability Points / 3.2.3:
The Instability Area / 3.2.4:
Thermodynamic Analysis of the "Pseudospinodal" Hypothesis / 3.3:
Physics and Geometry / 3.3.1:
Mathematical Foundation / 3.3.2:
Thermodynamic Consequences / 3.3.3:
Experimental Test of the "Pseudospinodal" Hypothesis / 3.4:
The Dynamics of Critical Phenomena / Part II:
Foundations of Critical Dynamics / 4:
Critical Fluctuations: Light Scattering Intensity / 4.1:
Kinetics of Critical Fluctuations: Light Scattering Spectrum / 4.3:
Dynamic Critical Indices and Universal Amplitude / 4.4:
Scattering of Higher Orders / 4.5:
Critical Opalescence: Modeling / 5:
Techniques and Experimental Methods / 5.1:
Experimental Setup / 5.2.1:
General Characteristics / 5.2.1.1:
The Optical System / 5.2.1.2:
Correlator / 5.2.1.3:
Time Correlation Function for High Scattering Multiplicities / 5.2.1.4:
Cumulants of the Correlation Function / 5.2.1.5:
Afterpulses / 5.2.1.6:
Physical Modeling / 5.3:
Model Systems / 5.3.1:
Dependence of the Spectrum Half-width of Multiple Scattering on the Physical Characteristics of the System and on the Scattering Multiplicity / 5.3.2:
Dependence on the Viscosity of the Fluid / 5.3.2.1:
Dependence on the Optical Thickness of the Scattering Medium / 5.3.2.2:
Angular Dependence / 5.3.2.3:
Dependence on the Polarization Mode / 5.3.2.4:
Dependence on the Concentration of the Scatterer / 5.3.2.5:
Dependence on the Dimensions of the Scattering Media / 5.3.2.6:
Mathematical Modeling / 5.4:
The Simplest Diffusion Model Approach / 5.4.1:
The First Approach / 5.4.1.1:
The Second Approach / 5.4.1.2:
Mathematical Model of Multiple Scattering / 5.4.2:
Basic Concepts of Radiation-Transport Theory / 5.4.2.1:
Multiple Scattering Spectra Determined via the Radiation-Transport Theory / 5.4.2.2:
Transition to High Multiplicity Scattering / 5.4.2.3:
Effect of the Shape of the Sample on the Mean Scattering Multiplicity / 5.4.2.4:
On the Nature of the Constant [Gamma subscript 0] / 5.5:
The Relation of [Gamma subscript 0] to the Size of the Scatterers / 5.5.1:
The Relation of [Gamma subscript 0] to the Depth of the Diffusion Source / 5.5.2:
Critical Opalescence: Theory and Experiment / 6:
Theory of Critical Opalescence Spectra / 6.1:
Analysis of the Behavior of [Gamma subscript m] Close to the Critical Point / 6.2.1:
Calculation of the Limiting Values of Key Quantities / 6.2.1.1:
Calculation of the Temperature Dependence / 6.2.1.2:
Analysis of the Obtained Results / 6.2.1.3:
Experiments Close to the Mixing Critical Point / 6.3:
Choice of the Object of Research / 6.3.1:
Binary Mixture Aniline-Cyclohexane / 6.3.3:
Experimental Results / 6.3.4:
Heating of the "Critical" Medium by Probe Radiation / 6.4:
Thermal Conductivity in the Vicinity of the Critical Point / 7:
Thermal Conductivity of NH[subscript 3] Near to the Critical Point / 7.1:
Experimental Setup for Determining Thermal Conductivity / 7.2.1:
Experimental Results: Background Thermal Conductivity / 7.2.2:
Extended Mode-Coupling (EMC) Theory / 7.2.3:
Static Light Scattering: The Extinction Coefficient / 7.3:
The Experimental Setup for Light Scattering / 7.3.1:
Results and Analysis of the Optical Experiment / 7.3.2:
Density Derivative of the Dielectric Constant / 7.3.3:
Determination of [nu] and [xi subscript 0] Using Light Scattering / 7.4:
Critical Dynamics: Comparison of Theory and Experiment / 7.5:
Universal Dynamic Amplitude R / 7.5.1:
Thermal Conductivity Critical Index, [open phi] / 7.5.2:
Checking the Feasibility of the Universal Relations Between the Critical Amplitudes for Ammonia / 7.5.3:
Thermal Conductivity of Ammonia in the Wide Neighborhood of the Critical Point / 7.5.4:
Conclusion / 7.6:
Some Applications of the Photon Correlation Technique / A:
Diffusing-Wave Spectroscopy / A.1:
Method of Determination of the Mean Dimension and Concentration of Suspended Particles / A.2:
Monitoring of Particle Motion in Drying Films / A.3:
Dynamics of Particle Formation and Growth / A.4:
Supercritical Fluids / A.4.1:
Opaque Systems / A.4.2:
Sol-Gel Process / A.4.3:
References
Index
Foreword to the Russian Edition
Foreword to the English Edition
Editor's Preface
90.

電子ブック

EB
John Aldo Lee, M. Jordan, John A. Lee, Michel Verleysen, B. Schölkopf
出版情報: SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer New York, 2007
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Notations
Acronyms
High-Dimensional Data / 1:
Practical motivations / 1.1:
Fields of application / 1.1.1:
The goals to be reached / 1.1.2:
Theoretical motivations / 1.2:
How can we visualize high-dimensional spaces? / 1.2.1:
Curse of dimensionality and empty space phenomenon / 1.2.2:
Some directions to be explored / 1.3:
Relevance of the variables / 1.3.1:
Dependencies between the variables / 1.3.2:
About topology, spaces, and manifolds / 1.4:
Two benchmark manifolds / 1.5:
Overview of the next chapters / 1.6:
Characteristics of an Analysis Method / 2:
Purpose / 2.1:
Expected functionalities / 2.2:
Estimation of the number of latent variables / 2.2.1:
Embedding for dimensionality reduction / 2.2.2:
Embedding for latent variable separation / 2.2.3:
Internal characteristics / 2.3:
Underlying model / 2.3.1:
Algorithm / 2.3.2:
Criterion / 2.3.3:
Example: Principal component analysis / 2.4:
Data model of PCA / 2.4.1:
Criteria leading to PCA / 2.4.2:
Functionalities of PCA / 2.4.3:
Algorithms / 2.4.4:
Examples and limitations of PCA / 2.4.5:
Toward a categorization of DR methods / 2.5:
Hard vs. soft dimensionality reduction / 2.5.1:
Traditional vs. generative model / 2.5.2:
Linear vs. nonlinear model / 2.5.3:
Continuous vs. discrete model / 2.5.4:
Implicit vs. explicit mapping / 2.5.5:
Integrated vs. external estimation of the dimensionality / 2.5.6:
Layered vs. standalone embeddings / 2.5.7:
Single vs. multiple coordinate systems / 2.5.8:
Optional vs. mandatory vector quantization / 2.5.9:
Batch vs. online algorithm / 2.5.10:
Exact vs. approximate optimization / 2.5.11:
The type of criterion to be optimized / 2.5.12:
Estimation of the Intrinsic Dimension / 3:
Definition of the intrinsic dimension / 3.1:
Fractal dimensions / 3.2:
The q-dimension / 3.2.1:
Capacity dimension / 3.2.2:
Information dimension / 3.2.3:
Correlation dimension / 3.2.4:
Some inequalities / 3.2.5:
Practical estimation / 3.2.6:
Other dimension estimators / 3.3:
Local methods / 3.3.1:
Trial and error / 3.3.2:
Comparisons / 3.4:
Data Sets / 3.4.1:
PCA estimator / 3.4.2:
Local PCA estimator / 3.4.3:
Concluding remarks / 3.4.5:
Distance Preservation / 4:
State-of-the-art / 4.1:
Spatial distances / 4.2:
Metric space, distances, norms and scalar product / 4.2.1:
Multidimensional scaling / 4.2.2:
Sammon's nonlinear mapping / 4.2.3:
Curvilinear component analysis / 4.2.4:
Graph distances / 4.3:
Geodesic distance and graph distance / 4.3.1:
Isomap / 4.3.2:
Geodesic NLM / 4.3.3:
Curvilinear distance analysis / 4.3.4:
Other distances / 4.4:
Kernel PC A / 4.4.1:
Semidefinite embedding / 4.4.2:
Topology Preservation / 5:
State of the art / 5.1:
Predefined lattice / 5.2:
Self-Organizing Maps / 5.2.1:
Generative Topographic Mapping / 5.2.2:
Data-driven lattice / 5.3:
Locally linear embedding / 5.3.1:
Laplacian eigenmaps / 5.3.2:
Isotop / 5.3.3:
Method comparisons / 6:
Toy examples / 6.1:
The Swiss roll / 6.1.1:
Manifolds having essential loops or spheres / 6.1.2:
Cortex unfolding / 6.2:
Image processing / 6.3:
Artificial faces / 6.3.1:
Real faces / 6.3.2:
Conclusions / 7:
Summary of the book / 7.1:
The problem / 7.1.1:
A basic solution / 7.1.2:
Dimensionality reduction / 7.1.3:
Latent variable separation / 7.1.4:
Intrinsic dimensionality estimation / 7.1.5:
Data flow / 7.2:
Variable Selection / 7.2.1:
Calibration / 7.2.2:
Linear dimensionality reduction / 7.2.3:
Nonlinear dimensionality reduction / 7.2.4:
Further processing / 7.2.5:
Model complexity / 7.3:
Taxonomy / 7.4:
Distance preservation / 7.4.1:
Topology preservation / 7.4.2:
Spectral methods / 7.5:
Nonspectral methods / 7.6:
Tentative methodology / 7.7:
Perspectives / 7.8:
Matrix Calculus / A:
Singular value decomposition / A.1:
Eigenvalue decomposition / A.2:
Square root of a square matrix / A.3:
Gaussian Variables / B:
One-dimensional Gaussian distribution / B.1:
Multidimensional Gaussian distribution / B.2:
Uncorrelated Gaussian variables / B.2.1:
Isotropic multivariate Gaussian distribution / B.2.2:
Linearly mixed Gaussian variables / B.2.3:
Optimization / C:
Newton's method / C.1:
Finding extrema / C.1.1:
Multivariate version / C.1.2:
Gradient ascent/descent / C.2:
Stochastic gradient descent / C.2.1:
Vector quantization / D:
Classical techniques / D.1:
Competitive learning / D.2:
Initialization and ""dead units"" / D.3:
Graph Building / E:
Without vector quantization / E.1:
K-rule / E.1.1:
e-rule / E.1.2:
r-rule / E.1.3:
With vector quantization / E.2:
Data rule / E.2.1:
Histogram rule / E.2.2:
Implementation Issues / F:
Dimension estimation / F.1:
Computation of the closest point(s) / F.1.1:
References / F.3:
Index
Notations
Acronyms
High-Dimensional Data / 1:
91.

図書

図書
Michael Beetz
出版情報: Berlin : Springer, 2000  xvi, 213 p. ; 24 cm
シリーズ名: Lecture notes in computer science ; 1772 . Lecture notes in artificial intelligence
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Abstract
Acknowledgements
List of Figures
Introduction / 1:
The Approach / 1.1:
Technical Challenges / 1.2:
Introductory Example / 1.3:
Motivation / 1.4:
Relevance for Autonomous Robot Control / 1.4.1:
Relevance for AI Planning / 1.4.2:
The Computational Problem and Its Solution / 1.5:
The Computational Problem / 1.5.1:
The Computational Model / 1.5.2:
Contributions / 1.6:
Outline of the Book / 1.7:
Reactivity / 2:
The DeliveryWorld / 2.1:
The World / 2.1.1:
Commands and Jobs / 2.1.2:
The Robot / 2.1.3:
Justification of the DeliveryWorld / 2.1.4:
The Implementation of Routine Activities / 2.2:
Plan Steps vs. Concurrent Control Processes / 2.2.1:
Interfacing Continuous Control Processes / 2.2.2:
Coordinating Control Processes / 2.2.3:
Synchronization of Concurrent Control Threads / 2.2.4:
Failure Recovery / 2.2.5:
Perception / 2.2.6:
State, Memory, and World Models / 2.2.7:
The Structure of Routine Activities / 2.2.8:
The Structured Reactive Controller / 2.3:
Behavior and Planning Modules / 2.3.1:
The Body of the Structured Reactive Controller / 2.3.2:
Global Fluents, Variables, and the Plan Library / 2.3.3:
The RPL Runtime System / 2.3.4:
Summary and Discussion / 2.4:
Planning / 3:
The Structured Reactive Plan / 3.1:
Plans as Syntactic Objects / 3.1.1:
RPL as a Plan Language / 3.1.2:
The Computational Structure / 3.2:
The "Criticize-Revise" Cycle / 3.2.1:
The "Criticize" Step / 3.2.2:
The "Revise" Step / 3.2.3:
The XFRM Planning Framework / 3.3:
Anticipation and Forestalling of Behavior Flaws / 3.4:
The Detection of Behavior Flaws / 3.4.1:
Behavior Flaws and Plan Revisions / 3.4.2:
The Diagnosis of Behavior Flaws / 3.4.3:
Transparent Reactive Plans / 3.5:
Declarative Statements / 4.1:
RPL Construct Descriptions / 4.1.1:
Achievement Goals / 4.1.2:
Perceptions / 4.1.3:
Beliefs / 4.1.4:
Other Declarative Statements / 4.1.5:
Using Declarative Statements / 4.1.6:
Routine Plans / 4.2:
The Plan Library / 4.3:
Behavior Modules / 4.3.1:
Low-level Plans / 4.3.2:
High-level Plans / 4.3.3:
Discussion / 4.4:
Representing Plan Revisions / 5:
Conceptualization / 5.1:
Making Inferences / 5.2:
Some Examples / 5.2.1:
Accessing Code Trees / 5.2.2:
Predicates on Plan Interpretations / 5.2.3:
Predicates on Timelines / 5.2.4:
Timelines and Plan Interpretation / 5.2.5:
Expressing Plan Revisions / 5.3:
XFRML - The Implementation / 5.4:
Forestalling Behavior Flaws / 5.5:
FAUST / 6.1:
The Behavior Critic / 6.1.1:
Detecting Behavior Flaws: Implementation / 6.1.2:
Diagnosing the Causes of Behavior Flaws: Implementation / 6.1.3:
The Bug Class "Behavior-Specification Violation" / 6.1.4:
The Elimination of Behavior Flaws / 6.1.5:
The Plan Revisions for the Example / 6.2:
Some Behavior Flaws and Their Revisions / 6.3:
Perceptual Confusion / 6.3.1:
Missed Deadlines / 6.3.2:
Planning Ongoing Activities / 6.4:
Extending RPL / 7.1:
The RUNTIME-PLAN Statement / 7.1.1:
Plan Swapping / 7.1.2:
Making Planning Assumptions / 7.1.3:
Deliberative Controllers / 7.2:
Improving Iterative Plans by Local Planning / 7.2.1:
Plan Execution a la Shakey / 7.2.2:
Execution Monitoring and Replanning / 7.2.3:
Recovering from Execution Failures / 7.2.4:
Some Robot Control Architectures / 7.2.5:
The Controller in the Experiment / 7.3:
Evaluation / 7.4:
Analysis of the Problem / 8.1:
Assessment of the Method / 8.2:
Description of the Method / 8.2.1:
Evaluation of the Method / 8.2.2:
Demonstration / 8.3:
Evaluating SRCs in Standard Situations / 8.3.1:
Comparing SRCs with the Appropriate Fixed Controller179 / 8.3.2:
Problems that Require SRCs / 8.3.3:
Related Work / 8.4:
Control Architectures for Competent Physical Agents / 8.4.1:
Control Languages for Reactive Control / 8.4.2:
Robot Planning / 8.4.3:
Conclusion / 9:
What Do Structured Reactive Controllers Do? / 9.1:
Why Do Structured Reactive Controllers Work? / 9.2:
Do Structured Reactive Controllers Work for Real Robots? / 9.3:
References
Abstract
Acknowledgements
List of Figures
92.

電子ブック

EB
Center for Chemical Process Safety (CCPS), American Institute of Chemical Engineers, American Institute for Chemical Engineers., American Institute for Chemical Enginners.
出版情報: Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2003
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Acknowledgments
Introduction / 1:
Building on the Past / 1.1:
Who Should Read This Book? / 1.2:
The Guideline's Objectives / 1.3:
The Continuing Evolution of Incident Investigation / 1.4:
Designing an Incident Investigation Management System / 2:
Preplanning Considerations / 2.1:
An Organization's Responsibilities / 2.1.1:
The Benefit of Management's Commitment / 2.1.2:
The Role of the Developers / 2.1.3:
Integration with Other Functions and Teams / 2.1.4:
Regulatory and Legal Issues / 2.1.5:
Typical Management System Topics / 2.2:
Classifying Incidents / 2.2.1:
Other Options for Establishing Classification Criteria / 2.2.2:
Specifying Documentation / 2.2.3:
Describing Team Organization and Functions / 2.2.4:
Setting Training Requirements / 2.2.5:
Emphasizing Root Causes / 2.2.6:
Developing Recommendations / 2.2.7:
Fostering a Blame-Free Policy / 2.2.8:
Implementing the Recommendations and Follow-Up Activities / 2.2.9:
Resuming Normal Operation and Establishing Restart Criteria / 2.2.10:
Providing a Template for Formal Reports / 2.2.11:
Review and Approval / 2.2.12:
Planning for Continuous Improvement / 2.2.13:
Implementing the Management System / 2.3:
Initial Implementation-Training / 2.3.1:
Initial Implementation-Data Management System.References / 2.3.2:
An Overview of Incident Causation Theories / 3:
Stages of a Process-Related Incident / 3.1:
Three Phases of Process-Related Incidents / 3.1.1:
The Importance of Latent Failures / 3.1.2:
Theories of Incident Causation / 3.2:
Domino Theory of Causation / 3.2.1:
System Theory / 3.2.2:
Hazard-Barrier-Target Theory / 3.2.3:
Investigation's Place in Controlling Risk / 3.3:
Relationship between Near Misses and Incidents / 3.4:
Endnotes
An Overview of Investigation Methodologies / 4:
Historical Approach / 4.1:
Modern Structured Approach / 4.2:
Methodologies Used by CCPS Members / 4.3:
Description of Tools / 4.4:
Brainstorming / 4.4.1:
Timelines / 4.4.2:
Sequence Diagrams / 4.4.3:
Causal Factor Identification / 4.4.4:
Checklists / 4.4.5:
Predefined Trees / 4.4.6:
Team-Developed Logic Trees / 4.4.7:
Selecting an Appropriate Methodology / 4.5:
Reporting and Investigating Near Misses / 5:
Defining a Near Miss / 5.1:
Obstacle to Near Miss Reporting and Recommended Solutions / 5.2:
Fear of Disciplinary Action / 5.2.1:
Fear of Embarrassment / 5.2.2:
Lack of Understanding: Near Miss versus Nonincident / 5.2.3:
Lack of Management Commitment and Folow-through / 5.2.4:
High Level of Effort to Report and Investigate / 5.2.5:
Disincentives for Reporting Near Misses / 5.2.6:
Not Knowing Which Investigation System to Use / 5.2.7:
Legal Aspects / 5.3:
The Impact of Human Factors / 6:
Defining Human Factors / 6.1:
Human Factors Concepts / 6.2:
Skills-Rules-Knowledge Model / 6.2.1:
Human Behavior / 6.2.2:
Incorporating Human Factors into the Incident Investigation Process / 6.3:
Finding the Causes / 6.3.1:
How an Incident Evolves / 6.4:
Organizational Factors / 6.4.1:
Unsafe Supervision / 6.4.2:
Preconditions for Unsafe Acts / 6.4.3:
Unsafe Acts / 6.4.4:
Checklists and Flowcharts / 6.5:
Building and Leading an Incident Investigation Team / 7:
Team Approach / 7.1:
Advantage of the Team Approach / 7.2:
Leading a Process Safety Incident Investigation Team / 7.3:
Potential Team Composition / 7.4:
Training Potential Team Members and Support Personnel / 7.5:
Building a Team for a Specific Incident / 7.6:
Minor Incidents / 7.6.1:
Limited Impact Incidents / 7.6.2:
Significant Incidents / 7.6.3:
High Potential Incidents / 7.6.4:
Catastrophic Incidents / 7.6.5:
Developing a Specific Investigation Plan / 7.7:
Team Operations / 7.8:
Setting Criteria for Resuming Normal Operations / 7.9:
Preface
Acknowledgments
Introduction / 1:
93.

電子ブック

EB
Elena Y. Vedmedenko
出版情報: Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2007
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
Introduction / 1:
How the Story Began / 1.1:
Structure Periodicity and Modulated Phases / 1.1.1:
Ferromagnetic and Ferroelectric Domains / 1.1.2:
First Theoretical Approaches for Competing Interactions / 1.2:
Frenkel-Kontorova Model / 1.2.1:
Theoretical Models of the Magnetic/Ferroelectric Domains / 1.2.2:
Phenomenology of the Dipolar Interaction / 1.2.2.1:
Phenomenology of the Exchange and Exchange-Like Interactions / 1.2.2.2:
Mechanism of the Domain Formation / 1.2.2.3:
Summary / 1.3:
Exercises / 1.4:
References
Self-Competition: or How to Choose the Best from the Worst / 2:
Frustration: The World is not Perfect / 2.1:
Why is an Understanding of Frustration Phenomena Important for Nanosystems? / 2.2:
Ising, XY, and Heisenberg Statistical Models / 2.3:
Order-Disorder Phenomena / 2.4:
Phase Transitions and their Characterization / 2.4.1:
Order Below a Critical Temperature / 2.4.2:
Measure of Frustration: Local Energy Parameter / 2.4.3:
Self-Competition of the Short-Range Interactions / 2.5:
Ising Antiferromagnet on a Lattice / 2.5.1:
Triangular Lattice / 2.5.1.1:
Kagome Lattice / 2.5.1.2:
Ising Antiferromagnet on Aperiodic Tilings / 2.5.1.3:
Heisenberg Antiferromagnet on a Lattice / 2.5.2:
Triangular and Kagome Lattices / 2.5.2.1:
Aperiodic Tilings / 2.5.2.2:
Three-Dimensional Spin Structure on a Periodic Two-Dimensional Lattice: Itinerant Systems / 2.5.3:
Frustration Squeezed Out / 2.5.4:
Self-Competition of the Long-Range Interactions / 2.6:
Dipolar Interactions / 2.6.1:
Localized Ising Moments on a Periodic Lattice / 2.6.1.1:
Localized Vector Moments on a Periodic Lattice / 2.6.1.2:
Localized Vector Moments on Aperiodic Tilings / 2.6.1.3:
Delocalized Moments with Given Orientation: Two-Dimensional Electron Wigner Crystal / 2.6.1.4:
Multipolar Interactions: Why Might that be Interesting? / 2.6.2:
Multipolar Moments of Molecular Systems and Bose-Einstein Condensates / 2.6.2.1:
Multipolar Moments of Nanomagnetic Particles / 2.6.2.2:
Multipole-Multipole Interactions / 2.6.2.3:
Ground States for Multipoles of Even Symmetry: Quadrupolar and Hexadecapolar Patterns / 2.6.2.4:
Ground States for Multipoles of Odd Symmetry: Octopolar and Dotriacontapolar Patterns / 2.6.2.5:
Competition Between a Short- and a Long-Range Interaction / 2.7:
Localized Particles / 3.1:
Competition Between the Ferromagnetic Exchange and the Dipolar Interaction: Ising Spins / 3.1.1:
Stripes or Checkerboard? / 3.1.1.1:
Scaling Theory / 3.1.1.2:
Stripes in an External Magnetic Field: Bubbles / 3.1.1.3:
Competition Between the Ferromagnetic Exchange and the Dipolar Interaction: Vector Spins / 3.1.2:
Films: Dominating Exchange Interaction / 3.1.2.1:
Films: Dominating Dipolar Interaction / 3.1.2.2:
Nanoparticles with Periodic Atomic Structure / 3.1.2.3:
Nanoparticles with Aperiodic Atomic Structure / 3.1.2.4:
Competition Between the Antiferromagnetic Exchange and the Dipolar Interaction / 3.1.3:
Periodic Lattices / 3.1.3.1:
Aperiodic Lattices / 3.1.3.2:
Neural Networks / 3.1.4:
Delocalized Particles / 3.2:
Self-Assembled Domain Structures on a Solid Surface: Dipolar Lattice Gas Model / 3.2.1:
Self-Organization in Langmuir Monolayers / 3.2.2:
Self-Organization in Block Copolymer Systems / 3.2.3:
Preface
Introduction / 1:
How the Story Began / 1.1:
94.

電子ブック

EB
Richard Jensen, Qiang Shen
出版情報: Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2008
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Preface
The Importance of Feature Selection / 1:
Knowledge Discovery / 1.1:
Feature Selection / 1.2:
The Task / 1.2.1:
The Benefits / 1.2.2:
Rough Sets / 1.3:
Applications / 1.4:
Structure / 1.5:
Set Theory / 2:
Classical Set Theory / 2.1:
Definition / 2.1.1:
Subsets / 2.1.2:
Operators / 2.1.3:
Fuzzy Set Theory / 2.2:
Simple Example / 2.2.1:
Fuzzy Relations and Composition / 2.2.4:
Approximate Reasoning / 2.2.5:
Linguistic Hedges / 2.2.6:
Fuzzy Sets and Probability / 2.2.7:
Rough Set Theory / 2.3:
Information and Decision Systems / 2.3.1:
Indiscernibility / 2.3.2:
Lower and Upper Approximations / 2.3.3:
Positive, Negative, and Boundary Regions / 2.3.4:
Feature Dependency and Significance / 2.3.5:
Reducts / 2.3.6:
Discernibility Matrix / 2.3.7:
Fuzzy-Rough Set Theory / 2.4:
Fuzzy Equivalence Classes / 2.4.1:
Fuzzy-Rough Sets / 2.4.2:
Rough-Fuzzy Sets / 2.4.3:
Fuzzy-Rough Hybrids / 2.4.4:
Summary / 2.5:
Classification Methods / 3:
Crisp Approaches / 3.1:
Rule Inducers / 3.1.1:
Decision Trees / 3.1.2:
Clustering / 3.1.3:
Naive Bayes / 3.1.4:
Inductive Logic Programming / 3.1.5:
Fuzzy Approaches / 3.2:
Lozowski's Method / 3.2.1:
Subsethood-Based Methods / 3.2.2:
Fuzzy Decision Trees / 3.2.3:
Evolutionary Approaches / 3.2.4:
Rulebase Optimization / 3.3:
Fuzzy Interpolation / 3.3.1:
Fuzzy Rule Optimization / 3.3.2:
Dimensionality Reduction / 3.4:
Transformation-Based Reduction / 4.1:
Linear Methods / 4.1.1:
Nonlinear Methods / 4.1.2:
Selection-Based Reduction / 4.2:
Filter Methods / 4.2.1:
Wrapper Methods / 4.2.2:
Genetic Approaches / 4.2.3:
Simulated Annealing Based Feature Selection / 4.2.4:
Rough Set Based Approaches to Feature Selection / 4.3:
Rough Set Attribute Reduction / 5.1:
Additional Search Strategies / 5.1.1:
Proof of QuickReduct Monotonicity / 5.1.2:
RSAR Optimizations / 5.2:
Implementation Goals / 5.2.1:
Implementational Optimizations / 5.2.2:
Discernibility Matrix Based Approaches / 5.3:
Johnson Reducer / 5.3.1:
Compressibility Algorithm / 5.3.2:
Reduction with Variable Precision Rough Sets / 5.4:
Dynamic Reducts / 5.5:
Relative Dependency Method / 5.6:
Tolerance-Based Method / 5.7:
Similarity Measures / 5.7.1:
Approximations and Dependency / 5.7.2:
Combined Heuristic Method / 5.8:
Alternative Approaches / 5.9:
Comparison of Crisp Approaches / 5.10:
Dependency Degree Based Approaches / 5.10.1:
Applications I: USE OF RSAR / 5.10.2:
Medical Image Classification / 6.1:
Problem Case / 6.1.1:
Neural Network Modeling / 6.1.2:
Results / 6.1.3:
Text Categorization / 6.2:
Metrics / 6.2.1:
Datasets Used / 6.2.3:
Information Content of Rough Set Reducts / 6.2.4:
Comparative Study of TC Methodologies / 6.2.6:
Efficiency Considerations of RSAR / 6.2.7:
Generalization / 6.2.8:
Algae Estimation / 6.3:
Other Applications / 6.3.1:
Prediction of Business Failure / 6.4.1:
Financial Investment / 6.4.2:
Bioinformatics and Medicine / 6.4.3:
Fault Diagnosis / 6.4.4:
Spacial and Meteorological Pattern Classification / 6.4.5:
Music and Acoustics / 6.4.6:
Rough and Fuzzy Hybridization / 6.5:
Introduction / 7.1:
Theoretical Hybridization / 7.2:
Supervised Learning and Information Retrieval / 7.3:
Feature Selec / 7.4:
The Importance Of Feature Selection
Rough Set Based Approaches To Feature Selection
Proof of QUICKREDUCT Monotonicity
Applications I: Use of Rsar
Feature Selec"
Preface
The Importance of Feature Selection / 1:
Knowledge Discovery / 1.1:
95.

図書

図書
Charles E. Baukal, Jr.
出版情報: Boca Raton, Fla. : CRC Press, c2000  545 p. ; 27 cm
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction / Chapter 1:
Importance of Heat Transfer in Industrial Combustion / 1.1:
Energy Consumption / 1.1.1:
Research Needs / 1.1.2:
Literature Discussion / 1.2:
Heat Transfer / 1.2.1:
Combustion / 1.2.2:
Heat Transfer and Combustion / 1.2.3:
Combustion System Components / 1.3:
Burners / 1.3.1:
Competing Priorities / 1.3.1.1:
Design Factors / 1.3.1.2:
General Burner Types / 1.3.1.3:
Combustors / 1.3.2:
Design Considerations / 1.3.2.1:
General Classifications / 1.3.2.2:
Heat Load / 1.3.3:
Process Tubes / 1.3.3.1:
Moving Substrate / 1.3.3.2:
Opaque Materials / 1.3.3.3:
Transparent Materials / 1.3.3.4:
Heat Recovery Devices / 1.3.4:
Recuperators / 1.3.4.1:
Regenerators / 1.3.4.2:
References
Some Fundamentals of Combustion / Chapter 2:
Combustion Chemistry / 2.1:
Fuel Properties / 2.1.1:
Oxidizer Composition / 2.1.2:
Mixture Ratio / 2.1.3:
Operating Regimes / 2.1.4:
Combustion Properties / 2.2:
Combustion Products / 2.2.1:
Air and Fuel Preheat Temperature / 2.2.1.1:
Fuel Composition / 2.2.1.4:
Flame Temperature / 2.2.2:
Oxidizer and Fuel Composition / 2.2.2.1:
Oxidizer and Fuel Preheat Temperature / 2.2.2.2:
Available Heat / 2.2.3:
Flue Gas Volume / 2.2.4:
Exhaust Product Transport Properties / 2.3:
Density / 2.3.1:
Specific Heat / 2.3.2:
Thermal Conductivity / 2.3.3:
Viscosity / 2.3.4:
Prandtl Number / 2.3.5:
Lewis Number / 2.3.6:
Heat Transfer Modes / Chapter 3:
Convection / 3.1:
Forced Convection / 3.2.1:
Forced Convection from Flames / 3.2.1.1:
Forced Convection from Outside Combustor Wall / 3.2.1.2:
Forced Convection from Hot Gases to Tubes / 3.2.1.3:
Natural Convection / 3.2.2:
Natural Convection from Flames / 3.2.2.1:
Natural Convection from Outside Combustor Wall / 3.2.2.2:
Radiation / 3.3:
Surface Radiation / 3.3.1:
Nonluminous Radiation / 3.3.2:
Theory / 3.3.2.1:
Combustion Studies / 3.3.2.2:
Luminous Radiation / 3.3.3:
Conduction / 3.3.3.1:
Steady-State Conduction / 3.4.1:
Transient Conduction / 3.4.2:
Phase Change / 3.5:
Melting / 3.5.1:
Boiling / 3.5.2:
Internal Boiling / 3.5.2.1:
External Boiling / 3.5.2.2:
Condensation / 3.5.3:
Heat Sources and Sinks / Chapter 4:
Heat Sources / 4.1:
Combustibles / 4.1.1:
Fuel Combustion / 4.1.1.1:
Volatile Combustion / 4.1.1.2:
Thermochemical Heat Release / 4.1.2:
Equilibrium TCHR / 4.1.2.1:
Catalytic TCHR / 4.1.2.2:
Mixed TCHR / 4.1.2.3:
Heat Sinks / 4.2:
Load / 4.2.1:
Tubes / 4.2.1.1:
Substrate / 4.2.1.2:
Granular Solid / 4.2.1.3:
Molten Liquid / 4.2.1.4:
Surface Conditions / 4.2.1.5:
Wall Losses / 4.2.2:
Openings / 4.2.3:
Gas Flow Through Openings / 4.2.3.1:
Material Transport / 4.2.4:
Computer Modeling / Chapter 5:
Combustion Modeling / 5.1:
Modeling Approaches / 5.2:
Fluid Dynamics / 5.2.1:
Moment Averaging / 5.2.1.1:
Vortex Methods / 5.2.1.2:
Spectral Methods / 5.2.1.3:
Direct Numerical Simulation / 5.2.1.4:
Geometry / 5.2.2:
Zero-Dimensional Modeling / 5.2.2.1:
One-Dimensional Modeling / 5.2.2.2:
Multi-dimensional Modeling / 5.2.2.3:
Reaction Chemistry / 5.2.3:
Nonreacting Flows / 5.2.3.1:
Simplified Chemistry / 5.2.3.2:
Complex Chemistry / 5.2.3.3:
Nonradiating / 5.2.4:
Participating Media / 5.2.4.2:
Time Dependence / 5.2.5:
Steady State / 5.2.5.1:
Transient / 5.2.5.2:
Simplified Models / 5.3:
Computational Fluid Dynamic Modeling / 5.4:
Increasing Popularity of CFD / 5.4.1:
Potential Problems of CFD / 5.4.2:
Equations / 5.4.3:
Chemistry / 5.4.3.1:
Multiple Phases / 5.4.3.4:
Boundary and Initial Conditions / 5.4.4:
Inlets and Outlets / 5.4.4.1:
Surfaces / 5.4.4.2:
Symmetry / 5.4.4.3:
Discretization / 5.4.5:
Finite Difference Technique / 5.4.5.1:
Finite Volume Technique / 5.4.5.2:
Finite Element Technique / 5.4.5.3:
Mixed / 5.4.5.4:
None / 5.4.5.5:
Solution Methods / 5.4.6:
Model Validation / 5.4.7:
Industrial Combustion Examples / 5.4.8:
Modeling Burners / 5.4.8.1:
Modeling Combustors / 5.4.8.2:
Experimental Techniques / Chapter 6:
Heat Flux / 6.1:
Total Heat Flux / 6.2.1:
Steady-State Uncooled Solids / 6.2.1.1:
Steady-State Cooled Solids / 6.2.1.2:
Steady-State Cooled Gages / 6.2.1.3:
Transient Uncooled Targets / 6.2.1.4:
Transient Uncooled Gages / 6.2.1.5:
Radiant Heat Flux / 6.2.2:
Heat Flux Gage / 6.2.2.1:
Ellipsoidal Radiometer / 6.2.2.2:
Spectral Radiometer / 6.2.2.3:
Other Techniques / 6.2.2.4:
Convective Heat Flux / 6.2.3:
Temperature / 6.3:
Gas Temperature / 6.3.1:
Suction Pyrometer / 6.3.1.1:
Optical Techniques / 6.3.1.2:
Fine Wire Thermocouples / 6.3.1.3:
Line Reversal / 6.3.1.4:
Surface Temperature / 6.3.2:
Embedded Thermocouple / 6.3.2.1:
Infrared Detectors / 6.3.2.2:
Gas Flow / 6.4:
Gas Velocity / 6.4.1:
Pitot Tubes / 6.4.1.1:
Laser Doppler Velocimetry / 6.4.1.2:
Static Pressure Distribution / 6.4.1.3:
Stagnation Velocity Gradient / 6.4.2.1:
Stagnation Zone / 6.4.2.2:
Gas Species / 6.5:
Other Measurements / 6.6:
Physical Modeling / 6.7:
Flame Impingement / Chapter 7:
Experimental Conditions / 7.1:
Configurations / 7.2.1:
Flame Normal to a Cylinder in Crossflow / 7.2.1.1:
Flame Normal to a Hemispherically Nosed Cylinder / 7.2.1.2:
Flame Normal to a Plane Surface / 7.2.1.3:
Flame Parallel to a Plane Surface / 7.2.1.4:
Operating Conditions / 7.2.2:
Oxidizers / 7.2.2.1:
Fuels / 7.2.2.2:
Equivalence Ratios / 7.2.2.3:
Firing Rates / 7.2.2.4:
Reynolds Number / 7.2.2.5:
Nozzle Diameter / 7.2.2.6:
Location / 7.2.2.8:
Stagnation Targets / 7.2.3:
Size / 7.2.3.1:
Target Materials / 7.2.3.2:
Surface Preparation / 7.2.3.3:
Surface Temperatures / 7.2.3.4:
Measurements / 7.2.4:
Semianalytical Heat Transfer Solutions / 7.3:
Equation Parameters / 7.3.1:
Thermophysical Properties / 7.3.1.1:
Sibulkin Results / 7.3.1.2:
Fay and Riddell Results / 7.3.2.2:
Rosner Results / 7.3.2.3:
Comparisons With Experiments / 7.3.3:
Forced Convection (Negligible TCHR) / 7.3.3.1:
Forced Convection with TCHR / 7.3.3.2:
Sample Calculations / 7.3.4:
Laminar Flames Without TCHR / 7.3.4.1:
Turbulent Flames Without TCHR / 7.3.4.2:
Laminar Flames with TCHR
Summary / 7.3.5:
Empirical Heat Transfer Correlations / 7.4:
Flames Impinging Normal to a Cylinder / 7.4.1:
Local Convection Heat Transfer / 7.4.2.1:
Average Convection Heat Transfer / 7.4.2.2:
Average Convection Heat Transfer with TCHR / 7.4.2.3:
Average Radiation Heat Transfer / 7.4.2.4:
Maximum Convection and Radiation Heat Transfer / 7.4.2.5:
Flames Impining Normal to a Hemi-Nosed Cylinder / 7.4.3:
Local Convection Heat Transfer with TCHR / 7.4.3.1:
Flames Impinging Normal to a Plane Surface / 7.4.4:
Flames Parallel to a Plane Surface / 7.4.4.1:
Local Convection Heat Transfer With TCHR / 7.4.5.1:
Local Convection and Radiation Heat Transfer / 7.4.5.2:
Heat Transfer from Burners / Chapter 8:
Open-Flame Burners / 8.1:
Momentum Effects / 8.2.1:
Flame Luminosity / 8.2.2:
Firing Rate Effects / 8.2.3:
Flame Shape Effects / 8.2.4:
Radiant Burners / 8.3:
Perforated Ceramic or Wire Mesh Radiant Burners / 8.3.1:
Flame Impingement Radiant Burners / 8.3.2:
Porous Refractory Radiant Burners / 8.3.3:
Advanced Ceramic Radiant Burners / 8.3.4:
Radiant Wall Burners / 8.3.5:
Radiant Tube Burners / 8.3.6:
Effects on Heat Transfer / 8.4:
Fuel Effects / 8.4.1:
Solid Fuels / 8.4.1.1:
Liquid Fuels / 8.4.1.2:
Gaseous Fuels / 8.4.1.3:
Fuel Temperature / 8.4.1.4:
Oxidizer Effects / 8.4.2:
Oxidizer Temperature / 8.4.2.1:
Staging Effects / 8.4.3:
Fuel Staging / 8.4.3.1:
Oxidizer Staging / 8.4.3.2:
Burner Orientation / 8.4.4:
Hearth-Fired Burners / 8.4.4.1:
Wall-Fired Burners / 8.4.4.2:
Roof-Fired Burners / 8.4.4.3:
Side-Fired Burners / 8.4.4.4:
Heat Recuperation / 8.4.5:
Regenerative Burners / 8.4.5.1:
Recuperative Burners / 8.4.5.2:
Furnace or Flue Gas Recirculation / 8.4.5.3:
Pulse Combustion / 8.4.6:
In-Flame Treatment / 8.5:
Heat Transfer in Furnaces / Chapter 9:
Furnaces / 9.1:
Firing Method / 9.2.1:
Direct Firing / 9.2.1.1:
Indirect Firing / 9.2.1.2:
Heat Distribution / 9.2.1.3:
Load Processing Method / 9.2.2:
Batch Processing / 9.2.2.1:
Continuous Processing / 9.2.2.2:
Hybrid Processing / 9.2.2.3:
Heat Transfer Medium / 9.2.3:
Gaseous Medium / 9.2.3.1:
Vacuum / 9.2.3.2:
Liquid Medium / 9.2.3.3:
Solid Medium / 9.2.3.4:
Rotary Geometry / 9.2.4:
Rectangular Geometry / 9.2.4.2:
Ladle Geometry / 9.2.4.3:
Vertical Cylindrical Geometry / 9.2.4.4:
Furnace Types / 9.2.5:
Reverberatory Furnace / 9.2.5.1:
Shaft Kiln / 9.2.5.2:
Rotary Furnace / 9.2.5.3:
Heat Recovery / 9.3:
Gas Recirculation / 9.3.1:
Flue Gas Recirculation / 9.3.3.1:
Furnace Gas Recirculation / 9.3.3.2:
Lower Temperature Applications / Chapter 10:
Ovens and Dryers / 10.1:
Predryer / 10.2.1:
Dryer / 10.2.2:
Fired Heaters / 10.3:
Reformer / 10.3.1:
Process Heater / 10.3.2:
Heat Treating / 10.4:
Standard Atmosphere / 10.4.1:
Special Atmosphere / 10.4.2:
Higher Temperature Applications / Chapter 11:
Industries / 11.1:
Metals Industry / 11.2:
Ferrous Metal Production / 11.2.1:
Electric Arc Furnace / 11.2.1.1:
Smelting / 11.2.1.2:
Ladle Preheating / 11.2.1.3:
Reheating Furnace / 11.2.1.4:
Forging / 11.2.1.5:
Aluminum Metal Production / 11.2.2:
Minerals Industry / 11.3:
Glass / 11.3.1:
Types of Traditional Glass-Melting Furnaces / 11.3.1.1:
Unit Melter / 11.3.1.2:
Recuperative Melter / 11.3.1.3:
Regenerative or Siemens Furnace / 11.3.1.4:
Oxygen-Enhanced Combustion for Glass Production / 11.3.1.5:
Advanced Techniques for Glass Production / 11.3.1.6:
Cement and Lime / 11.3.2:
Bricks, Refractories, and Ceramics / 11.3.3:
Waste Incineration / 11.4:
Types of Incinerators / 11.4.1:
Municipal Waste Incinerators / 11.4.1.1:
Sludge Incinerators / 11.4.1.2:
Mobile Incinerators / 11.4.1.3:
Transportable Incinerators / 11.4.1.4:
Fixed Hazardous Waste Incinerators / 11.4.1.5:
Heat Transfer in Waste Incineration / 11.4.2:
Advanced Combustion Systems / Chapter 12:
Oxygen-Enhanced Combustion / 12.1:
Typical Use Methods / 12.2.1:
Air Enrichment / 12.2.1.1:
O[subscript 2] Lancing / 12.2.1.2:
Oxy/Fuel / 12.2.1.3:
Air-Oxy/Fuel / 12.2.1.4:
Heat Transfer Benefits / 12.2.2:
Increased Productivity / 12.2.3.1:
Higher Thermal Efficiencies / 12.2.3.2:
Higher Heat Transfer Efficiency / 12.2.3.3.:
Increased Flexibility / 12.2.3.4:
Potential Heat Transfer Problems / 12.2.4:
Refractory Damage / 12.2.4.1:
Nonuniform Heating / 12.2.4.2:
Industrial Heating Applications / 12.2.5:
Metals / 12.2.5.1:
Minerals / 12.2.5.2:
Incineration / 12.2.5.3:
Other / 12.2.5.4:
Submerged Combustion / 12.3:
Metals Production / 12.3.1:
Minerals Production / 12.3.2:
Liquid Heating / 12.3.3:
Miscellaneous / 12.4:
Surface Combustor-Heater / 12.4.1:
Direct-Fired Cylinder Dryer / 12.4.2:
Appendices
Reference Sources for Further Information / Appendix A:
Common Conversions / Appendix B:
Methods of Expressing Mixture Ratios for CH[subscript 4], C[subscript 3]H[subscript 8], and H[subscript 2] / Appendix C:
Properties for CH[subscript 4], C[subscript 3]H[subscript 8], and H[subscript 2] Flames / Appendix D:
Fluid Dynamics Equations / Appendix E:
Material Properties / Appendix F:
Author Index
Subject Index
Introduction / Chapter 1:
Importance of Heat Transfer in Industrial Combustion / 1.1:
Energy Consumption / 1.1.1:
96.

電子ブック

EB
Michael Beetz
出版情報: SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 2000
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Abstract
Acknowledgements
List of Figures
Introduction / 1:
The Approach / 1.1:
Technical Challenges / 1.2:
Introductory Example / 1.3:
Motivation / 1.4:
Relevance for Autonomous Robot Control / 1.4.1:
Relevance for AI Planning / 1.4.2:
The Computational Problem and Its Solution / 1.5:
The Computational Problem / 1.5.1:
The Computational Model / 1.5.2:
Contributions / 1.6:
Outline of the Book / 1.7:
Reactivity / 2:
The DeliveryWorld / 2.1:
The World / 2.1.1:
Commands and Jobs / 2.1.2:
The Robot / 2.1.3:
Justification of the DeliveryWorld / 2.1.4:
The Implementation of Routine Activities / 2.2:
Plan Steps vs. Concurrent Control Processes / 2.2.1:
Interfacing Continuous Control Processes / 2.2.2:
Coordinating Control Processes / 2.2.3:
Synchronization of Concurrent Control Threads / 2.2.4:
Failure Recovery / 2.2.5:
Perception / 2.2.6:
State, Memory, and World Models / 2.2.7:
The Structure of Routine Activities / 2.2.8:
The Structured Reactive Controller / 2.3:
Behavior and Planning Modules / 2.3.1:
The Body of the Structured Reactive Controller / 2.3.2:
Global Fluents, Variables, and the Plan Library / 2.3.3:
The RPL Runtime System / 2.3.4:
Summary and Discussion / 2.4:
Planning / 3:
The Structured Reactive Plan / 3.1:
Plans as Syntactic Objects / 3.1.1:
RPL as a Plan Language / 3.1.2:
The Computational Structure / 3.2:
The "Criticize-Revise" Cycle / 3.2.1:
The "Criticize" Step / 3.2.2:
The "Revise" Step / 3.2.3:
The XFRM Planning Framework / 3.3:
Anticipation and Forestalling of Behavior Flaws / 3.4:
The Detection of Behavior Flaws / 3.4.1:
Behavior Flaws and Plan Revisions / 3.4.2:
The Diagnosis of Behavior Flaws / 3.4.3:
Transparent Reactive Plans / 3.5:
Declarative Statements / 4.1:
RPL Construct Descriptions / 4.1.1:
Achievement Goals / 4.1.2:
Perceptions / 4.1.3:
Beliefs / 4.1.4:
Other Declarative Statements / 4.1.5:
Using Declarative Statements / 4.1.6:
Routine Plans / 4.2:
The Plan Library / 4.3:
Behavior Modules / 4.3.1:
Low-level Plans / 4.3.2:
High-level Plans / 4.3.3:
Discussion / 4.4:
Representing Plan Revisions / 5:
Conceptualization / 5.1:
Making Inferences / 5.2:
Some Examples / 5.2.1:
Accessing Code Trees / 5.2.2:
Predicates on Plan Interpretations / 5.2.3:
Predicates on Timelines / 5.2.4:
Timelines and Plan Interpretation / 5.2.5:
Expressing Plan Revisions / 5.3:
XFRML - The Implementation / 5.4:
Forestalling Behavior Flaws / 5.5:
FAUST / 6.1:
The Behavior Critic / 6.1.1:
Detecting Behavior Flaws: Implementation / 6.1.2:
Diagnosing the Causes of Behavior Flaws: Implementation / 6.1.3:
The Bug Class "Behavior-Specification Violation" / 6.1.4:
The Elimination of Behavior Flaws / 6.1.5:
The Plan Revisions for the Example / 6.2:
Some Behavior Flaws and Their Revisions / 6.3:
Perceptual Confusion / 6.3.1:
Missed Deadlines / 6.3.2:
Planning Ongoing Activities / 6.4:
Extending RPL / 7.1:
The RUNTIME-PLAN Statement / 7.1.1:
Plan Swapping / 7.1.2:
Making Planning Assumptions / 7.1.3:
Deliberative Controllers / 7.2:
Improving Iterative Plans by Local Planning / 7.2.1:
Plan Execution a la Shakey / 7.2.2:
Execution Monitoring and Replanning / 7.2.3:
Recovering from Execution Failures / 7.2.4:
Some Robot Control Architectures / 7.2.5:
The Controller in the Experiment / 7.3:
Evaluation / 7.4:
Analysis of the Problem / 8.1:
Assessment of the Method / 8.2:
Description of the Method / 8.2.1:
Evaluation of the Method / 8.2.2:
Demonstration / 8.3:
Evaluating SRCs in Standard Situations / 8.3.1:
Comparing SRCs with the Appropriate Fixed Controller179 / 8.3.2:
Problems that Require SRCs / 8.3.3:
Related Work / 8.4:
Control Architectures for Competent Physical Agents / 8.4.1:
Control Languages for Reactive Control / 8.4.2:
Robot Planning / 8.4.3:
Conclusion / 9:
What Do Structured Reactive Controllers Do? / 9.1:
Why Do Structured Reactive Controllers Work? / 9.2:
Do Structured Reactive Controllers Work for Real Robots? / 9.3:
References
Abstract
Acknowledgements
List of Figures
97.

電子ブック

EB
Sushil Jajodia, Hirosh Joseph, Abhishek Singh, Baibhav Singh
出版情報: Springer eBooks Computer Science , Springer US, 2008
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Wireless Security / 1.0:
Introduction / 1.1:
Wired Equivalent Privacy protocol / 1.2:
Analysis of WEP flaws / 1.2.1:
Key Stream Reuse / 1.2.2:
Message Modification / 1.2.3:
Message Injection / 1.2.4:
Authentication Spoofing / 1.2.5:
IP Redirection / 1.2.6:
Wireless Frame Generation / 1.2.7:
AirJack / 1.2.7.1:
Wavesec / 1.2.7.2:
Libwlan / 1.2.7.3:
FakeAP / 1.2.7.4:
Wnet / 1.2.7.5:
Scapy / 1.2.7.7:
Encryption Cracking Tools / 1.2.8:
Wepcrack / 1.2.8.1:
Dweputils / 1.2.8.2:
Wep tools / 1.2.8.3:
Wep Attack / 1.2.8.4:
Retrieving the WEP keys from Client Host / 1.2.9:
Traffic Inection Tools / 1.2.10:
802.1x Cracking Tools / 1.2.11:
Asleap-imp and Leap / 1.2.11.1:
Wireless DoS Attacks / 1.2.12:
Physical Layer Attack or Jamming / 1.2.12.1:
Signal Strength / 1.2.12.1.1:
Carrier Sensing Time / 1.2.12.1.2:
Packet Delivery Ratio / 1.2.12.1.3:
Signal Strength Consistency check / 1.2.12.1.4:
Spoofed Dessociation and Deauthentication Frames / 1.2.12.2:
Spoofed Malformed Authentication Frames / 1.2.12.3:
Flooding the Access Point Association and Authentication Buffer / 1.2.12.4:
Frame Deletion Attack / 1.2.12.5:
DoS attack dependent upon specific Wireless Setting / 1.2.12.6:
Attack against the 802.11i implementations / 1.2.13:
Authentication Mechanism Attacks / 1.2.13.1:
Prevention and Modifications / 1.3:
TKIP: temporal Key Integrity Protocol / 1.3.1:
TKIP Implementation / 1.3.1.1:
Message Integrity / 1.3.1.1.1:
Initialization Vector / 1.3.1.1.2:
Prevention against the FMS Attack / 1.3.1.1.3:
Per Packet key Mixing / 1.3.1.1.4:
Implementation Details of TKIP / 1.3.1.1.5:
Details of Per Packet Key mixing / 1.3.1.1.6:
Attack on TKIP / 1.3.1.2:
AES - CCMP / 1.3.2:
CCMP Header / 1.3.2.1:
Implementation / 1.3.2.2:
Encryption Process in MPDU / 1.3.2.2.1:
Decrypting MPDU / 1.3.2.2.2:
Prevention Method using Detection Devices / 1.4:
Conclusion / 1.5:
Vulnerability Analysis for Mail Protocols / 2.0:
Format String Specifiers / 2.1:
Format String Vulnerability / 2.2.1:
Format String Denial of Service Attack / 2.2.1.1:
Format String Vulnerability Reading Attack / 2.2.1.2:
Format String Vulnerability Writing Attack / 2.2.1.3:
Preventive Measures for Format String vulnerability / 2.2.1.4:
Buffer Overflow Attack / 2.3:
Buffer Overflow Prevention / 2.3.1:
Directory Traversal Attacks / 2.4:
Remote Detection / 2.4.1:
False Positive in Remote Detection for Mail Traffic / 2.5:
False Positive in case of SMTP Traffic / 2.5.1:
False Positive in case of IMAP Traffic / 2.5.2:
Vulnerability Analysis for FTP and TFTP / 2.6:
Buffer Overflow in FTP / 3.1:
Directory Traversal Attack in FTP / 3.1.2:
TFTP Vulnerability Analysis / 3.2:
Vulnerability Analysis / 3.2.1:
Vulnerability Analysis for HTTP / 3.3:
XSS Attack / 4.1:
Prevention against Cross Site Scripting Attacks / 4.2.1:
Vulnerability Protection / 4.2.1.1:
SQL Injection Attacks / 4.3:
SQL Injection Case Study / 4.3.1:
Preventive Measures / 4.3.2:
SQL injection in Oracle Data base / 4.3.2.1:
Stored Procedures / 4.3.2.2.1:
Remote Detection for Oracle Database / 4.3.2.2.2:
Other Preventive Measures / 4.3.3:
Preventive Measures by developers / 4.3.3.1:
MS DoS Device Name Vulnerability / 4.4:
Prevention from DoS Device Name Vulnerability / 4.4.1:
False Positive in HTTP / 4.5:
Evasion of HTTP Signatures / 4.6:
Vulnerability Analysis for DNS and DHCP / 4.7:
Introduction of DNS Protocol / 5.1:
Vulnerabilities in a DNS Protocol / 5.1.1:
DNS Cache Poisoning / 5.1.1.1:
Redirection Attack / 5.1.1.2:
Buffer Overflow Vulnerability / 5.1.1.3:
DNS Man in the Middle Attack or DNS Hijacking / 5.1.1.4:
DNS Amplification Attack / 5.1.1.5:
False Positives in a DNS Protocol / 5.1.2:
Introduction of DHCP / 5.2:
Vulnerabilities in DHCP / 5.2.1:
Client Masquerading / 5.2.1.1:
Flooding / 5.2.1.2:
Client Misconfiguration / 5.2.1.3:
Theft of Service / 5.2.1.4:
Packet Altercation / 5.2.1.5:
Key Exposure / 5.2.1.6:
Key Distribution / 5.2.1.7:
Protocol Agreement Issues / 5.2.1.8:
False Positive in DHCP / 5.2.2:
Vulnerability Analysis for LDAP and SNMP / 5.3:
ASN and BER Encoding / 6.1:
BER implementation for LDAP / 6.3:
Threat Analysis for Directory Services / 6.3.1:
SNMP / 6.4:
Vulnerability Analysis for SNMP / 6.4.1:
Vulnerability Analysis for RPC / 6.5:
RPC Message Protocol / 7.1:
NDR Format / 7.3:
Port Mapper / 7.4:
False Positive for SMB RPC Protocol / 7.5:
Evasion in RPC / 7.6:
Multiple Binding UUID / 7.6.1:
Fragment Data across many Requests / 7.6.2:
Bind to one UUID then alter Context / 7.6.3:
Prepend an ObjectID / 7.6.4:
Bind with an authentication field / 7.6.5:
One packet UDP function call / 7.6.6:
Endianess Selection / 7.6.7:
Chaining SMB commands / 7.6.8:
Out of order chaining / 7.6.9:
Chaining with random data in between commands / 7.6.10:
Unicode and non-Unicode evasion / 7.6.11:
SMB CreateAndX Path Names / 7.6.12:
Malware / 7.7:
Malware Naming Convention / 8.1:
Worms / 8.2.1:
Trojans / 8.2.2:
Spyware & Adware / 8.2.3:
Malware Threat Analysis / 8.3:
Creating controlled Environment / 8.3.1:
Confinement with the Hard Virtual Machines / 8.3.1.1:
Confinement with the Soft Virtual Machines / 8.3.1.2:
Confinement with Jails and Chroot / 8.3.1.3:
Confinement with System call Sensors / 8.3.1.4:
Confinement with System call Spoofing / 8.3.1.5:
Behavioral Analysis / 8.3.2:
Code Analysis / 8.3.3:
Root Kits / 8.4:
User and Kernel Mode Communication / 8.4.1:
I/O Request Packets (IRP) / 8.4.2:
Interrupt Descriptor Table / 8.4.3:
Service Descriptor Table / 8.4.4:
Direct Kernel Object Manipulation / 8.4.5:
Detection of Rootkits / 8.4.6:
Spyware / 8.5:
Methods of Spyware installation and propagation / 8.5.1:
Drive- By- Downloads / 8.5.1.1:
Bundling / 8.5.1.2:
From Other Spyware / 8.5.1.3:
Security Holes / 8.5.1.4:
Iframe Exploit / 8.5.2:
IE .chm File processing Vulnerability / 8.5.2.2:
Internet Code Download Link / 8.5.2.3:
Anti Spyware Signature Development / 8.5.3:
Vulnerability Signature / 8.5.3.1:
CLSID Data base / 8.5.3.2:
Spyware Specific Signature / 8.5.3.3:
Information Stealing / 8.5.3.4:
Preventing Information from being sent as emails / 8.5.3.5:
Reverse Engineering / 8.6:
Anti Reversing Technique / 9.1:
Anti Disassembly / 9.2.1:
Linear Sweep Disassembler / 9.2.1.1:
Recursive Traversal Disassembler / 9.2.1.2:
Evasion Technique for Disasembler / 9.2.1.3:
Self-Modifying Code / 9.2.2:
Virtual Machine Obfuscation / 9.2.3:
Anti Debugging Technique / 9.3:
Break Points / 9.3.1:
Software break point / 9.3.1.1:
Hardware break point / 9.3.1.2:
Detection of Breakpoint / 9.3.1.3:
Virtual Machine Detection / 9.4:
Checking finger print / 9.4.1:
Checking system tables / 9.4.2:
Checking processor instruction set / 9.4.3:
Unpacking / 9.5:
Manual unpacking of malware / 9.5.1:
Finding an original entry point of an executable / 9.5.1.1:
Taking memory Dump / 9.5.1.2:
Import Table Reconstruction / 9.5.1.3:
Import redirection and code emulation / 9.5.1.4:
Index / 9.6:
Wireless Security / 1.0:
Introduction / 1.1:
Wired Equivalent Privacy protocol / 1.2:
98.

電子ブック

EB
Pascale; Goglin, Brice; Guillier, Romaric; Soudan, Sebastien Vicat-Blanc, Brice Goglin, Pascale Vicat-Blanc
出版情報: Wiley Online Library - AutoHoldings Books , John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2011
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction
From Multiprocessor Computers to the Clouds / Chapter 1:
The explosion of demand for computing power / 1.1:
Computer clusters / 1.2:
The emergence of computer clusters / 1.2.1:
Anatomy of a computer cluster / 1.2.2:
Computing grids / 1.3:
High-performance computing grids / 1.3.1:
Peer-to-peer computing grids / 1.3.2:
Computing in a cloud / 1.4:
Conclusion / 1.5:
Utilization of Network Computing Technologies / Chapter 2:
Anatomy of a distributed computing application / 2.1:
Parallelization and distribution of an algorithm / 2.1.1:
Embarrassingly parallel applications / 2.1.1.1:
Fine-grained parallelism / 2.1.1.2:
Modeling parallel applications / 2.1.2:
Example of a grid application / 2.1.3:
General classification of distributed applications / 2.1.4:
Widely distributed computing / 2.1.4.1:
Loosely coupled computing / 2.1.4.2:
Pipeline computing / 2.1.4.3:
Highly synchronized computing / 2.1.4.4:
Interactive and collaborative computing / 2.1.4.5:
Note / 2.1.4.6:
Programming models of distributed parallel applications / 2.2:
Main models / 2.2.1:
Constraints of fine-grained-parallelism applications / 2.2.2:
The MPI communication library / 2.2.3:
Coordination of distributed resources in a grid / 2.3:
Submission and execution of a distributed application / 2.3.1:
Grid managers / 2.3.2:
Specificities of Computing Networks / 2.4:
Typology of computing networks / 3.1:
Cluster networks / 3.1.1:
Grid networks / 3.1.2:
Computing cloud networks / 3.1.3:
Network transparency / 3.2:
The advantages of transparency / 3.2.1:
Foundations of network transparency / 3.2.2:
The limits of TCP and IP in clusters / 3.2.3:
Limits of TCP and network transparency in grids / 3.2.4:
TCP in a high bandwidth-delay product network / 3.2.5:
Limits of the absence of communication control / 3.2.6:
Detailed analysis of characteristics expected from protocols / 3.3:
Topological criteria / 3.3.1:
Number of sites involved / 3.3.1.1:
Number of users involved / 3.3.1.2:
Resource-localization constraints / 3.3.1.3:
Performance criteria / 3.3.2:
Degree of inter-task coupling / 3.3.2.1:
Sensitivity to latency and throughput / 3.3.2.2:
Sensitivity to throughput and its control / 3.3.2.3:
Sensitivity to confidentiality and security / 3.3.2.4:
Summary of requirements / 3.3.2.5:
The Challenge of Latency in Computing Clusters / 3.4:
Key principles of high-performance networks for clusters / 4.1:
Software support for high-performance networks / 4.2:
Zero-copy transfers / 4.2.1:
OS-bypass / 4.2.2:
Event notification / 4.2.3:
The problem of address translation / 4.2.4:
Non-blocking programming models / 4.2.5:
Case 1: message-passing / 4.2.5.1:
Case 2: remote access model / 4.2.5.2:
Description of the main high-performance networks / 4.3:
Dolphins SCI / 4.3.1:
Myricom Myrinet and Myri-10G / 4.3.2:
Quadrics QsNet / 4.3.3:
InfiniBand / 4.3.4:
Synthesis of the characteristics of high-performance networks / 4.3.5:
Convergence between fast and traditional networks / 4.4:
The Challenge of Throughput and Distance / 4.5:
Obstacles to high rate / 5.1:
Operating principle and limits of TCP congestion control / 5.2:
Slow Start / 5.2.1:
Congestion avoidance / 5.2.2:
Fast Retransmit / 5.2.3:
Analytical model / 5.2.4:
Limits of TCP over long distances / 5.3:
Configuration of TCP for high speed / 5.4:
Hardware configurations / 5.4.1:
Software configuration / 5.4.2:
Parameters of network card drivers / 5.4.3:
Alternative congestion-control approaches to that of standard TCP / 5.5:
Use of parallel flows / 5.5.1:
TCP modification / 5.5.2:
Slow Start modifications / 5.5.2.1:
Methods of congestion detection / 5.5.2.2:
Bandwidth-control methods / 5.5.2.3:
UDP-based approaches / 5.5.3:
Exploration of TCP variants for very high rate / 5.6:
Highspeed TCP / 5.6.1:
Scalable / 5.6.2:
BIC-TCP / 5.6.3:
H-TCP / 5.6.4:
CUBIC / 5.6.5:
Measuring End-to-End Performances / 5.7:
Objectives of network measurement and forecast in a grid / 6.1:
Illustrative example: network performance and data replication / 6.1.1:
Objectives of a performance-measurement system in a grid / 6.1.2:
Problem and methods / 6.2:
Terminology / 6.2.1:
Inventory of useful characteristics in a grid / 6.2.2:
Measurement methods / 6.2.3:
Active method / 6.2.3.1:
Passive method / 6.2.3.2:
Measurement tools / 6.2.3.3:
Grid network-performance measurement systems / 6.3:
e2emonit / 6.3.1:
PerfSONAR / 6.3.2:
Architectural considerations / 6.3.3:
Sensor deployment in the grid / 6.3.4:
Measurement coordination / 6.3.5:
Performance forecast / 6.4:
The Network Weather Service tool / 6.4.1:
Network-cost function / 6.4.2:
Formulating the cost function / 6.4.3:
Estimate precision / 6.4.4:
Optical Technology and Grids / 6.5:
Optical networks and switching paradigms / 7.1:
Optical communications / 7.1.1:
Wavelength multiplexing / 7.1.1.1:
Optical add-drop multiplexers / 7.1.1.2:
Optical cross-connect / 7.1.1.3:
Optical switching paradigms / 7.1.2:
Optical packet switching / 7.1.2.1:
Optical burst switching / 7.1.2.2:
Optical circuit switching / 7.1.2.3:
Functional planes of transport networks / 7.1.3:
Data plane / 7.2.1:
Control plane / 7.2.2:
Routing / 7.2.2.1:
Signaling / 7.2.2.2:
Management plane / 7.2.3:
Unified control plane: GMPLS/automatic switched transport networks / 7.2.4:
Label-switching / 7.3.1:
Protocols: OSPF-TE/RSVP-TE/LMP/PCEP / 7.3.2:
GMPLS service models / 7.3.3:
Bandwidth on Demand / 7.3.4:
Current service model: network neutrality / 8.1:
Structure / 8.1.1:
Limits and problems / 8.1.2:
Peer model for bandwidth-delivery services / 8.1.3:
UCLP/Ca*net / 8.2.1:
GLIF / 8.2.2:
Service-oriented peer model / 8.2.3:
Overlay model for bandwidth-providing services / 8.2.4:
GNS-WSI / 8.3.1:
Carriocas / 8.3.2:
StarPlane / 8.3.3:
Phosphorus / 8.3.4:
DRAGON / 8.3.5:
Bandwidth market / 8.3.6:
Security of Computing Networks / 8.5:
Introductory example / 9.1:
Principles and methods / 9.2:
Security principles / 9.2.1:
Controlling access to a resource / 9.2.2:
Limits of the authentication approach / 9.2.3:
Authentication versus authorization / 9.2.4:
Decentralized approaches / 9.2.5:
Communication security / 9.3:
Network virtualization and security / 9.4:
Classic network-virtualization approaches / 9.4.1:
The HIP protocol / 9.4.2:
Practical Guide for the Configuration of High-speed Networks / 9.5:
Hardware configuration / 10.1:
Buffer memory / 10.1.1:
PCI buses / 10.1.2:
Computing power: CPU / 10.1.3:
Random access memory: RAM / 10.1.4:
Disks / 10.1.5:
Importance of the tuning of TCP parameters / 10.2:
Short practical tuning guide / 10.3:
Computing the bandwidth delay product / 10.3.1:
Other solutions / 10.3.2:
Use of multi-flow / 10.4:
Conclusion: From Grids to the Future Internet / 10.5:
Bibliography
Acronyms and Definitions
Index
Introduction
From Multiprocessor Computers to the Clouds / Chapter 1:
The explosion of demand for computing power / 1.1:
99.

電子ブック

EB
Kazuhiko Aomoto, Michitake Kita, Toshitake Kohno, Kenji Iohara
出版情報: SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer Japan, 2011
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Introduction: the Euler-Gauss Hypergeometric Function / 1:
?-Function / 1.1:
Infinite-Product Representation Due to Euler / 1.1.1:
?-Function as Meromorphic Function / 1.1.2:
Connection Formula / 1.1.3:
Power Series and Higher Logarithmic Expansion / 1.2:
Hypergeometric Series / 1.2.1:
Gauss' Differential Equation / 1.2.2:
First-Order Fuchsian Equation / 1.2.3:
Logarithmic Connection / 1.2.4:
Higher Logarithmic Expansion / 1.2.5:
D-Module / 1.2.6:
Integral Representation Due to Euler and Riemann / 1.3:
Kummer's Method / 1.3.1:
Gauss' Contiguous Relations and Continued Fraction Expansion / 1.4:
Gauss' Contiguous Relation / 1.4.1:
Continued Fraction Expansion / 1.4.2:
Convergence / 1.4.3:
The Mellin-Barnes Integral / 1.5:
Summation over a Lattice / 1.5.1:
Barnes' Integral Representation / 1.5.2:
Mellin's Differential Equation / 1.5.3:
Plan from Chapter 2 / 1.6:
Representation of Complex Integrals and Twisted de Rham Cohomologies / 2:
Formulation of the Problem and Intuitive Explanation of the Twisted de Rham Theory / 2.1:
Concept of Twist / 2.1.1:
Intuitive Explanation / 2.1.2:
One-Dimensional Case / 2.1.3:
Two-Dimensional Case / 2.1.4:
Higher-Dimensional Generalization / 2.1.5:
Twisted Homology Group / 2.1.6:
Locally Finite Twisted Homology Group / 2.1.7:
Review of the de Rham Theory and the Twisted de Rham Theory / 2.2:
Preliminary from Homological Algebra / 2.2.1:
Current / 2.2.2:
Current with Compact Support / 2.2.3:
Sheaf Cohomology / 2.2.4:
The Case of Compact Support / 2.2.5:
De Rham's Theorem / 2.2.6:
Duality / 2.2.7:
Integration over a Simplex / 2.2.8:
Twisted Chain / 2.2.9:
Twisted Version of § 2.2.4 / 2.2.10:
Poincaré Duality / 2.2.11:
Reformulation / 2.2.12:
Comparison of Cohomologies / 2.2.13:
Computation of the Euler Characteristic / 2.2.14:
Construction of Twisted Cycles (1): One-Dimensional Case / 2.3:
Twisted Cycle Around One Point / 2.3.1:
Construction of Twisted Cycles / 2.3.2:
Intersection Number (i) / 2.3.3:
Comparison Theorem / 2.4:
Algebraic de Rham Complex / 2.4.1:
Cech Cohomology / 2.4.2:
Hypercohomology / 2.4.3:
Spectral Sequence / 2.4.4:
Algebraic de Rham Cohomology / 2.4.5:
Analytic de Rham Cohomology / 2.4.6:
de Rham-Saito Lemma and Representation of Logarithmic Differential Forms / 2.4.7:
Logarithmic Differential Forms / 2.5.1:
de Rham-Saito Lemma / 2.5.2:
Representation of Logarithmic Differential Forms (i) / 2.5.3:
Vanishing of Twisted Cohomology for Homogeneous Case / 2.6:
Basic Operators / 2.6.1:
Homotopy Formula / 2.6.2:
Eigenspace Decomposition / 2.6.3:
Vanishing Theorem (i) / 2.6.4:
Filtration of Logarithmic Complex / 2.7:
Filtration / 2.7.1:
Comparison with Homogeneous Case / 2.7.2:
Isomorphism / 2.7.3:
Vanishing Theorem of the Twisted Rational de Rham Cohomology / 2.8:
Vanishing of Logarithmic de Rham Cohomology / 2.8.1:
Vanishing of Algebraic de Rham Cohomology / 2.8.2:
Example / 2.8.3:
Arrangement of Hyperplanes in General Position / 2.9:
Vanishing Theorem (ii) / 2.9.1:
Representation of Logarithmic Differential Forms (ii) / 2.9.2:
Reduction of Poles / 2.9.3:
Basis of Cohomology / 2.9.4:
Arrangement of Hyperplanes and Hypergeometric Functions over Grassmannians / 3:
Classical Hypergeometric Series and Their Generalizations, in Particular, Hypergeometric Series of Type (n + 1, m + 1) / 3.1:
Definition / 3.1.1:
Simple Examples / 3.1.2:
Hypergeometric Series of Type (n + 1, m + 1) / 3.1.3:
Appell-Lauricella Hypergeometric Functions (i) / 3.1.4:
Appell-Lauricella Hypergeometric Functions (ii) / 3.1.5:
Restriction to a Sublattice / 3.1.6:
Examples / 3.1.7:
Appell-Lauricella Hypergeometric Functions (iii) / 3.1.8:
Horn's Hypergeometric Functions / 3.1.9:
Construction of Twisted Cycles (2): For an Arrangement of Hyperplanes in General Positiion / 3.2:
Bounded Chambers / 3.2.1:
Basis of Locally Finite Homology / 3.2.3:
Regularization of Integrals / 3.2.4:
Kummer's Method for Integral Representations and Its Modernization via the Twisted de Rham Theory: Integral Representations of Hypergeometric Series of Type (n + 1, m +1) / 3.3:
Higher-Dimensional Case / 3.3.1:
Elementary Integral Representations / 3.3.4:
Hypergeometric Function of Type (3,6) / 3.3.5:
Hypergeometric Functions of Type (n + 1, m + 1) / 3.3.6:
Horn's Cases / 3.3.7:
System of Hypergeometric Differential Equations E(n + 1, m + 1; ?) / 3.4:
Hypergeometric Integral of Type (n + 1, m + 1; ?) / 3.4.1:
Differential Equation E(n + 1, m + 1; ?) / 3.4.2:
Equivalent System / 3.4.3:
Integral Solutions of E(n + 1, m + 1; ?) and Wronskian / 3.5:
Hypergeometric Integrals as a Basis / 3.5.1:
Gauss' Equation E'(2, 4; ?') / 3.5.2:
Appell-Lauricella Hypergeometric Differential Equation E'(2, m + 1; ?') / 3.5.3:
Equation E'(3.6; ?') / 3.5.4:
Equation E'(4, 8; ?') / 3.5.5:
General Cases / 3.5.6:
Wronskian / 3.5.7:
Varchenko's Formula / 3.5.8:
Intersection Number (ii) / 3.5.9:
Twisted Riemann's Period Relations and Quadratic Relations of Hypergeometric Functions / 3.5.10:
Determination of the Rank of E(n + 1, m + 1; ?) / 3.6:
Equation E'(n + 1, m + 1; ?') / 3.6.1:
Equation E'(2,4; ?') / 3.6.2:
Equation E'(2, m + 1; ?') / 3.6.3:
Equation E'(3, 6; ?') / 3.6.4:
Duality of E(n + 1, m + 1; ?) / 3.6.5:
Duality of Equations / 3.7.1:
Duality of Grassmannians / 3.7.2:
Duality of Hypergeometric Functions / 3.7.3:
Duality of Integral Representations / 3.7.4:
Logarithmic Gauss-Manin Connection Associated to an Arrangement of Hyperplanes in General Position / 3.7.5:
Review of Notation / 3.8.1:
Variational Formula / 3.8.2:
Partial Fraction Expansion / 3.8.3:
Logarithmic Gauss-Manin Connection / 3.8.4:
Holonomic Difference Equations and Asymptotic Expansion / 4:
Existence Theorem Due to G.D. Birkhoff and Infinite- Product Representation of Matrices / 4.1:
Normal Form of Matrix-Valued Function / 4.1.1:
Asymptotic Form of Solutions / 4.1.2:
Existence Theorem (i) / 4.1.3:
Infinite-Product Representation of Matrices / 4.1.4:
Gauss' Decomposition / 4.1.5:
Regularization of the Product / 4.1.6:
Convergence of the First Column / 4.1.7:
Asymptotic Estimate of Infinite Product / 4.1.8:
Convergence of Lower Triangular Matrices / 4.1.9:
Asymptotic Estimate of Lower Triangular Matrices / 4.1.10:
Difference Equation Satisfied by Upper Triangular Matrices / 4.1.11:
Resolution of Difference Equations / 4.1.12:
Completion of the Proof / 4.1.13:
Holonomic Difference Equations in Several Variables and Asymptotic Expansion / 4.2:
Holonomic Difference Equations of First Order / 4.2.1:
Formal Asymptotic Expansion / 4.2.2:
Normal Form of Asymptotic Expansion / 4.2.3:
Existence Theorem (ii) / 4.2.4:
Connection Problem / 4.2.5:
Remark on 1-Cocyles / 4.2.6:
Gauss' Contiguous Relations / 4.2.8:
Saddle Point Method and Asymptotic Expansion / 4.2.9:
Contracting (Expanding) Twisted Cycles and Asymptotic Expansion / 4.3:
Twisted Cohomology / 4.3.1:
Saddle Point Method for Multi-Dimensional Case / 4.3.2:
Complete Kähler Metric / 4.3.3:
Gradient Vector Field / 4.3.4:
Critical Points / 4.3.5:
Vanishing Theorem (iii) / 4.3.6:
Application of the Morse Theory / 4.3.7:
n-Dimensional Lagrangian Cycles / 4.3.8:
n-Dimensional Twisted Cycles / 4.3.9:
Geometric Meaning of Asymptotic Expansion / 4.3.10:
Difference Equations Satisfied by the Hypergeometric Functions of Type (n + l, m +1; ?) / 4.4:
Derivation of Difference Equations / 4.4.1:
Asymptotic Expansion with a Fixed Direction / 4.4.3:
Non-Degeneracy of Period Matrix / 4.4.4:
Connection Problem of System of Difference Equations / 4.5:
Formulation / 4.5.1:
The Case of Appell-Lauricella Hypergeometric Functions / 4.5.2:
Mellin's Generalized Hypergeometric Functions / A:
Toric Multinomial Theorem / A.1:
Differential Equations of Mellin Type / A.4:
b-Functions / A.6:
Action of Algebraic Torus / A.7:
Vector Fields of Torus Action / A.8:
Lattice Defined by the Characters / A.9:
G-G-Z Equation / A.10:
The Selberg Integral and Hypergeometric Function of BC Type / A.11:
Selberg's Integral / B.1:
Generalization to Correlation Functions / B.2:
Monodromy Representation of Hypergeometric Functions of Type (2, m + 1; ?) / C:
Isotopic Deformation and Monodromy / C.1:
KZ Equation (Toshitake Kohno) / D:
Knizhnik-Zamolodchikov Equation / D.1:
Review of Conformal Field Theory / D.2:
Connection Matrices of KZ Equation / D.3:
Iwahori-Hecke Algebra and Quasi-Hopf Algebras / D.4:
Kontsevich Integral and Its Application / D.5:
Integral Representation of Solutions of the KZ Equation / D.6:
References
Index
Introduction: the Euler-Gauss Hypergeometric Function / 1:
?-Function / 1.1:
Infinite-Product Representation Due to Euler / 1.1.1:
100.

電子ブック

EB
Sushil Jajodia, Hirosh Joseph, Abhishek Singh, Baibhav Singh, H. Joseph, B. Singh
出版情報: SpringerLink Books - AutoHoldings , Springer US, 2008
所蔵情報: loading…
目次情報: 続きを見る
Wireless Security / 1.0:
Introduction / 1.1:
Wired Equivalent Privacy protocol / 1.2:
Analysis of WEP flaws / 1.2.1:
Key Stream Reuse / 1.2.2:
Message Modification / 1.2.3:
Message Injection / 1.2.4:
Authentication Spoofing / 1.2.5:
IP Redirection / 1.2.6:
Wireless Frame Generation / 1.2.7:
AirJack / 1.2.7.1:
Wavesec / 1.2.7.2:
Libwlan / 1.2.7.3:
FakeAP / 1.2.7.4:
Wnet / 1.2.7.5:
Scapy / 1.2.7.7:
Encryption Cracking Tools / 1.2.8:
Wepcrack / 1.2.8.1:
Dweputils / 1.2.8.2:
Wep tools / 1.2.8.3:
Wep Attack / 1.2.8.4:
Retrieving the WEP keys from Client Host / 1.2.9:
Traffic Inection Tools / 1.2.10:
802.1x Cracking Tools / 1.2.11:
Asleap-imp and Leap / 1.2.11.1:
Wireless DoS Attacks / 1.2.12:
Physical Layer Attack or Jamming / 1.2.12.1:
Signal Strength / 1.2.12.1.1:
Carrier Sensing Time / 1.2.12.1.2:
Packet Delivery Ratio / 1.2.12.1.3:
Signal Strength Consistency check / 1.2.12.1.4:
Spoofed Dessociation and Deauthentication Frames / 1.2.12.2:
Spoofed Malformed Authentication Frames / 1.2.12.3:
Flooding the Access Point Association and Authentication Buffer / 1.2.12.4:
Frame Deletion Attack / 1.2.12.5:
DoS attack dependent upon specific Wireless Setting / 1.2.12.6:
Attack against the 802.11i implementations / 1.2.13:
Authentication Mechanism Attacks / 1.2.13.1:
Prevention and Modifications / 1.3:
TKIP: temporal Key Integrity Protocol / 1.3.1:
TKIP Implementation / 1.3.1.1:
Message Integrity / 1.3.1.1.1:
Initialization Vector / 1.3.1.1.2:
Prevention against the FMS Attack / 1.3.1.1.3:
Per Packet key Mixing / 1.3.1.1.4:
Implementation Details of TKIP / 1.3.1.1.5:
Details of Per Packet Key mixing / 1.3.1.1.6:
Attack on TKIP / 1.3.1.2:
AES - CCMP / 1.3.2:
CCMP Header / 1.3.2.1:
Implementation / 1.3.2.2:
Encryption Process in MPDU / 1.3.2.2.1:
Decrypting MPDU / 1.3.2.2.2:
Prevention Method using Detection Devices / 1.4:
Conclusion / 1.5:
Vulnerability Analysis for Mail Protocols / 2.0:
Format String Specifiers / 2.1:
Format String Vulnerability / 2.2.1:
Format String Denial of Service Attack / 2.2.1.1:
Format String Vulnerability Reading Attack / 2.2.1.2:
Format String Vulnerability Writing Attack / 2.2.1.3:
Preventive Measures for Format String vulnerability / 2.2.1.4:
Buffer Overflow Attack / 2.3:
Buffer Overflow Prevention / 2.3.1:
Directory Traversal Attacks / 2.4:
Remote Detection / 2.4.1:
False Positive in Remote Detection for Mail Traffic / 2.5:
False Positive in case of SMTP Traffic / 2.5.1:
False Positive in case of IMAP Traffic / 2.5.2:
Vulnerability Analysis for FTP and TFTP / 2.6:
Buffer Overflow in FTP / 3.1:
Directory Traversal Attack in FTP / 3.1.2:
TFTP Vulnerability Analysis / 3.2:
Vulnerability Analysis / 3.2.1:
Vulnerability Analysis for HTTP / 3.3:
XSS Attack / 4.1:
Prevention against Cross Site Scripting Attacks / 4.2.1:
Vulnerability Protection / 4.2.1.1:
SQL Injection Attacks / 4.3:
SQL Injection Case Study / 4.3.1:
Preventive Measures / 4.3.2:
SQL injection in Oracle Data base / 4.3.2.1:
Stored Procedures / 4.3.2.2.1:
Remote Detection for Oracle Database / 4.3.2.2.2:
Other Preventive Measures / 4.3.3:
Preventive Measures by developers / 4.3.3.1:
MS DoS Device Name Vulnerability / 4.4:
Prevention from DoS Device Name Vulnerability / 4.4.1:
False Positive in HTTP / 4.5:
Evasion of HTTP Signatures / 4.6:
Vulnerability Analysis for DNS and DHCP / 4.7:
Introduction of DNS Protocol / 5.1:
Vulnerabilities in a DNS Protocol / 5.1.1:
DNS Cache Poisoning / 5.1.1.1:
Redirection Attack / 5.1.1.2:
Buffer Overflow Vulnerability / 5.1.1.3:
DNS Man in the Middle Attack or DNS Hijacking / 5.1.1.4:
DNS Amplification Attack / 5.1.1.5:
False Positives in a DNS Protocol / 5.1.2:
Introduction of DHCP / 5.2:
Vulnerabilities in DHCP / 5.2.1:
Client Masquerading / 5.2.1.1:
Flooding / 5.2.1.2:
Client Misconfiguration / 5.2.1.3:
Theft of Service / 5.2.1.4:
Packet Altercation / 5.2.1.5:
Key Exposure / 5.2.1.6:
Key Distribution / 5.2.1.7:
Protocol Agreement Issues / 5.2.1.8:
False Positive in DHCP / 5.2.2:
Vulnerability Analysis for LDAP and SNMP / 5.3:
ASN and BER Encoding / 6.1:
BER implementation for LDAP / 6.3:
Threat Analysis for Directory Services / 6.3.1:
SNMP / 6.4:
Vulnerability Analysis for SNMP / 6.4.1:
Vulnerability Analysis for RPC / 6.5:
RPC Message Protocol / 7.1:
NDR Format / 7.3:
Port Mapper / 7.4:
False Positive for SMB RPC Protocol / 7.5:
Evasion in RPC / 7.6:
Multiple Binding UUID / 7.6.1:
Fragment Data across many Requests / 7.6.2:
Bind to one UUID then alter Context / 7.6.3:
Prepend an ObjectID / 7.6.4:
Bind with an authentication field / 7.6.5:
One packet UDP function call / 7.6.6:
Endianess Selection / 7.6.7:
Chaining SMB commands / 7.6.8:
Out of order chaining / 7.6.9:
Chaining with random data in between commands / 7.6.10:
Unicode and non-Unicode evasion / 7.6.11:
SMB CreateAndX Path Names / 7.6.12:
Malware / 7.7:
Malware Naming Convention / 8.1:
Worms / 8.2.1:
Trojans / 8.2.2:
Spyware & Adware / 8.2.3:
Malware Threat Analysis / 8.3:
Creating controlled Environment / 8.3.1:
Confinement with the Hard Virtual Machines / 8.3.1.1:
Confinement with the Soft Virtual Machines / 8.3.1.2:
Confinement with Jails and Chroot / 8.3.1.3:
Confinement with System call Sensors / 8.3.1.4:
Confinement with System call Spoofing / 8.3.1.5:
Behavioral Analysis / 8.3.2:
Code Analysis / 8.3.3:
Root Kits / 8.4:
User and Kernel Mode Communication / 8.4.1:
I/O Request Packets (IRP) / 8.4.2:
Interrupt Descriptor Table / 8.4.3:
Service Descriptor Table / 8.4.4:
Direct Kernel Object Manipulation / 8.4.5:
Detection of Rootkits / 8.4.6:
Spyware / 8.5:
Methods of Spyware installation and propagation / 8.5.1:
Drive- By- Downloads / 8.5.1.1:
Bundling / 8.5.1.2:
From Other Spyware / 8.5.1.3:
Security Holes / 8.5.1.4:
Iframe Exploit / 8.5.2:
IE .chm File processing Vulnerability / 8.5.2.2:
Internet Code Download Link / 8.5.2.3:
Anti Spyware Signature Development / 8.5.3:
Vulnerability Signature / 8.5.3.1:
CLSID Data base / 8.5.3.2:
Spyware Specific Signature / 8.5.3.3:
Information Stealing / 8.5.3.4:
Preventing Information from being sent as emails / 8.5.3.5:
Reverse Engineering / 8.6:
Anti Reversing Technique / 9.1:
Anti Disassembly / 9.2.1:
Linear Sweep Disassembler / 9.2.1.1:
Recursive Traversal Disassembler / 9.2.1.2:
Evasion Technique for Disasembler / 9.2.1.3:
Self-Modifying Code / 9.2.2:
Virtual Machine Obfuscation / 9.2.3:
Anti Debugging Technique / 9.3:
Break Points / 9.3.1:
Software break point / 9.3.1.1:
Hardware break point / 9.3.1.2:
Detection of Breakpoint / 9.3.1.3:
Virtual Machine Detection / 9.4:
Checking finger print / 9.4.1:
Checking system tables / 9.4.2:
Checking processor instruction set / 9.4.3:
Unpacking / 9.5:
Manual unpacking of malware / 9.5.1:
Finding an original entry point of an executable / 9.5.1.1:
Taking memory Dump / 9.5.1.2:
Import Table Reconstruction / 9.5.1.3:
Import redirection and code emulation / 9.5.1.4:
Index / 9.6:
Wireless Security / 1.0:
Introduction / 1.1:
Wired Equivalent Privacy protocol / 1.2:
文献の複写および貸借の依頼を行う
 文献複写・貸借依頼